Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 261

eRAN

ANR Management Feature


Parameter Description
Issue

02

Date

2015-06-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.


No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions


and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address:

Huawei Industrial Base


Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

support@huawei.com

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

Contents
1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Intended Audience.......................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.3 Change History............................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.4 Differences Between eNodeB Types.............................................................................................................................. 8

2 Overview....................................................................................................................................... 10
2.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................. 10
2.2 Benefits......................................................................................................................................................................... 10
2.3 Architecture.................................................................................................................................................................. 10

3 Concepts Related to ANR.......................................................................................................... 12


3.1 NCL.............................................................................................................................................................................. 13
3.2 NRT.............................................................................................................................................................................. 13
3.3 Blacklists and Whitelist................................................................................................................................................ 15
3.4 ANR Capabilities of UEs............................................................................................................................................. 15

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR.........................................................................................................19


4.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................... 20
4.1.1 NCL/NRT Control Mode...........................................................................................................................................20
4.1.2 NRT Optimization Mode........................................................................................................................................... 21
4.2 Intra- and Inter-RAT Event-triggered ANR..................................................................................................................23
4.2.1 Automatic Detection of Missing Neighboring Cells................................................................................................. 23
4.2.2 Automatic Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs............................................................................................................. 29
4.2.2.1 Adding an NCL/NRT Entry....................................................................................................................................29
4.2.2.2 Modifying an NCL Entry....................................................................................................................................... 30
4.2.2.3 Removing an NCL/NRT Entry............................................................................................................................... 30
4.2.3 Detection of Abnormal Intra-RAT Neighboring Cell Coverage................................................................................36
4.3 Intra- and Inter-RAT Fast ANR.................................................................................................................................... 37
4.3.1 Automatic Detection of Missing Neighboring Cells................................................................................................. 38
4.3.2 Automatic Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs............................................................................................................. 41
4.3.2.1 Adding an NCL/NRT Entry....................................................................................................................................41
4.3.2.2 Modifying an NCL Entry....................................................................................................................................... 43
4.4 Intra-RAT Backward ANR........................................................................................................................................... 43
4.4.1 Automatic Detection of Missing Neighboring Cells................................................................................................. 43
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

4.4.2 Automatic Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs............................................................................................................. 44


4.5 Automatic Optimization of Neighbor Relationship Attributes.....................................................................................45
4.5.1 Automatic Optimization of Neighbor Relationships with Cells of Abnormal Success Rates of Intra-RAT
Handovers........................................................................................................................................................................... 45
4.5.2 Neighboring Cell Classification................................................................................................................................ 46
4.5.3 Automatic Optimization of Blind Handover Priorities of Inter-RAT Neighbor Relationships................................. 49
4.5.3.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................ 49
4.5.3.2 Collecting Inter-RAT Handover Statistics.............................................................................................................. 50
4.5.3.3 Generating Optimization Advice for Blind Handover Priorities............................................................................51
4.5.4 Automatic Optimization of Measurement Priorities of Inter-RAT Neighboring Cells............................................. 52
4.6 PLMN ID Management................................................................................................................................................ 52

5 ANR with Shared Cells.............................................................................................................. 55


5.1 Intra-RAT ANR with Shared Cells............................................................................................................................... 56
5.1.1 Shared E-UTRAN Cell Broadcasting Its PLMN List in an RR Manner...................................................................56
5.1.2 Shared E-UTRAN Cell Not Broadcasting Its PLMN List in an RR Manner............................................................61
5.2 Inter-RAT ANR with Shared Cells............................................................................................................................... 64
5.2.1 Shared GERAN Cell..................................................................................................................................................64
5.2.2 Shared UTRAN Cell..................................................................................................................................................65

6 NCL/NRT Self-Management Based on X2 Messages........................................................... 67


6.1 NCL/NRT Entry Addition and Update......................................................................................................................... 68
6.2 NCL/NRT Entry Removal............................................................................................................................................ 70

7 Related Features...........................................................................................................................72
7.1 Features Related to LOFD-002001 Automatic Neighbour Relation (ANR)................................................................ 72
7.2 Features Related to LOFD-002002 Inter-RAT ANR....................................................................................................73
7.3 Features Related to LOFD-081225 Neighbor Cell Classification Management.......................................................... 73
7.4 Features Related to LBFD-081102 PLMN ID Management........................................................................................73

8 Network Impact........................................................................................................................... 75
8.1 LOFD-002001 Automatic Neighbour Relation (ANR)................................................................................................75
8.2 LOFD-002002 Inter-RAT ANR....................................................................................................................................76
8.3 LOFD-081225 Neighbor Cell Classification Management..........................................................................................77
8.4 LBFD-081102 PLMN ID Management........................................................................................................................77

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR.........................................................................78


9.1 When to Use Intra-RAT ANR...................................................................................................................................... 79
9.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 80
9.3 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 80
9.3.1 Process....................................................................................................................................................................... 80
9.3.2 Requirements............................................................................................................................................................. 80
9.3.3 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................ 81
9.3.4 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................86
9.3.5 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................86
9.3.6 Activation.................................................................................................................................................................. 86
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

9.3.7 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................92


9.3.8 Reconfiguration......................................................................................................................................................... 94
9.3.9 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................94
9.4 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................97
9.5 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................ 98
9.6 Troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................................................... 104

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR.....................................................................106


10.1 When to Use Inter-RAT ANR...................................................................................................................................107
10.2 Required Information............................................................................................................................................... 107
10.3 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................. 107
10.3.1 Process................................................................................................................................................................... 107
10.3.2 Requirements......................................................................................................................................................... 107
10.3.3 Data Preparation.................................................................................................................................................... 108
10.3.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................114
10.3.5 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................ 114
10.3.6 Activation...............................................................................................................................................................114
10.3.7 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................120
10.3.8 Reconfiguration..................................................................................................................................................... 120
10.3.9 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................120
10.4 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................125
10.5 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................ 126
10.6 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................ 129

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells....................................................... 131


11.1 When to Use ANR with Shared Cells.......................................................................................................................132
11.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................133
11.3 Deployment...............................................................................................................................................................133
11.3.1 Process................................................................................................................................................................... 133
11.3.2 Requirements......................................................................................................................................................... 133
11.3.3 Data Preparation.................................................................................................................................................... 134
11.3.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................135
11.3.5 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................ 135
11.3.6 Activation...............................................................................................................................................................136
11.3.7 Activation Observation.......................................................................................................................................... 139
11.3.8 Reconfiguration..................................................................................................................................................... 140
11.3.9 Deactivation........................................................................................................................................................... 140
11.4 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................142
11.5 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................ 142
11.6 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................ 142

12 Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT Self-Management Based on X2 Messages....144


12.1 When to Use NCL/NRT Self-Management Based on X2 Messages........................................................................144
12.2 Required Information............................................................................................................................................... 145
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

12.3 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................. 145


12.3.1 Process................................................................................................................................................................... 145
12.3.2 Requirements......................................................................................................................................................... 145
12.3.3 Data Preparation.................................................................................................................................................... 145
12.3.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................146
12.3.5 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................146
12.3.6 Activation.............................................................................................................................................................. 146
12.3.7 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................149
12.3.8 Reconfiguration..................................................................................................................................................... 150
12.3.9 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................150
12.4 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................151
12.5 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................ 153
12.6 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................ 153

13 Engineering Guidelines for Neighboring Cell Classification........................................155


13.1 When to Use Neighboring Cell Classification......................................................................................................... 155
13.2 Required Information............................................................................................................................................... 155
13.3 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................. 155
13.3.1 Process................................................................................................................................................................... 155
13.3.2 Requirements......................................................................................................................................................... 155
13.3.3 Data Preparation.................................................................................................................................................... 156
13.3.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................157
13.3.5 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................157
13.3.6 Activation.............................................................................................................................................................. 157
13.3.7 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................160
13.3.8 Reconfiguration..................................................................................................................................................... 161
13.3.9 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................161
13.4 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................162
13.5 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................ 162
13.6 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................ 163

14 Engineering Guidelines for PLMN ID Management.......................................................164


14.1 When to Use PLMN ID Management...................................................................................................................... 164
14.2 Required Information............................................................................................................................................... 164
14.3 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................. 164
14.3.1 Process................................................................................................................................................................... 164
14.3.2 Requirements......................................................................................................................................................... 164
14.3.3 Data Preparation.................................................................................................................................................... 164
14.3.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................165
14.3.5 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................165
14.3.6 Activation.............................................................................................................................................................. 165
14.3.7 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................168
14.3.8 Reconfiguration..................................................................................................................................................... 168
14.3.9 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................168
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

14.4 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................169


14.5 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................ 169
14.6 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................ 169

15 Parameters................................................................................................................................. 170
16 Counters.................................................................................................................................... 244
17 Glossary..................................................................................................................................... 253
18 Reference Documents............................................................................................................. 254

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vi

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

About This Document

1.1 Scope
This document describes automatic neighbor relation (ANR) management, including its
technical principles, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines.
This document covers the following features:
l

LOFD-002001 Automatic Neighbour Relation (ANR)

LOFD-002002 Inter-RAT ANR

LOFD-002004 Self-configuration

LOFD-081225 Neighbor Cell Classification Management

LBFD-081102 PLMN ID Management

LOFD-002002 Inter-RAT ANR described in this document handles only neighbor


relationships of evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) with universal
terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN) or GSM/EDGE radio access network (GERAN).
For details about ANR management of E-UTRAN with CDMA2000 networks, see LTECDMA2000 ANR Management Feature Parameter Description.
This document applies to the following types of eNodeBs.
eNodeB Type

Model

Macro

3900 series eNodeB

Micro

BTS3202E

LampSite

DBS3900 LampSite

Any managed objects (MOs), parameters, alarms, or counters described herein correspond to
the software release delivered with this document. Any future updates will be described in the
product documentation delivered with future software releases.
This document applies only to LTE FDD. Any "LTE" in this document refers to LTE FDD,
and "eNodeB" refers to LTE FDD eNodeB.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

1.2 Intended Audience


This document is intended for personnel who:
l

Need to understand the features described herein

Work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History


This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes:
l

Feature change
Changes in features and parameters of a specified version as well as the affected entities

Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information and any related parameters affected by
editorial changes. Editorial change does not specify the affected entities.

eRAN8.1 02 (2015-06-30)
This issue includes the following changes.
Change
Type

Change Description

Parameter
Change

Affected Entity

Feature
change

None

None

None

Editorial
change

Revised descriptions
throughout this document.

None

N/A

eRAN8.1 01 (2015-03-23)
This issue includes the following changes.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Change
Type

Change Description

Parameter
Change

Affected Entity

Feature
change

Added the function of


filtering frequencies based
on operator information
when adding neighboring
frequencies based on X2
messages. For details, see
6.1 NCL/NRT Entry
Addition and Update.

Added the
GlobalProcSwitch
.X2BasedUptENod
eBPolicy
parameter.

Macro, micro, and


LampSite eNodeBs

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Change
Type

1 About This Document

Change Description

Parameter
Change

Affected Entity

Added the punishment


mechanism of removed
neighbor relationships. For
details, see 4.2.2.3
Removing an NCL/NRT
Entry.

Added the
following
parameters:

Macro, micro, and


LampSite eNodeBs

l ANR.NcellDel
PunishPeriod
l ANR.EutranNc
ellDelPunNum
l ANR.UtranNce
llDelPunNum

Editorial
change

Added the support for


separate control on whether
the eNodeB reports the
optimization advice of
neighbor relationships with
cells in different RATs to the
U2000. The NRT
optimization advice is
generated by event-triggered
ANR, fast ANR, or
automatic optimization of
intra-RAT neighbor
relationship attributes. For
details, see 4.1.2 NRT
Optimization Mode.

Added the
ANR.OptModeStr
ategy parameter.

Macro, micro, and


LampSite eNodeBs

None

None

N/A

eRAN8.1 Draft A (2015-1-15)


Compared with Issue 03 (2014-11-13) of eRAN7.0, Draft A (2015-01-15) of eRAN8.1
includes the following changes.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Change
Type

Change Description

Parameter Change

Affected
Entity

Feature
change

Added the impact of UE


blacklists on ANR. For details,
see 4.2 Intra- and Inter-RAT
Event-triggered ANR and 4.3
Intra- and Inter-RAT Fast
ANR.

None

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Change
Type

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

1 About This Document

Change Description

Parameter Change

Affected
Entity

Added ANR management of


neighbor relationships in some
special networking scenarios.
For details, see 4.2.1
Automatic Detection of
Missing Neighboring Cells.

None

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Added a parameter that


specifies whether the 3GPP
specification modification
related to UTRAN
measurements takes effect. For
details, see 4.2.1 Automatic
Detection of Missing
Neighboring Cells.

Added the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.
HoSignalingOptSwitch parameter.

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Added the statement on


whether 3GPP specification
modification related to
GERAN measurements takes
effect. For details, see 4.2.1
Automatic Detection of
Missing Neighboring Cells.

Added the
GlobalProcSwitch.P
rotocolMsgOptSwitc
h parameter.

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Enhanced the function of


automatically setting the No
HO attribute. For details, see
4.5.1 Automatic Optimization
of Neighbor Relationships
with Cells of Abnormal
Success Rates of Intra-RAT
Handovers.

Added the
ANR.NoHoSetMode
parameter.

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Added the mechanism that UEs


performing VoLTE (Voice over
LTE) services can be selected
for measurements for eventriggered ANR with UTRAN
and GERAN. For details, see
4.2.1 Automatic Detection of
Missing Neighboring Cells.

Added the following


parameters:

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Added the function that an


eNodeB can add an inter-RAT
external cell to an NCL and add
a neighbor relationship with an
inter-RAT cell to an NRT by
event-triggered inter-RAT
ANR. For details, see 4.2.2.1
Adding an NCL/NRT Entry.

Added the following


parameters:

l ANR.EventAnrW
ithVoipMode
l ANR.UtranEvent
AnrCgiTimer
l ANR.GeranEvent
AnrCgiTimer

l ANR.UtranEvent
AnrMode

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

l ANR.GeranEvent
AnrMode

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Change
Type

1 About This Document

Change Description

Parameter Change

Affected
Entity

Optimized how the eNodeB


adds a neighbor relationship to
an NRT by using fast ANR. For
details, see 4.3.2.1 Adding an
NCL/NRT Entry.

Added the value


NRT_MODE(NRT_
MODE) to the
ANR.FastAnrMode
parameter.

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Added 4.5.2 Neighboring Cell


Classification.

Added the following


parameters:

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

l CellAlgoSwitch.
NcellClassMgtSw
l NCellClassMgt.S
tatPeriodForNCel
lClass
l NCellClassMgt.
HoAttemptThd
l EutranIntraFreq
NCell.NCellClass
Label
l ENodeBAlgoSwit
ch.PciConflictAl
mSwitch
Added 4.6 PLMN ID
Management.

Added the following


parameters:
NCellPlmnList.Plm
nListType

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

NCellPlmnList.RatT
ype

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Added neighbor relationship


removal based on the cell-level
handover success rate. For
details, see 4.2.2.3 Removing
an NCL/NRT Entry.

Added the
EUTRAN_DELCE
LLERRORNCELL(
EUTRAN_DELCE
LLERRORNCELL)
option to the
ANR.NrtDelMode
parameter.

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Added the statement on


whether 3GPP specification
modification related to
UTRAN measurements takes
effect. For details, see 4.2.1
Automatic Detection of
Missing Neighboring Cells.

Added the
McUtranNcellNum
OptSwtich(McUtra
nNcellNumOptSwti
ch) option to the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.
HoSignalingOptSwitch parameter.

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Change
Type

1 About This Document

Change Description

Parameter Change

Affected
Entity

Added intra- and inter-RAT


ANR management on a per
frequency basis. For details, see
4.2 Intra- and Inter-RAT
Event-triggered ANR, 4.3
Intra- and Inter-RAT Fast
ANR, 9 Engineering
Guidelines for Intra-RAT
ANR, and 10 Engineering
Guidelines for Inter-RAT
ANR.

Added the following


parameters:

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Optimized 4.2.2.3 Removing


an NCL/NRT Entry. ANR
now supports three types of
automatic neighbor relationship
removal:

Added the following


parameters:

l Removal of inappropriate
neighbor relationships
l Removal of redundant
neighbor relationships
l Priority-based removal
when the number of
neighbor relationships
reaches its maximum

l Cell.IntraFreqAn
rInd
l EutranInterNFre
q.AnrInd
l GeranNfreqGrou
p.AnrInd
l UtranNFreq.Anr
Ind

l ANR.NrtDelMod
e

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

l Cell.FreqPriority
ForAnr
l EutranInterNFre
q.FreqPriorityFo
rAnr
l UtranNFreq.Fre
qPriorityForAnr
l GERANNFREQ
GROUP.FreqPri
orityForAnr
l ANR.UtranNcell
HoForNRTDelTh
d
l ANR.GeranNcell
HoForNRTDelTh
d

Added a switch to control


whether to enable smart
preallocation during cell global
identification (CGI) reading for
ANR.

Added the
ANR.SmartPrealloc
ationMode
parameter.

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Added the
Drx.DrxInactivityTimerForAnr
parameter.

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

For details, see 3.4 ANR


Capabilities of UEs.
Added the ANR-dedicated
discontinuous reception (DRX)
inactivity timer.
For details, see 3.4 ANR
Capabilities of UEs.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Change
Type

1 About This Document

Change Description

Parameter Change

Affected
Entity

Added a switch to control


whether a newly detected
neighboring cell can be
selected as a target cell in
handovers if the eNodeB
delivers the NRT optimization
advice to the U2000 in
controlled mode and the advice
is not confirmed by an operator
yet.

Added the
ANR.AnrControlled
HoStrategy.

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Added the
GlobalProcSwitch.V
oipWithGapMode
parameter.

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

Added the
ANR.PeriodForNCel
lRanking parameter.

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

None

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

For details, see 4.1.2 NRT


Optimization Mode.
Added the mechanism to
control whether a UE
performing VoIP services can
set up measurement gaps and
performs fast ANR
measurements.
For details, see 4.3.1
Automatic Detection of
Missing Neighboring Cells.
Added automatic optimization
of inter-RAT neighboring cell
measurement priorities.
For details, see 4.5.4
Automatic Optimization of
Measurement Priorities of
Inter-RAT Neighboring Cells.
Supported ANR with shared
cells in scenarios where the
serving cell and neighboring
cells are managed by different
U2000 servers.
For details, see 5 ANR with
Shared Cells.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Change
Type

1 About This Document

Change Description

Parameter Change

Affected
Entity

Added the function that the


eNodeB can obtain neighboring
cell information from the
U2000 based on the frequency
for ANR with shared cells.

Added the following


parameters:

Macro, micro,
and LampSite
eNodeBs

For details, see 5 ANR with


Shared Cells.

l Cell.IntraFreqRa
nSharingInd
l EutranInterNFre
q.InterFreqRanS
haringInd
l GeranNFreqGro
up.GeranRanSha
ringInd
l UtranNFreq.Utra
nRanSharingInd

Editorial
change

Added the description about


how to use the LTE ANR
management function on the
U2000 to view configured
neighbor relationships. For
details, see 9.3.7 Activation
Observation.

None

N/A

1.4 Differences Between eNodeB Types


Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite eNodeBs

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Feature ID

Feature Name

Supported
by Macro
eNodeBs

Supporte
d by
Micro
eNodeBs

Supported
by
LampSite
eNodeBs

LOFD-002001

Automatic Neighbour
Relation (ANR)

Yes

Yes

Yes

LOFD-002002

Inter-RAT ANR

Yes

Yes

Yes

LOFD-081225

Neighbor Cell
Classification
Management

Yes

Yes

Yes

LBFD-081102

PLMN ID Management

Yes

Yes

Yes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

Function Implementation in Macro, Micro, and LampSite eNodeBs

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Function

Difference

Intra-eNodeB
neighboring
cells

Micro cells do not have intra-eNodeB neighboring cells. Descriptions of


intra-eNodeB neighboring cells in this document apply to macro and
LampSite eNodeBs, but not to micro eNodeBs.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

Overview

2.1 Introduction
Operation and maintenance (OM) of radio access networks has become increasingly complex,
difficult, and costly because of the huge number of network elements, the implementation of
different system standards, and the coexistence of different equipment vendors and telecom
operators. To address this, 3GPP Release 8 introduces the self-organizing network (SON)
solution. The main functions of SON are self-configuration, self-optimization, and selfhealing. Automatic neighbor relation (ANR) is a self-optimization function of SON.
ANR automatically detects and adds missing neighboring cells. It identifies and removes
incorrect or redundant neighboring cells, and it automatically optimizes the attributes of
neighbor relationships, such as the No HO attribute and blind handover priorities.

2.2 Benefits
ANR handles neighbor relationships of E-UTRAN cells with E-UTRAN, UTRAN, and
GERAN cells. It automatically maintains the completeness, validity, and correctness of the
neighbor relationships to improve network performance. In addition, ANR automatically
optimizes the attributes of neighbor relationships, thereby reducing manual intervention while
decreasing the costs of network planning, network optimization, and OM.

2.3 Architecture
ANR automatically detects missing and redundant neighboring cells and maintains
neighboring cell lists (NCLs) and neighboring relation tables (NRTs). Automatic detection of
missing neighboring cells requires ANR-capable UEs in the network. For details about the
concepts related to ANR (such as NCL, NRT, and ANR capabilities of UEs), see 3 Concepts
Related to ANR.
ANR can be classified into intra-RAT ANR and inter-RAT ANR in terms of the RAT of the
neighboring cells that ANR manages. For details, see 4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR.
For details about intra- or inter-RAT ANR in scenarios where the neighboring eNodeB,
neighboring NodeB, or neighboring GSM BTS is shared by multiple operators, see 5 ANR
with Shared Cells.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

If X2 interface self-management is enabled, automatic intra-RAT NCL/NRT maintenance can


be triggered by X2 messages. For details, see 6 NCL/NRT Self-Management Based on X2
Messages.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

3 Concepts Related to ANR

Concepts Related to ANR

This chapter describes the following basic ANR-related concepts:


l

NCL

NRT

Blacklists and whitelist

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Handover (HO) blacklist

HO whitelist

Radio resource control (RRC) blacklist

ANR capabilities of UEs

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

3 Concepts Related to ANR

3.1 NCL
The NCLs of an eNodeB contain information about the external cells of the eNodeB. External
cells belong to other base stations.
NCLs are classified into intra- and inter-RAT NCLs. Each eNodeB has one intra-RAT NCL
and multiple inter-RAT NCLs, such as the GERAN NCL and the UTRAN NCL.
l

The intra-RAT NCL records information such as the E-UTRAN cell global identifiers
(ECGIs), physical cell identifiers (PCIs), and E-UTRA absolute radio frequency channel
numbers (EARFCNs) of the external E-UTRAN cells. The information is contained in
EutranExternalCell managed objects (MOs).

The GERAN NCL records information such as the cell IDs, base transceiver station
identity codes (BSICs), and ARFCNs of the external GERAN cells. The information is
contained in GeranExternalCell MOs.

The UTRAN NCL records information such as the cell IDs, scrambling codes, and
UTRA ARFCNs (UARFCNs) of the external UTRAN cells. The information is
contained in UtranExternalCell MOs.

ANR can automatically add external cells to NCLs, remove external cells from NCLs, and
update information about the external cells in NCLs.
NOTE

l For details about how to manually configure intra-RAT NCLs, see Intra-RAT Mobility Management
in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description.
l For details about how to manually configure inter-RAT NCLs, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management
in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description.
l For details about all attributes in NCLs, see 3900 Series Base Station MML Command Reference and
3900 Series Base Station MO Reference.

3.2 NRT
The NRTs of a cell contain information about the neighbor relationships of the cell with its
adjacent cells.
Each cell has one intra-RAT intra-frequency NRT, one intra-RAT inter-frequency NRT, and
multiple inter-RAT NRTs.
The intra- and inter-RAT NRTs have different structures. Table 3-1 provides an example of an
intra-RAT NRT. The structure of Huawei intra-RAT NRTs may differ from this example. For
details about NRTs, see section 22.3.2a "Automatic Neighbour Relation Function" in 3GPP
TS 36.300 V10.3.0.
Table 3-1 Intra-RAT NRT example

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

SN

LCI

Target
Cell
PLMN

eNodeB ID

Cell ID

No Remove

No HO

LCI#1

46001

eNodeB ID#1

Cell ID#1

FORBID_R
MV_ENUM

FORBID_H
O_ENUM

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

13

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

3 Concepts Related to ANR

SN

LCI

Target
Cell
PLMN

eNodeB ID

Cell ID

No Remove

No HO

LCI#1

46001

eNodeB ID#2

Cell ID#2

PERMIT_R
MV_ENUM

PERMIT_H
O_ENUM

LCI#1

46001

eNodeB ID#3

Cell ID#3

FORBID_R
MV_ENUM

FORBID_H
O_ENUM

NOTE

Huawei NRTs do not include the No X2 attribute.

Each intra-RAT NRT contains the following information:


l

Local cell identifier (LCI): identifies the local cell of a neighbor relationship.

Target cell PLMN: identifies the public land mobile network (PLMN) of the operator
that owns the target cell.

eNodeB ID: identifies the eNodeB that serves the target cell.

Cell ID: identifies the target cell.

No Remove: indicates whether ANR can remove the neighbor relationship from the
NRT. The No Remove attribute is specified by the No remove indicator parameters of
Huawei eNodeBs. The default values of these parameters are
PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit ANR Remove).

If the No remove indicator parameter is set to FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid


ANR Remove) for a neighbor relationship, ANR cannot remove the neighbor
relationship from the NRT.

If the No remove indicator parameter is set to PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit


ANR Remove) for a neighbor relationship, ANR can remove the neighbor
relationship from the NRT.

No HO: indicates whether the neighbor relationship can be used for handovers. The No
HO attribute is specified by the No handover indicator parameters of Huawei eNodeBs.
The default values of these parameters are PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho).

If the No handover indicator parameter is set to FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid


Ho) for a neighbor relationship, the neighbor relationship cannot be used for
handovers.

If the No handover indicator parameter is set to PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit


Ho) for a neighbor relationship, the neighbor relationship can be used for
handovers.

ANR can automatically add a neighbor relationship to an NRT or remove a neighbor


relationship from the NRT. In addition, ANR can automatically optimize the configurations of
neighbor relationships.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

14

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

3 Concepts Related to ANR

NOTE

l For details about how to manually configure intra-RAT NRTs, see Intra-RAT Mobility Management
in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description.
l For details about how to manually configure inter-RAT NRTs, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management
in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description.
l Besides 3GPP-defined attributes, Huawei eNodeBs also supports some other special attributes used
in Huawei features. These attributes include Blind handover Priority, Cell Measure Priority, and
Neighbor Cell Classification Flag. For details about these attributes, see 3900 Series Base Station
MML Command Reference and 3900 Series Base Station MO Reference.

3.3 Blacklists and Whitelist


HO Blacklist
The neighbor relationships in the HO blacklist meet both of the following conditions:
l

The No remove indicator parameter is set to FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR


Remove).

The No handover indicator parameter is set to FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho).

ANR cannot remove neighbor relationships in the HO blacklist.


HO blacklists can only be configured manually. For more details about the HO blacklist, see
section 5.2 "Specification level requirements" in 3GPP TS 32.511 V10.0.0.

HO Whitelist
The neighbor relationships in the HO whitelist meet both of the following conditions:
l

The No remove indicator parameter is set to FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR


Remove).

The No handover indicator parameter is set to PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho).

ANR cannot remove neighbor relationships in the HO whitelist.


HO whitelists can only be configured manually. For more details about the HO whitelist, see
section 5.2 "Specification level requirements" in 3GPP TS 32.511 V10.0.0.

RRC Blacklist
An RRC blacklist contains the neighboring cells that UEs are not allowed to measure. ANR
cannot automatically detect the neighboring cells in the RRC blacklist.
RRC blacklists can only be configured manually

3.4 ANR Capabilities of UEs


The ANR capabilities of a UE are represented by the ability of the UE to read the CGIs of
neighboring cells. The feature group indicators (FGI) field in the RRC_UE_CAP_INFO
message indicates the ANR capability of the UE. For more details, see section B.1 "Feature
group indicators" in 3GPP TS 36.331 V10.5.0. Table 3-2 provides the definitions and setting
descriptions of the ANR-related indicators.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

15

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

3 Concepts Related to ANR

NOTE

The FGI field related to ANR is defined in 3GPP Release 8. UEs that comply with 3GPP Release 8 or
later may support ANR. As of 3GPP TS 36.331 V10.5.0, the size of the FGI field has been changed
from 32 bits to 64 bits. The leftmost indicator is set to 1.
In the table, the Definition column lists the functions supported when the bit number is set to 1. If
Applicable is marked with Yes, the functions listed in the same row have been implemented and
successfully tested on the eNodeB.

Table 3-2 Definitions and setting descriptions of ANR-related indicators


Indicator Index
(Bit Number)

Definition

Remarks

Applica
ble

l Long DRX cycle

None

Yes

This indicator
can only be set
to 1 if the UE
sets indicator 5
to 1.

Yes

This indicator
can be set to 1 if
the UE sets
indicators 5 and
25 to 1.

Yes
(unless
the UE
supports
only band
13)

l DRX command MAC control


element
17

Periodic reporting of ANR-related


intra-frequency measurements:
l Intra-frequency measurement
reporting with triggerType set to
periodical and purpose set to
reportStrongestCells
l Intra-frequency measurement
reporting with triggerType set to
periodical and purpose set to
reportCGI

18

Periodic reporting of ANR-related


inter-frequency measurements:
l Inter-frequency measurement
reporting with triggerType set to
periodical and purpose set to
reportStrongestCells
l Inter-frequency measurement
reporting with triggerType set to
periodical and purpose set to
reportCGI

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

3 Concepts Related to ANR

Indicator Index
(Bit Number)

Definition

Remarks

Applica
ble

19

Periodic reporting of ANR-related


inter-RAT measurements:

l This
indicator can
be set to 1 if
the UE sets
indicator 5 to
1 and at least
one of
indicators 22,
23, 24, and
26 to 1.

l GERAN measurement reporting


with triggerType set to periodical
and purpose set to
reportStrongestCells, if the UE
sets indicator 23 to 1
l UTRAN, CDMA2000 1xRTT, or
CDMA2000 HRPD measurement
reporting with triggerType set to
periodical and purpose set to
reportStrongestCellsForSON, if
the UE sets indicator 22, 24, or 26
to 1, respectively
l UTRAN, GERAN, CDMA2000
1xRTT, or CDMA2000 HRPD
measurement reporting with
triggerType set to periodical and
purpose set to reportCGI, if the
UE sets indicator 22, 23, 24, or 26
to 1, respectively
33

Periodic reporting of ANR-related


UTRAN measurements:
l Inter-RAT measurement reporting
with triggerType set to periodical
and purpose set to
reportStrongestCellsForSON

l Even if the
UE sets
indicators 33
through 36 to
1, indicator
19 must be
set to 1.

This indicator
can be set to 1 if
the UE sets
indicators 5 and
22 to 1.

This indicator
can be set to 1 if
the UE sets
indicators 5 and
23 to 1.

l Inter-RAT measurement reporting


with triggerType set to periodical
and purpose set to reportCGI
34

Periodic reporting of ANR-related


GERAN measurements:
l Inter-RAT measurement reporting
with triggerType set to periodical
and purpose set to
reportStrongestCells
l Inter-RAT measurement reporting
with triggerType set to periodical
and purpose set to reportCGI

In summary, the FGI field must be set as follows for intra- and inter-RAT ANR:
l

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

If the UE sets indicators 5 and 17 to 1, the UE supports intra-frequency ANR. If the UE


sets indicators 5 and 18 to 1, the UE supports inter-frequency ANR.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

17

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

3 Concepts Related to ANR

If the UE sets indicators 5, 19, and 33 to 1, the UE supports ANR with UTRAN.

If the UE sets indicators 5, 19, and 34 to 1, the UE supports ANR with GERAN.

As defined in 3GPP specifications, an eNodeB sends a set of temporary DRX parameters to a


UE for ANR measurements. The UE reads the CGIs of neighboring cells after the DRX
mechanism starts in both the eNodeB and the UE. After the UE acquires the CGIs, the DRX
mechanism stops in the eNodeB and the UE.
This mechanism does not require the DRX feature to be activated. The ANR-dedicated long
DRX cycles for intra- and inter-RAT ANR measurements are specified by the
Drx.LongDrxCycleForAnr and Drx.LongDRXCycleforIRatAnr parameters, respectively.
The ANR-dedicated DRX inactivity timer is specified by the Drx.DrxInactivityTimerForAnr
parameter. For details about how DRX works in ANR measurements, see DRX and Signaling
Control Feature Parameter Description.
During CGI reading, smart preallocation may take effect or not, depending on the setting of
the ANR.SmartPreallocationMode parameter. Smart preallocation takes effect during CGI
reading only if this parameter is set to ENABLE(Enable) and smart preallocation function is
enabled. For details about smart preallocation, see Scheduling Feature Parameter
Description.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

18

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

This chapter describes the optional features LOFD-002001 Automatic Neighbor Relation
(ANR), which is specific to intra-RAT ANR, and LOFD-002002 Inter-RAT ANR.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

19

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

4.1 Overview
Intra- and inter-RAT ANR can manage only the external cells and neighbor relationships for
which the Control Mode parameter is set to AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode). Intra- and interRAT ANR generate NRT optimization advice and deliver the advice in free or controlled
mode. For details about the control mode of NCL/NRT entries and the NRT optimization
advice delivery mode, see 4.1.1 NCL/NRT Control Mode and 4.1.2 NRT Optimization
Mode, respectively.
Both intra- and inter-RAT ANR provide the following functions:
l

Event-triggered ANR
Intra-RAT event-triggered ANR uses event-triggered UE measurements or UE history
information to detect missing intra-RAT neighboring cells. This type of ANR
automatically maintains intra-RAT NCLs and NRTs. Inter-RAT event-triggered ANR
uses only event-triggered UE measurements to detect missing inter-RAT neighboring
cells. This type of ANR automatically maintains inter-RAT NCLs and NRTs. For details
about event-triggered ANR, see 4.2 Intra- and Inter-RAT Event-triggered ANR.

Fast ANR
Fast ANR is also known as periodic ANR. It detects missing intra- or inter-RAT
neighboring cells based on periodic UE measurement reports. Fast ANR only adds the
missing neighboring cells. For details about fast ANR, see 4.3 Intra- and Inter-RAT
Fast ANR.

Automatic optimization of neighbor relationship attributes


This function optimizes certain attributes of neighbor relationships based on handover
statistics. For details, see 4.5 Automatic Optimization of Neighbor Relationship
Attributes.

If both event-triggered ANR and fast ANR are enabled, UEs perform both event-triggered
measurements and periodic measurements. eNodeBs detect missing neighboring cells based
on either event-triggered or periodic measurement reports.
Intra- and inter-RAT ANR work in a similar way but differ in certain principles and
parameters.
NOTE

When the CPU usage of the main control board exceeds 80%, the eNodeB does not handle unknown
CGIs or perform backward ANR.
The handling of unknown CGIs includes adding and updating intra- and inter-RAT NCL and NRT
entries, as described in 4.2.2 Automatic Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs and 6.1 NCL/NRT Entry
Addition and Update. For details about backward ANR, see 4.4 Intra-RAT Backward ANR.

4.1.1 NCL/NRT Control Mode


External cells and neighbor relationships can be manually or automatically added to NCLs
and NRTs, respectively. External cells in NCLs and neighbor relationships in NRTs that are
automatically added by ANR can be maintained automatically by ANR.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

20

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

NOTE

l The Control Mode parameter can be set to AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode) or


MANUAL_MODE(Manual Mode) for an external cell or a neighbor relationship that is manually
added.
l The Control Mode parameter is automatically set to AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode) for an external
cell or a neighbor relationship that is automatically added by ANR.

Table 4-1 lists the parameters that specify the control mode for external cells in NCLs and
neighbor relationships in NRTs.
Table 4-1 Control mode parameters
Parameter ID

NCL/NRT
Intra-RAT
NCL and
NRT

Inter-RAT
NCL and
NRT

External EUTRAN cell

EutranExternalCell.CtrlMode

Intrafrequency
neighbor
relationship

EutranIntraFreqNCell.CtrlMode

Interfrequency
neighbor
relationship

EutranInterFreqNCell.CtrlMode

External
UTRAN cell

UtranExternalCell.CtrlMode

Neighbor
relationship
with a
UTRAN cell

UtranNCell.CtrlMode

External
GERAN cell

GeranExternalCell.CtrlMode

Neighbor
relationship
with a
GERAN cell

GeranNcell.CtrlMode

4.1.2 NRT Optimization Mode


The delivery mode of each type of optimization advice is controlled by the following
parameters. The optimization advice includes NRT optimization advice generated by eventtriggered ANR, fast ANR, and automatic optimization of neighbor relationship attributes and
optimization advice generated by automatic optimization of blind handover priorities for
inter-RAT neighbor relationships.
For the advice generated by event-triggered ANR, fast ANR, or automatic optimization of
intra-RAT neighbor relationship attributes, the delivery mode is specified by the
ANR.OptMode parameter. The ANR.OptMode has two values:
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

21

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

FREE(FREE): The optimization advice takes effect directly.

CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED): The ANR.OptModeStrategy parameter specifies


whether the eNodeB reports the optimization advice of neighbor relationships with cells
in different RATs to the U2000. Related switches are described as follows:

EutranCtrlOptMode(EutranCtrlOptMode): This option specifies whether the


eNodeB reports the optimization advice of neighbor relationships with E-UTRAN
cells to the U2000. If this option is selected, the eNodeB reports the optimization
advice to the U2000, and operators determine whether to take the advice on the
U2000. The optimization is subject to the manual confirmation. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB automatically handles the neighbor relationships with EUTRAN cells.

UtranCtrlOptMode(UtranCtrlOptMode): This option specifies whether the


eNodeB reports the optimization advice of neighbor relationships with UTRAN
cells to the U2000. If this option is selected, the eNodeB reports the optimization
advice to the U2000, and operators determine whether to take the advice on the
U2000. The optimization is subject to the manual confirmation. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB automatically handles the neighbor relationships with
UTRAN cells.

GeranCtrlOptMode(GeranCtrlOptMode): This option specifies whether the


eNodeB reports the optimization advice of neighbor relationships with GERAN
cells to the U2000. If this option is selected, the eNodeB reports the optimization
advice to the U2000, and operators determine whether to take the advice on the
U2000. The optimization is subject to the manual confirmation. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB automatically handles the neighbor relationships with
GERAN cells.

When the NRT optimization advice takes effect in controlled mode, the collaboration between
ANR management of missing neighboring cells and handovers varies depending on the target
RATs of handovers:
l

Handovers to E-UTRAN or GERAN cells: If the ANR.AnrControlledHoStrategy


parameter is set to PERMIT_HO(PERMIT_HO), after receiving handover
measurement reports from UEs, the eNodeB performs the handovers even if operators
have not confirmed the optimization advice to add the neighbor relationships with the
target cells to the NRTs. If the ANR.AnrControlledHoStrategy parameter is set to
FORBID_HO(FORBID_HO), after receiving handover measurement reports from
UEs, the eNodeB cannot perform the handovers if operators have not confirmed the
optimization advice to add the neighbor relationships with the target cells to the NRTs. In
conclusion, when the ANR.AnrControlledHoStrategy parameter is set to
FORBID_HO(FORBID_HO), operators need to confirm the optimization advice in a
timely manner so that the eNodeB can perform the handovers and RRC connection
reestablishments or service drops are avoided.

Handovers to UTRAN cells: The eNodeB delivers only the UTRAN cells included in the
NRT to UEs for handover measurement. Therefore, if operators do not confirm the
optimization advice to add the neighbor relationship with a UTRAN cell to the NRT, the
eNodeB does not hand over UEs to the UTRAN cell.

For the advice generated by automatic optimization of blind handover priorities for inter-RAT
neighbor relationships, the delivery mode is specified by the BlindNcellOpt.OptMode
parameter. The BlindNcellOpt.OptMode parameter has two values:
l
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

FREE(FREE): The optimization advice takes effect directly.


Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

22

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED): The eNodeB reports the optimization advice to the


U2000, and operators determine whether to take the advice.

4.2 Intra- and Inter-RAT Event-triggered ANR


Intra-RAT event-triggered ANR is controlled by the
IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter and the frequency-specific ANR indicators.
l

The Cell.IntraFreqAnrInd parameter specifies whether to allow ANR management of


external cells and neighbor relationships with these cells on the serving frequency.

The EutranInterNFreq.AnrInd parameter specifies whether to allow ANR


management of external cells and neighbor relationships with these cells on a
neighboring E-UTRAN frequency.

Inter-RAT event-triggered ANR can be classified into event-triggered ANR with GERAN and
event-triggered ANR with UTRAN, which are controlled by the
GeranEventAnrSwitch(GeranEventAnrSwitch) and
UtranEventAnrSwitch(UtranEventAnrSwitch) options of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter, respectively, and the frequency-specific ANR
indicators.
l

The GeranNfreqGroup.AnrInd parameter specifies whether to allow ANR


management of external cells and neighbor relationships with these cells on frequencies
in a neighboring GERAN frequency group.

The UtranNFreq.AnrInd parameter specifies whether to allow ANR management of


external cells and neighbor relationships with these cells on a neighboring UTRAN
frequency.
NOTE

NCLs are configured for a specific eNodeB, and frequency-specific ANR indicators are
configured for a specific cell. An eNodeB can add an external cell to the NCL when the ANR
indicator of the corresponding frequency configured for any cell served by the eNodeB is set to
ALLOWED(ALLOWED) and can remove an external cell from the NCL only when the ANR
indicator of the corresponding frequency configured for all cells served by the eNodeB is set to
ALLOWED(ALLOWED).

Some UEs in the network may report incorrect CGIs or their ANR capabilities indicated
in the reported FGIs are inconsistent with their actual ANR capabilities. If an eNodeB
selects such UEs to perform ANR measurements, the UEs or the network may be
negatively affected. To address this, the eNodeB can select other UEs to perform
measurements for intra- and inter-RAT event-triggered ANR.
NOTE

For details about LOFD-081226 Terminal Awareness Differentiation, see Terminal Awareness
Differentiation Feature Parameter Description.

4.2.1 Automatic Detection of Missing Neighboring Cells


The procedure for using event-triggered UE measurements to detect missing neighboring cells
is defined in section 22.3.2a "Automatic Neighbour Relation Function" of 3GPP TS 36.300
V10.3.0.
Both intra- and inter-RAT event-triggered ANR use event-triggered UE measurements to
detect missing neighboring cells.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

23

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

During the detection procedure, the eNodeB determines whether to select carrier aggregation
(CA) UEs to perform measurements based on the ANR.CaUeChoseMode parameter setting:
l

If this parameter is set to CA_UE_CAP(CA UE Capability), the eNodeB does not


select the CA UEs that support the CA bands in the CA band combinations supported by
the eNodeB.

If this parameter is set to CA_UE_CARRIER_NUM(CA UE Carrier Number), the


eNodeB does not select the CA UEs that are each served by more than one carrier.

If this parameter is set to ANR_UE_CAP(ANR UE Capability), the eNodeB does not


select the UEs that are incapable of CGI reading for ANR.

Detecting Missing Intra-RAT Neighboring Cells


Intra-RAT event-triggered ANR detects missing intra-RAT neighboring cells based on the cell
lists in intra- and inter-frequency measurement reports. This type of ANR is triggered only by
intra-RAT handover measurements.
Table 4-2 lists types of handover measurements and related parameters.
Table 4-2 Types of intra-RAT handover measurements and related parameters
Handover Measurement Type

Parameters

Coverage-based handover measurements

IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) option of
the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch
parameter

Inter-frequency MLB measurements

IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) and
MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch(MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch) options
of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch
parameter

Service-based handover measurements

IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) and
ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch(ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch)
options of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter

Other types of handover measurements

IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) and
IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch) options of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter

NOTE

Other types of handovers include distance-based inter-frequency handover and uplink-quality-based


inter-frequency handover. For details about different types of handovers, see Intra-RAT Mobility
Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

24

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

Assume that a UE is served by cell A of the source eNodeB and that cell B is an intra-RAT
adjacent cell of cell A. Figure 4-1 illustrates how the eNodeB uses event-triggered UE
measurements to detect cell B.
Figure 4-1 Procedure for using event-triggered UE measurements to detect a missing intraRAT neighboring cell

1.

The source eNodeB delivers the measurement configuration to the UE, instructing the
UE to measure adjacent cells. By default, the UE performs intra-frequency
measurements.
When a UE establishes radio bearers, the source eNodeB delivers the intra-frequency
measurement configuration to the UE in an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message
by default. When inter-frequency measurements are required, the source eNodeB must
deliver the inter-frequency measurement configuration to the UE to set up interfrequency measurement gaps. For details about intra-frequency and inter-frequency
measurements, see Intra-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature
Parameter Description.

2.

The UE detects that cell B meets the measurement requirements, and the UE reports the
PCI of cell B to the source eNodeB. Note that the UE does not report the PCIs of the
cells in the RRC blacklist to the eNodeB.

3.

The source eNodeB checks whether its intra-RAT NCL includes the PCI of cell B.

If the NCL includes this PCI, the procedure ends.

If the NCL does not include this PCI, cell B is a missing intra-RAT neighboring cell
of cell A. The procedure continues.
NOTE

If the UE reports the PCIs of several adjacent cells that meet the measurement requirements,
the source eNodeB checks only for the PCI of the strongest adjacent cell.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

25

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4.

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

The source eNodeB instructs the UE to read the ECGI, tracking area code (TAC), and
PLMN list of cell B.
Timer T321 controls the maximum time a UE can spend reading ECGIs. The following
table describes when the timer starts, stops, and expires. For the timer values, see 5.5.2.3
"Measurement identity addition/modification" in 3GPP TS 36.331 V10.5.0.

5.

Timer

Start

Stop

At Expiry

T321

Upon receiving
measConfig including
a reportConfig with
the purpose set to
reportCGI

Upon acquiring the


information needed to set all
fields of cellGlobalId for the
requested cell, upon receiving
measConfig that includes
removal of the reportConfig
with the purpose set to
reportCGI

Initiate the
measurement
reporting
procedure, stop
performing the
related
measurements
and remove the
corresponding
measId

The UE reports the ECGI, TAC, and PLMN list of cell B to the source eNodeB.

After detecting the missing neighboring cell, the source eNodeB checks whether the intraRAT NCL includes the ECGI and then performs the following:
l

If the NCL does not include the ECGI, the source eNodeB automatically adds cell B to
its intra-RAT NCL and adds the neighbor relationship with cell B to an intra-RAT NRT
of cell A. For details, see 4.2.2.1 Adding an NCL/NRT Entry.

If the NCL includes the ECGI, the source eNodeB checks whether an intra-RAT NRT
includes the ECGI. If an NRT includes the ECGI, the source eNodeB automatically
updates the ECGI-specified cell's PCI and other parameters, such as EARFCN and TAC,
in the NCL. For details, see 4.2.2.2 Modifying an NCL Entry. If the NRTs do not
include the ECGI, the eNodeB adds the neighbor relationship of cell A with cell B to an
NRT and updates the parameters. For details, see 4.2.2.1 Adding an NCL/NRT Entry.

In some special networking scenarios (for example, a large number of micro eNodeBs are
deployed around macro eNodeBs), cells served by some specific eNodeBs are allocated with
PCIs in a specified PCI group and these cells may share the PCI in the group. In this case,
neighbor relationships with these cells need to be specially managed. For details, see Specified
PCI Group-based Neighboring Cell Management Feature Parameter Description.

Detecting Missing Inter-RAT Neighboring Cells


Inter-RAT event-triggered ANR detects missing inter-RAT neighboring cells based on the cell
lists in inter-RAT measurement reports. This type of ANR is triggered only by coverage-based
handover measurements or inter-RAT MLB measurements.
Table 4-3 lists types of handover measurements and related parameters.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

26

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

Table 4-3 Types of handover measurements triggering inter-RAT event-triggered ANR and
related parameters
Handover
Measurement Type

Parameters for ANR with UTRAN

Parameters for
ANR with
GERAN

Coverage-based handover
measurements

UtranEventAnrSwitch(UtranEventA
nrSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch
parameter

GeranEventAnrS
witch(GeranEven
tAnrSwitch)
option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwit
ch.AnrSwitch
parameter

Inter-RAT MLB
measurements

UtranEventAnrSwitch(UtranEventA
nrSwitch) and MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch(MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch)
options of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch
parameter

GeranEventAnrS
witch(GeranEven
tAnrSwitch) and
MlbBasedEventA
nrSwitch(MlbBas
edEventAnrSwitc
h) options of the
ENodeBAlgoSwit
ch.AnrSwitch
parameter

This section uses the procedure for detecting a missing neighboring UTRAN cell to illustrate
how inter-RAT event-triggered ANR detects missing inter-RAT neighboring cells. Assume
that a UE is served by cell A of the source eNodeB and that cell B is an inter-RAT adjacent
cell of cell A. Figure 4-2 illustrates how the eNodeB uses event-triggered UE measurements
to detect cell B.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

Figure 4-2 Procedure for using event-triggered UE measurements to detect a missing interRAT neighboring cell

1.

The source eNodeB delivers the inter-RAT measurement configuration to the UE, sets up
measurement gaps, and instructs the UE to measure the specified UTRAN frequencies
and cells.

2.

The UE detects that cell B meets the measurement requirements and reports the
scrambling code of cell B to cell A.

3.

The source eNodeB checks whether its UTRAN NCL includes the scrambling code of
cell B.

If the NCL includes the scrambling code, the ANR procedure ends.

If the NCL does not include the scrambling code, cell B is a missing inter-RAT
neighboring cell of cell A. The procedure continues.

4.

The source eNodeB instructs the UE to read the CGI, location area code (LAC), and
routing area code (RAC) of cell B.

5.

The UE reports the CGI, LAC, and RAC of cell B to the source eNodeB.

After detecting the missing neighboring cell, the source eNodeB checks whether the CGI
exists in the UTRAN NCL and then performs the following:
l

If the NCL does not include the CGI, the source eNodeB automatically adds cell B to the
NCL and adds the neighbor relationship with cell B to the UTRAN NRT of cell A. For
details, see 4.2.2.1 Adding an NCL/NRT Entry.

If the NCL includes the CGI, the source eNodeB checks whether the UTRAN NRT
includes the CGI. If the NRT includes the CGI, the source eNodeB automatically updates
the CGI-specified cell's scrambling code and other parameters, such as LAC and RAC,
in the NRT. For details, see 4.2.2.2 Modifying an NCL Entry. If the NRT does not
include the CGI, the eNodeB adds the neighbor relationship with cell B to the NRT. For
details, see 4.2.2.1 Adding an NCL/NRT Entry.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

According to 3GPP specifications, UEs cannot report missing neighboring UTRAN cells by
sending B1- or B2-related measurement reports to eNodeBs. Instead, eNodeBs use SONdedicated measurements (with purpose set to ReportStrongestCellsForSON) to instruct UEs
to report missing neighboring UTRAN cells.
According to 3GPP TS 36.331 of versions earlier than V10.12.0, if the eNodeB delivers the
ANR-related measurement configuration of a UTRAN frequency where 32 cells operate,
certain UEs cannot send measurement reports of the UTRAN frequency for ANR. In 3GPP
TS 36.331 of version V10.12.0 or later, the preceding principle has been modified. In the
measurement configuration for ANR, the maximum number of adjacent cells is equal to the
protocol-defined value minus one.
McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich(McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich) of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.HoSignalingOptSwitch parameter controls whether the modification
takes effect. If this option is selected, the modification takes effect. If this option deselected,
this modification does not take effect.
UEs can report missing neighboring GERAN cells by sending B1- or B2-related measurement
reports to eNodeBs. According to 3GPP TS 36.331 V11.6.0, if the eNodeB includes the IE
cellForWhichToReportCGI in the measurement configuration, the IE MeasObjectGERAN
includes only one GERAN ARFCN. In versions earlier than V11.6.0, the IE
MeasObjectGERAN can include multiple GERAN ARFCNs. If the IE includes multiple
GERAN ARFCNs, some UEs may not report CGIs. To address this, the number of GERAN
ARFCNs that can be included is modified in the 3GPP specifications.
GeranAnrMcOptSwitch of the GlobalProcSwitch.ProtocolMsgOptSwitch parameter
controls whether the modification takes effect. If this option is selected, the modification takes
effect. If this option deselected, this modification does not take effect.
Whether an eNodeB selects UEs performing VoLTE services to perform event-triggered ANR
with UTRAN and GERAN is controlled by the ANR.EventAnrWithVoipMode parameter.
l

The eNodeB selects UEs performing services with a QCI of 1 for measurements related
to event-triggered ANR with UTRAN only if the
UTRAN_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE option of this parameter is selected.

The eNodeB selects UEs performing services with a QCI of 1 for measurements related
to event-triggered ANR with GERAN only if the
GERAN_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE option of this parameter is selected.

The lengths of time that UEs perform CGI reading for event-triggered ANR with UTRAN and
GERAN are specified by the ANR.UtranEventAnrCgiTimer and
ANR.GeranEventAnrCgiTimer parameters, respectively. If a UE fails to read the CGI of an
adjacent cell within the lengths of time, the eNodeB removes the measurement configuration
related to CGI reading.

4.2.2 Automatic Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs


4.2.2.1 Adding an NCL/NRT Entry
When event-triggered ANR detects a missing neighboring cell, the eNodeB performs the
following:
If ANR detects a missing intra- or inter-RAT neighboring cell by using event-triggered UE
measurements, the source eNodeB adds the detected cell to an NCL and then adds the
neighbor relationship with the detected cell to an NRT of the source cell. Specifically, if the
EARFCN and PCI of the detected intra-RAT cell contained in an intra-RAT handover
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

measurement report exist in the NCL but not in NRTs, the eNodeB takes the
ANR.EventAnrMode parameter setting into consideration:
l

If this parameter is set to NOT_BASED_NCL(NOT_BASED_NCL), the eNodeB


instructs the UE to read the ECGI of the detected cell again. If the reported ECGI exists
in the NCL, the eNodeB adds the neighbor relationship with the detected cell into an
NRT of the source cell. If the reported ECGI does not exist in the NCL, the eNodeB adds
the detected cell to the NCL and adds the neighbor relationship with the detected cell to
an NRT of the source cell. If the source eNodeB detects that the source cell and the
detected cell are intra-eNodeB cells based on the EARFCN and PCI of the detected cell
reported by the UE, the source cell triggers an ECGI reading procedure. According to the
ECGI reading results, the source eNodeB adds the neighbor relationship with the
detected cell to an NRT of the source cell.

If this parameter is set to BASED_NCL(BASED_NCL), the eNodeB directly adds the


neighbor relationship with the detected cell to an NRT of the source cell. If the source
eNodeB detects that the source cell and detected cell are intra-eNodeB cells based on the
EARFCN and PCI of the detected cell reported by the UE, the source eNodeB does not
trigger the ECGI reading procedure. The eNodeB directly adds the neighbor relationship
with the detected cell to an NRT of the source cell and adds the neighbor relationship
with the source cell to an NRT of the detected cell.

If event-triggered ANR with UTRAN or GERAN detects a missing neighboring cell, the
eNodeB takes the ANR.UtranEventAnrMode or ANR.GeranEventAnrMode parameter
setting in to consideration when adding the detected cell to an NCL and adding the neighbor
relationship with the detected cell to an NRT of the source cell. The principle is the same as
that for intra-RAT event-triggered ANR.

4.2.2.2 Modifying an NCL Entry


After a UE reports the ECGI or CGI of a missing neighboring cell to an eNodeB, the eNodeB
checks whether the reported information about the detected cell is consistent with the external
cell information in the NCL. If the reported information is inconsistent with the external cell
information, the eNodeB automatically synchronizes the NCL with the reported information.
The reported information varies depending on RATs:
l

For an intra-RAT neighboring cell, the information includes the downlink EARFCN,
PCI, TAC, PLMN list, and secondary frequency band.

For a neighboring UTRAN cell, the information includes the downlink UARFCN,
scrambling code, LAC, RAC, PLMN list, and secondary frequency band.

For a neighboring GERAN cell, the information includes the BSIC, RAC, ARFCN, and
band indicator.

4.2.2.3 Removing an NCL/NRT Entry


ANR can automatically remove the external cell or neighbor relationship if the Control Mode
parameter for the external cell or neighbor relationship is set to AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode).
ANR now supports three types of automatic neighbor relationship removal:
l

Removal of inappropriate neighbor relationships

Removal of redundant neighbor relationships

Priority-based removal when the number of neighbor relationships reaches its maximum
(hereinafter referred to as priority-based removal)

Table 4-4 describes options that control the automatic removal functions. The functions are
enabled if the corresponding options are selected.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

30

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

Table 4-4 Options controlling the automatic removal functions


Functions

Priority-based
Removal

Removal of
Inappropriate
Neighbor
Relationships

Removal of
Redundant Neighbor
Relationships

Intra-RAT
ANR

l IntraRatEventAnr
Switch(IntraRatE
ventAnrSwitch)
option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitc
h.AnrSwitch
parameter

l IntraRatEventA
nrSwitch(Intra
RatEventAnrS
witch) option of
the
ENodeBAlgoSw
itch.AnrSwitch
parameter

l IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEven
tAnrSwitch) option
of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.
AnrSwitch parameter

l IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch(IntraR
atAnrAutoDelSwit
ch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitc
h.AnrSwitch
parameter

ANR with
UTRAN

l IntraRatAnrAu
toDelSwitch(Int
raRatAnrAuto
DelSwitch)
option of the
ENodeBAlgoSw
itch.AnrSwitch
parameter

l UtranEventAnrSw
itch(UtranEventA
nrSwitch) option
of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitc
h.AnrSwitch
parameter

l UtranEventAnr
Switch(UtranEv
entAnrSwitch)
option of the
ENodeBAlgoSw
itch.AnrSwitch
parameter

l UtranAutoNrtDele
teSwitch(UtranAu
toNrtDeleteSwitch
) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitc
h.AnrSwitch
parameter

l UtranAutoNrtD
eleteSwitch(Utr
anAutoNrtDelet
eSwitch) option
of the
ENodeBAlgoSw
itch.AnrSwitch
parameter
l UTRAN_DELE
RRORNCELL(
UTRAN_DELE
RRORNCELL)
option of the
ANR.NrtDelMo
de parameter

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

l IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch(IntraRat
AnrAutoDelSwitch)
option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.
AnrSwitch parameter
l EUTRAN_DELRED
UNDANCENCELL(
EUTRAN_DELRED
UNDANCENCELL)
option of the
ANR.NrtDelMode
parameter
l UtranEventAnrSwit
ch(UtranEventAnrS
witch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.
AnrSwitch parameter
l UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(UtranAuto
NrtDeleteSwitch)
option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.
AnrSwitch parameter
l UTRAN_DELRED
UNDANCENCELL(
UTRAN_DELRED
UNDANCENCELL)
option of the
ANR.NrtDelMode
parameter

31

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

Functions

Priority-based
Removal

Removal of
Inappropriate
Neighbor
Relationships

Removal of
Redundant Neighbor
Relationships

ANR with
GERAN

l GeranEventAnrS
witch(GeranEvent
AnrSwitch) option
of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitc
h.AnrSwitch
parameter

l GeranEventAnr
Switch(GeranE
ventAnrSwitch)
option of the
ENodeBAlgoSw
itch.AnrSwitch
parameter

l GeranEventAnrSwit
ch(GeranEventAnrS
witch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.
AnrSwitch parameter

l GeranAutoNrtDel
eteSwitch(GeranA
utoNrtDeleteSwitc
h) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitc
h.AnrSwitch
parameter

l GeranAutoNrt
DeleteSwitch(G
eranAutoNrtDel
eteSwitch)
option of the
ENodeBAlgoSw
itch.AnrSwitch
parameter
l GERAN_DELE
RRORNCELL(
GERAN_DELE
RRORNCELL)
option of the
ANR.NrtDelMo
de parameter

l GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(GeranAuto
NrtDeleteSwitch)
option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.
AnrSwitch parameter
l GERAN_DELRED
UNDANCENCELL(
GERAN_DELRED
UNDANCENCELL)
option of the
ANR.NrtDelMode
parameter

NOTE

For details about the maximum number of external cells in an NCL and the maximum number of
neighbor relationships in an NRT, see 3900 Series Base Station MML Command Reference or 3900
Series Base Station MO Reference.

Removing a Neighbor Relationship from an NRT


The eNodeB removes from an NRT a neighbor relationship for which the Control Mode and
No remove indicator parameters are set to AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode) and
PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit ANR Remove), respectively. ANR now supports three
types of neighbor relationship removal:
l

Priority-based Removal
When the number of neighbor relationships in the NRT has reached its maximum, ANR
removes the lowest-priority neighbor relationship before it adds a new neighbor
relationship.
If event-triggered ANR with E-UTRAN, UTRAN, GERAN, or CDMA2000 is enabled, a
measurement period specified by the ANR.StatisticPeriodForNRTDel parameter starts.
The eNodeB determines whether to remove the neighbor relationship with a neighboring
cell based on the number of handovers from the local cell to the neighboring cell within
the last measurement period, the number of measurement reports that include the

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

32

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

neighboring cell within the last measurement period, and the frequency priorities for
ANR.
Figure 4-3 shows the procedure.
Figure 4-3 Priority-based removal

NOTE

During priority-based removal when the number of neighbor relationships reaches its maximum,
the eNodeB preferentially removes the neighbor relationship for which the No handover
indicator parameter is set to PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho) from the candidate neighbor
relationships.

Removal of inappropriate neighbor relationships


This function can work in the eNodeB level or cell level.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

If the IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch(IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch) option of the


ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter is selected, this function works in the
eNodeB level. If event-triggered ANR with E-UTRAN, UTRAN, or GERAN is
enabled, a measurement period specified by the ANR.StatisticPeriod parameter
starts. If the number of handovers from any cell served by the local eNodeB to a
neighboring cell reaches the value of the ANR.NcellHoStatNum parameter and the
handover success rate is less than or equal to the value of the ANR.DelCellThd
parameter within the measurement period, the eNodeB removes the neighbor
relationships with this neighboring cell from the NRT and removes the external cell
from the NCL.

If the IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch(IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch) option of the


ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter is selected and the ANR.NrtDelMode
parameter is set to
EUTRAN_DELCELLERRORNCELL(EUTRAN_DELCELLERRORNCELL
), this function works in the cell level. If the number of handovers from a cell (for
example, cell A) served by the local eNodeB to a neighboring cell (for example,
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

33

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

cell B) reaches the value of the ANR.NcellHoStatNum parameter and the handover
success rate is less than or equal to the value of the ANR.DelCellThd parameter, the
local eNodeB removes the neighbor relationship of cell A with cell B. In addition, if
cell B is not configured as a neighboring cell of any other cell served by the local
eNodeB, the eNodeB removes cell B from the NCL.
The first removal method applies to scenarios where RRUs are not used, and the second
removal method applies to scenarios where RRUs are used.
NOTE

In ANR, RRC connection reestablishments are not counted in the number of handover attempts
and the number of successful handovers. The measurement methods of the two numbers are
different from those of the related performance counters.

Removal of redundant neighbor relationships


This removal function takes effect on redundant neighbor relationships with E-UTRAN,
UTRAN, and GERAN cells. A neighbor relationship is redundant if the number of
handovers from the local cell to the neighboring cell of a RAT is 0 but the total number
of handovers from the local cell to all its neighboring cells of the RAT is greater than or
equal to the ANR.StatisticNumForNRTDel parameter value within each of four
consecutive measurement periods defined by the ANR.StatisticPeriodForNRTDel
parameter. This removal function takes effect on intra-frequency neighbor relationships
only when the local cell is configured with more than 32 intra-frequency neighboring
cells. This restriction does not apply to neighbor relationships with inter-frequency EUTRAN cells, UTRAN cells, or GERAN cells.
This function does not apply to the neighboring cells that meet either of the following
conditions:

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

The blind-handover priority is set to a non-zero value.

The Overlap Indicator parameter is set to YES(YES).

The No handover indicator parameter is set to FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid


Ho).

The Plmn List Type parameter is set to GREY_LIST(GREY_LIST).

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

34

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

NOTE

If the No handover indicator, No remove indicator, and Control Mode parameters for a neighbor
relationship are set to FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho), PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit ANR
Remove), and AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode), respectively, the eNodeB can automatically remove the
neighbor relationship. To prevent automatic removal, set the No remove indicator parameter to
FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR Remove) or set the Control Mode parameter to
MANUAL_MODE(Manual Mode).
When removing redundant neighbor relationships, the eNodeB evaluates redundant neighbor
relationships based on the distribution of the numbers of handovers from a local cell to all its
neighboring cells. This function applies to handover scenarios where the target cell or target frequency is
not specified. In the following scenarios, you are advised to disable this function to prevent
measurement-based redirection from being affected by mistakenly removed neighbor relationships.
l Both blind handover and measurement-based redirection are enabled.
l Both CSFB or SRVCC to a specific target frequency and measurement-based redirection are
enabled.
l Both service-based handover and measurement-based redirection are enabled.
In scenarios where neighboring cells are across the borders of different PLMNs, if inter-PLMN
neighboring frequencies are contained in the measurement configuration delivered by the source cell,
UEs are instructed to perform ANR measurements on inter-PLMN neighboring cells. If the
measurement results meet the conditions for adding a cell to an NCL and adding a neighbor relationship
to an NRT, such an inter-PLMN neighboring cell and the neighbor relationship with this cell are added
to the NCL and NRT, respectively. This prevents the UEs from repeatedly reading the CGIs of interPLMN neighboring cells, which consumes UE power. This also helps find possible PCI conflicts, which
affect handovers.
Even though ANR may add a neighbor relationship with an inter-PLMN cell, whether UEs are allowed
to be handed over to this neighboring cell is determined according to the PLMN selection principles for
mobility management. For details about the principles, see Intra-RAT Mobility Management in
Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description and Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected
Mode Feature Parameter Description.

When a neighbor relationship with an E-UTRAN cell or UTRAN cell is automatically


removed by ANR, the punishment mechanism of removed neighbor relationships can prevent
this neighbor relationship from being added back to the NRT within a short period. The
mechanism works as follows:
l

Punishment mechanism of removed neighbor relationships with E-UTRAN cells


When a neighbor relationship with an E-UTRAN cell is automatically removed by ANR,
the eNodeB stores the neighbor relationship in an eNodeB-maintained temporary list. If
the number of times the neighbor relationship needs to be added to the intra-RAT NRT is
greater than or equal to the ANR.EutranNcellDelPunNum parameter value within a
measurement period specified by ANR.NcellDelPunishPeriod, the eNodeB re-adds the
neighbor relationship to the NRT. Otherwise, the neighbor relationship cannot be readded to the NRT by ANR.

Punishment mechanism of removed neighbor relationships with UTRAN cells


When a neighbor relationship with a UTRAN cell is automatically removed by ANR, the
eNodeB stores the neighbor relationship in an eNodeB-maintained temporary list. If the
number of times the neighbor relationship needs to be added to the UTRAN NRT is
greater than or equal to the ANR.UtranNcellDelPunNum parameter value within a
measurement period specified by ANR.NcellDelPunishPeriod, the eNodeB re-adds the
neighbor relationship to the NRT. Otherwise, the neighbor relationship cannot be readded to the NRT by ANR.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

35

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

NOTE

Removed neighbor relationships under punishment are stored on a temporary list in the eNodeB. The list
is cleared if the eNodeB reset. The list can be regenerated after the punishment mechanism evaluates
neighbor relationships again. If the punishment mechanism is active, the number of neighbor
relationships may increase after the eNodeB is reset and the number can restore by using the punishment
mechanism.

Removing an External Cell from an NCL


The eNodeB removes from an NCL an external cell for which the Control Mode parameter is
set to AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode) if one of the following conditions is met:
l

When the number of external cells in an intra-RAT NCL has reached its maximum, a
new external cell needs to be added by ANR.
If no cells served by the local eNodeB have a neighbor relationship with an external cell,
the eNodeB removes the external cell from the NCL.
This operation is not parameter-controlled.

The external cell is redundant.


If event-triggered ANR with E-UTRAN, UTRAN, or GERAN is enabled, a
measurement period specified by the ANR.StatisticPeriodForNRTDel parameter starts.
At the end of four consecutive measurement periods, the eNodeB removes the external
cell that meets certain conditions.
In intra-RAT event-triggered ANR, the eNodeB removes the external cell that meets both
of the following conditions:

No cells served by the local eNodeB have a neighbor relationship with the external
cell.

No X2 interface is set up between the local eNodeB and the eNodeB that serves the
external cell.

In inter-RAT event-triggered ANR, the eNodeB removes the external cell from the NCL
if no cells served by the local eNodeB have a neighbor relationship with the external cell.

4.2.3 Detection of Abnormal Intra-RAT Neighboring Cell


Coverage
Intra-RAT event-triggered ANR can detect intra-RAT neighboring cells that provide abnormal
coverage. As shown in Figure 4-4, if UEs in cell A detect signals from cell B, ANR considers
cell B to be a neighboring cell of cell A and adds cell B to an NCL and NRT. However, from a
topology perspective, the two cells do not meet neighbor relationship requirements. In this
situation, the coverage of cell B is regarded as being abnormal. This type of coverage is also
called overshoot coverage. Overshoot coverage causes that UEs are handed over to
inappropriate target cells, affecting handover-related KPIs.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

36

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

Figure 4-4 Abnormal neighboring cell coverage

If the IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) option of the


ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter is selected, the U2000 triggers the algorithm for
detecting abnormal neighboring cell coverage at an operator's request. The U2000 checks for
abnormal neighboring cell coverage based on the latitudes and longitudes of the serving cell
and its neighboring cells. Then, the U2000 collects statistics about abnormal neighboring cell
coverage and generates a list of neighboring cells with abnormal coverage.
NOTE

The algorithm for automatically detecting abnormal neighboring cell coverage requires accurate
latitudes and longitudes of the eNodeBs and sectors. If the latitudes and longitudes are not set or
incorrectly set, the detection results may be inaccurate.

To view neighboring cells with abnormal coverage, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Log in to the U2000 client.
Step 2 Choose SON > LTE ANR.
Step 3 On the Neighboring Cell Management tab page, view the neighboring cells in the Query
Cross-Coverage Cell pane.
----End

4.3 Intra- and Inter-RAT Fast ANR


Intra- and inter-RAT fast ANR detects missing neighboring cells based on periodic UE
measurement reports and adds the missing neighboring cells.
Intra-RAT fast ANR is controlled by the IntraRatFastAnrSwitch(IntraRatFastAnrSwitch)
option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter and the frequency-specific ANR
indicators. For details, see 4.2 Intra- and Inter-RAT Event-triggered ANR.
Fast ANR with GERAN and fast ANR with UTRAN are controlled by the
GeranFastAnrSwitch(GeranFastAnrSwitch) and
UtranFastAnrSwitch(UtranFastAnrSwitch) options of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch
parameter, respectively and the frequency-specific ANR indicators. For details, see 4.2 Intraand Inter-RAT Event-triggered ANR.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

37

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

Intra- and inter-RAT fast ANR support terminal awareness differentiation, the principles for
which are the same as that for event-triggered ANR. For details, see 4.2 Intra- and InterRAT Event-triggered ANR.

4.3.1 Automatic Detection of Missing Neighboring Cells


During a detection procedure, the eNodeB determines whether to select CA UEs to perform
fast ANR measurements based on the ANR.CaUeChoseMode parameter setting. For details
about the selection rules, see 4.2.1 Automatic Detection of Missing Neighboring Cells.
Figure 4-5 illustrates the procedure for using fast ANR to detect missing neighboring cells.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

38

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

Figure 4-5 Procedure for using fast ANR to detect missing neighboring cells

The procedure is as follows:


1.

An eNodeB starts a fast ANR check period (whose duration is specified by the
ANR.FastAnrCheckPeriod parameter) and selects N UEs to simultaneously perform
fast ANR measurements.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

In intra-RAT fast ANR, N is specified by the ANR.FastAnrIntraRatMeasUeNum


parameter.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

39

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

In inter-RAT fast ANR, N is specified by the ANR.FastAnrInterRatMeasUeNum


parameter.

UEs performing voice over IP (VoIP) services do not perform fast ANR measurements.
If a UE initiates VoIP services and sets up bearers with QCI1 after being selected to
perform fast ANR measurements, the eNodeB takes different actions on the
measurement configuration delivered to the UE depending on the setting of the
GlobalProcSwitch.VoipWithGapMode parameter.

If this parameter is set to ENABLE(enable), the eNodeB does not delete the fastANR-related measurement configuration.

If this parameter is set to DISABLE(disable), the eNodeB delivers the RRC


measurement reconfiguration to the UE and deletes the fast-ANR-related
measurement configuration.

When inter-frequency measurements are required, the source eNodeB must deliver the
inter-frequency measurement configuration to the UE to set up measurement gaps. Two
gap patterns are defined in section 8.1.2 "Requirements" of 3GPP TS 36.133 V10.2.0:
pattern 0 and pattern 1. To speed up the measurements, the eNodeB uses pattern 0 by
default. In pattern 0, the measurement gap length is 6 ms, and the repetition period is 40
ms.
2.

To speed up the measurements, the eNodeB uses pattern 0 by default. The UEs send
measurement reports at an interval specified by the ANR.FastAnrRprtInterval
parameter to the eNodeB. The measurement reports contain neighboring cells whose
signal quality is higher than or equal to the corresponding threshold. The maximum
number of periodic measurement reports that a UE can send is specified by the
ANR.FastAnrRprtAmount parameter. The following table lists the signal quality
thresholds for different RATs.
RAT

Signal Quality Threshold

E-UTRAN

Reference signal received power (RSRP) threshold,


specified by the ANR.FastAnrRsrpThd parameter

UTRAN

Received signal code power (RSCP) threshold,


specified by the ANR.FastAnrRscpThd parameter

GERAN

Received signal strength indicator (RSSI) threshold,


specified by the ANR.FastAnrRssiThd parameter

If intra-RAT fast ANR or fast ANR with GERAN is enabled, it is recommended


that ANR.FastAnrRprtAmount should not be set to r1(1). This is because a UE
may report only the serving cell information in the first measurement report during
intra-RAT fast ANR and fast ANR with GERAN. According to section 5.5.4.1
"General" in 3GPP TS 36.331 V10.1.0, if purpose is set to reportStrongestCells, the
UE initiates a first measurement report immediately after the quantity to be reported
becomes available for at least either all serving cells or one of the applicable cells.
A measurement report can contain multiple adjacent E-UTRAN or GERAN cells.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

For fast ANR with UTRAN, the eNodeB sets purpose to


reportStrongestCellsForSON for fast ANR measurements. According to section
6.3.5 "Measurement information elements" of 3GPP TS 36.331 V10.1.0, when
purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON, reportAmount takes only value 1,
which means that the UE sends only one measurement report to the eNodeB when
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

40

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

the reporting condition is met. In this case, the user-defined reporting interval does
not take effect. For the UEs to send periodic measurement reports, the fast ANR
algorithm reconfigures measurement IEs with purpose set to
reportStrongestCellsForSON for the UEs at a fixed interval of 5s.
A measurement report contains only the strongest adjacent UTRAN cell.
3.

Based on check results in a fast ANR check period, the eNodeB performs the following:

If an unknown cell is reported, the eNodeB sets the number of UEs that have
performed measurements in the check period to 0 and then selects N UEs to
perform measurements. If the UEs report multiple adjacent E-UTRAN or GERAN
cells, the eNodeB instructs the UEs to read the ECGI or CGI of only the first cell.
Then, the eNodeB adds the detected cell to an NCL and NRT. For details about the
policies for adding the cell to the NCL and NRT, see 4.3.2.1 Adding an NCL/NRT
Entry.
In intra-RAT fast ANR, N is specified by the ANR.FastAnrIntraRatMeasUeNum
parameter.
In inter-RAT fast ANR, N is specified by the ANR.FastAnrInterRatMeasUeNum
parameter.

If no unknown cell is reported, the check period ends. The eNodeB checks the total
number of UEs that have performed measurements. If the total number is less than
the threshold M, the eNodeB starts the next round of fast ANR measurements. If the
total number is greater than or equal to M, the eNodeB enters the monitoring state.
In this state, the eNodeB does not select UEs to perform fast ANR measurements
and the eNodeB monitors whether event-triggered ANR measurement reports
contain the PCI, scrambling code, or BSIC of an unknown cell. If a measurement
report contains the PCI, scrambling code, or BSIC of an unknown cell, the eNodeB
exits the monitoring state and starts fast ANR measurements again. Otherwise, the
eNodeB keeps in the monitoring state.
In intra-RAT fast ANR, M is specified by the ANR.FastAnrIntraRatUeNumThd
parameter.
In inter-RAT fast ANR, M is specified by the ANR.FastAnrInterRatUeNumThd
parameter.

4.3.2 Automatic Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs


4.3.2.1 Adding an NCL/NRT Entry
If fast ANR detects a missing neighboring cell, the eNodeB updates an NCL and NRT. The
update policy varies depending on RATs:
l

Intra-RAT fast ANR


If fast ANR detects missing intra-frequency neighboring cells, the eNodeB handles the
detected cells as follows:

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL and NRT


Mode), the eNodeB does not add the strongest or second strongest intra-eNodeB
missing neighboring cell to the NCL or add the neighbor relationship with this cell
to the NRT. In addition, the eNodeB adds the strongest or second strongest intereNodeB missing neighboring cell to the NCL.

If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to NCL_MODE(NCL Mode), the


eNodeB does not add the strongest or second strongest intra-eNodeB missing
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

41

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

neighboring cell to the NCL or add the neighbor relationship with this cell to the
NRT. In addition, the eNodeB adds the strongest or second strongest inter-eNodeB
missing neighboring cell to the NCL.

If the ANR.FastAnrMode is set to NRT_MODE(NRT_MODE), the eNodeB


instructs the UE to read the ECGI of the strongest or second strongest intra- or
inter-eNodeB missing neighboring cell and does not add the neighbor relationship
with this cell to the NRT based on the information in the NCL. Based on the ECGI
reading results, the eNodeB adds the neighbor relationship with the strongest or
second strongest intra- or inter-eNodeB missing neighboring cell to the NRT and
adds the strongest or second strongest inter-eNodeB missing neighboring cell to the
NCL.

If fast ANR detects missing inter-frequency neighboring cells, the eNodeB handles the
detected cells as follows:

If the ANR.FastAnrMode is set to NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL and NRT Mode),


the eNodeB adds the neighbor relationship with the strongest intra- or inter-eNodeB
missing neighboring cell to the NRT and adds the strongest inter-eNodeB missing
neighboring cell to the NCL. In addition, the eNodeB does not add the second
strongest intra-eNodeB missing neighboring cell to the NCL or add the neighbor
relationship with this cell to the NRT. Besides that, the eNodeB adds the second
strongest inter-eNodeB missing neighboring cell to the NCL.

If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to NCL_MODE(NCL Mode), the


eNodeB does not add the strongest or second strongest intra-eNodeB missing
neighboring cell to the NCL or add the neighbor relationship with this cell to the
NRT. In addition, the eNodeB adds the strongest or second strongest inter-eNodeB
missing neighboring cell to the NCL.

If the ANR.FastAnrMode is set to NRT_MODE(NRT_MODE), the eNodeB


instructs the UE to read the ECGI of the strongest or second strongest intra- or
inter-eNodeB missing neighboring cell and does not add the neighbor relationship
with this cell to the NRT based on the information in the NCL. Based on the ECGI
reading results, the eNodeB adds the neighbor relationship with the strongest or
second strongest intra- or inter-eNodeB missing neighboring cell to the NRT and
adds the strongest or second strongest inter-eNodeB missing neighboring cell to the
NCL.

Fast ANR with GERAN

If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL and NRT


Mode), the eNodeB adds the strongest missing neighboring cell to the NCL and
adds the neighbor relationship with this cell to the NRT. In addition, the eNodeB
adds the second strongest missing neighboring cell to the NCL.

If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to NCL_MODE(NCL Mode), the


eNodeB adds the strongest and second strongest missing neighboring cells to the
NCL.

If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to NRT_MODE(NRT_MODE), the


eNodeB does not add the detected cells to the NRT based on the information in the
NCL. Instead, the eNodeB instructs UEs to perform CGI reading and adds the
strongest and second strongest missing neighboring cells to the NCL and adds the
neighbor relationships with these cells to the NRT.

Fast ANR with UTRAN

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL and NRT


Mode), the eNodeB adds the strongest missing neighboring cell to the NCL and
adds the neighbor relationship with this cell to the NRT.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

42

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to NCL_MODE(NCL Mode), the


eNodeB adds the strongest missing neighboring cell to the NCL.

If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to NRT_MODE(NRT_MODE), the


eNodeB does not add the detected cells to the NRT based on the information in the
NCL. Instead, the eNodeB instructs UEs to perform CGI reading and adds the
strongest and second strongest missing neighboring cells to the NCL and adds the
neighbor relationships with these cells to the NRT.

4.3.2.2 Modifying an NCL Entry


Fast ANR modifies external cells in NCLs in the same way as event-triggered ANR. For
details, see 4.2.2.2 Modifying an NCL Entry.

4.4 Intra-RAT Backward ANR


Intra-RAT backward ANR adds a neighbor relationship of a target cell with a source cell in a
handover.
Intra-RAT backward ANR is controlled by the
IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) or
IntraRatFastAnrSwitch(IntraRatFastAnrSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter.
If inter-frequency E-UTRAN cells are mutually configured as neighboring cells of each other
in a network, you are advised to activate intra-RAT backward ANR. Otherwise, you are
advised to deactivate intra-RAT backward ANR.

4.4.1 Automatic Detection of Missing Neighboring Cells


If a neighbor relationship with an inter-eNodeB cell of a local cell is added to the NRT of the
local cell, a neighbor relationship with the local cell of the inter-eNodeB cell can be added to
the NRT of the inter-eNodeB cell based on UE history information. According to section
9.2.1.42 "UE History Information" of 3GPP TS 36.413 V10.1.0 and section 9.2.38 "UE
History Information" of 3GPP TS 36.423 V10.1.0, the IE UE History Information contains
information about cells that a UE has been served by in active state prior to the target cell.
The information includes the ECGI, cell type, and duration of stay.
Figure 4-6 illustrates the procedure for using UE history information to detect a missing
intra-RAT neighboring cell. This procedure is triggered by an intra-RAT handover.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

43

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

Figure 4-6 Procedure for using UE history information to detect a missing intra-RAT
neighboring cell

1.

The source eNodeB sends a handover request message to the target eNodeB.

2.

After obtaining the UE history information from the message, the target eNodeB checks
whether the ECGI of the last visited cell (in this example, the source cell) exists in the
intra-RAT NCL and an intra-RAT NRT of the target eNodeB. The target eNodeB then
proceeds as follows:

If the ECGI exists in the NCL but does not exist in the NRT, the target eNodeB adds
the neighbor relationship with the source cell to the NRT and the procedure ends.

If the ECGI does not exist in the NCL, the target eNodeB proceeds to 3.

3.

The target eNodeB reports the ECGI of the source cell to the U2000.

4.

The U2000 queries the PCI, TAC, and PLMN list of the source cell identified by the
reported ECGI and sends the results to the target eNodeB. Then, the target eNodeB adds
the missing neighboring cell to an NCL, and the procedures ends. For details, see 4.4.2
Automatic Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs. If the target cell and source cell are not
managed by the same U2000, operators can import the information of the target cell to
the U2000 that manages the source cell. Then, intra-RAT backward ANR can work. For
details about how to import neighboring cell information to a U2000, see 11.3.2
Requirements.

If a neighbor relationship with an intra-eNodeB cell is added to the NRT of a serving cell or
the serving cell initiates a handover to the intra-eNodeB neighboring cell, the serving eNodeB
adds the neighbor relationship with the serving cell to the NRT of the intra-eNodeB cell.

4.4.2 Automatic Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs


If ANR detects a missing intra-RAT inter-eNodeB neighboring cell by using UE history
information, the target eNodeB checks whether its intra-RAT NCL and an intra-RAT NRT
include the detected cell. If the NCL does not include the detected cell, the target eNodeB
adds the cell only to the NCL. If the NCL includes the detected cell, the target eNodeB adds
the neighbor relationship with the detected cell to an intra-RAT NRT of the target cell.
If a neighbor relationship with an intra-eNodeB cell is added to the NRT of a serving cell or
the serving cell initiates a handover to the intra-eNodeB neighboring cell, the serving eNodeB
adds the neighbor relationship with the serving cell to the NRT of the intra-eNodeB cell.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

44

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

After detecting the missing neighboring cell, the target eNodeB checks whether its intra-RAT
NCL and an NRT include the ECGI of the missing neighboring cell and then performs the
following:
l

If the ECGI exists in the NCL but does not exist in the NRT, the target eNodeB adds the
neighbor relationship with the source cell to the NRT. For details, see 4.2.2.1 Adding an
NCL/NRT Entry.

If the ECGI does not exist in the NCL, the target eNodeB adds the source cell to the
NCL. For details, see 4.2.2.1 Adding an NCL/NRT Entry.

4.5 Automatic Optimization of Neighbor Relationship


Attributes
4.5.1 Automatic Optimization of Neighbor Relationships with
Cells of Abnormal Success Rates of Intra-RAT Handovers
ANR can automatically identify neighbor relationships with cells of which the handover
statistics are abnormal and optimizes the abnormal neighbor relationships. This function
prevents handover failures due to abnormal neighbor relationships and maintains a stable
handover success rate. This function is supported by only intra-RAT event-triggered ANR.
This function is activated if both the IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch)
and IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch(IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch) options of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter are selected.
After this function is enabled, the eNodeB proceeds as follows based on the
ANR.NoHoSetMode parameter setting:
l

If the ANR.NoHoSetMode parameter is set to NO_CHECK(NO_CHECK), when a


neighbor relationship meets all of the following conditions at the end of a measurement
period defined by ANR.StatisticPeriod,

The number of handovers from the local cell to the neighboring cell is greater than
or equal to the ANR.NcellHoStatNum parameter value.

The success rate of handovers from the local cell to the neighboring cell is less than
or equal to the ANR.NOHOSetThd parameter value.

The Control Mode parameter for the neighbor relationship is set to


AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode).

Then ANR automatically sets the No handover indicator parameter to


FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho) for the neighbor relationship.
l

If the ANR.NoHoSetMode parameter is set to PCI_CHECK(PCI_CHECK), when a


neighbor relationship meets all of the following conditions at the end of a measurement
period defined by ANR.StatisticPeriod,

The number of handovers from the local cell to the neighboring cell is greater than
or equal to the ANR.NcellHoStatNum parameter value.

The Control Mode parameter for the neighbor relationship is set to


AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode).

Then, if the success rate of handovers from the local cell to the neighboring cell is less
than or equal to 80%, the eNodeB instructs the UE to read the ECGI of this cell when a
UE reports a measurement report for an intra-RAT handover containing the EARFCN
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

45

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

and PCI of the neighboring cell within the next measurement period. If this cell is an
unknown cell, the eNodeB adds this cell to the NCL and adds the neighbor relationship
with this cell to an NRT.
In addition, if the success rate of handovers from the local cell to the neighboring cell is
continuously less than or equal to the ANR.NOHOSetThd parameter value for
consecutive two measurement periods (including the measurement period within which
the ECGI reading is performed), ANR automatically sets the No handover indicator
parameter to FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho) for the neighbor relationship.
Otherwise, the success rate is considered as normal, ANR does not change the No
handover indicator parameter value.
After ANR sets the No handover indicator parameter to FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho)
for a neighbor relationship, ANR cannot automatically revert the attribute setting. Operators
should manually optimize or remove this neighbor relationship. After optimizing the
relationship, operators should manually set the No handover indicator parameter to
PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho).
NOTE

If the ANR.NoHoSetMode parameter is set to PCI_CHECK(PCI_CHECK), it is recommended that


the ANR.NOHOSetThd parameter be set to a value less than 80; otherwise, ANR may directly set the
No handover flag parameter to FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho) for the neighbor relationship
without instructing the UE to perform ECGI reading.
If both the IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch(IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch) and
IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch(IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch) options of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter are selected, the default value 0% is recommended for the
ANR.DelCellThd parameter. This setting prevents an abnormal neighbor relationship from being
removed because of a low handover success rate immediately after its No handover indicator
parameter is set to FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho).
In ANR, RRC connection reestablishments are not counted in the number of handover attempts and the
number of successful handovers. The measurement methods of the two numbers are different from those
of the related performance counters.

4.5.2 Neighboring Cell Classification


This section describes LOFD-081225 Neighbor Cell Classification Management.
The function of neighboring cell classification applies only to intra-RAT neighboring cells.
This function classifies neighboring cells based on the handover statistics and performs
differentiated handling on different types of neighboring cells. This function helps increases
the efficiency of ANR and improves the experience of operation and maintenance.

Neighbor Relationship Classification


Neighbor relationship classification is activated and a measurement period specified by
NCellClassMgt.StatPeriodForNCellClass starts for the local cell if both the
IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter and the
INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW(INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW) option of the
CellAlgoSwitch.NCellClassMgtSw parameter are selected and the corresponding frequencyspecific ANR indicator is set to ALLOWED(ALLOWED).
NOTE

If the INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW(INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW) option of the


CellAlgoSwitch.NCellClassMgtSw parameter is selected, backward ANR does not take effect.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

46

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

If the number of handover attempts from the local cell to a neighboring cell is greater than or
equal to the NCellClassMgt.HoAttemptThd parameter value within a measurement period
defined by NCellClassMgt.StatPeriodForNCellClass, the neighbor relationship with this
neighboring cell is regarded as stable. If the neighboring cell is an intra- or inter-frequency
neighboring cell, the eNodeB sets the EutranIntraFreqNCell.NCellClassLabel or
EutranInterFreqNCell.NCellClassLabel parameter to FORMAL(FORMAL) for this
neighboring cell, respectively.
If the number of handover attempts from the local cell to a neighboring cell is less than the
NCellClassMgt.HoAttemptThd parameter value for each of four consecutive measurement
periods defined by NCellClassMgt.StatPeriodForNCellClass, the neighbor relationship with
this neighboring cell is regarded as unstable. If the neighboring cell is an intra- or interfrequency neighboring cell, the eNodeB sets the EutranIntraFreqNCell.NCellClassLabel or
EutranInterFreqNCell.NCellClassLabel parameter to EXTENDED(EXTENDED) for this
neighboring cell, respectively.
In versions earlier than eRAN8.1, the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter is set to
FORMAL(FORMAL) by default for automatically or manually configured neighboring
relationships. Operators can manually modify the parameter setting.
NOTE

The value range of the NCellClassMgt.HoAttemptThd parameter is 0 to 10000. If this parameter is set
to 0, the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter will be set to FORMAL(FORMAL) for all
intra-RAT neighbor relationships at the end of a measurement period specified by
NCellClassMgt.StatPeriodForNCellClass.
The value range of the NCellClassMgt.StatPeriodForNCellClass parameter is 1 to 50400. Set this
parameter based on the traffic fluctuation of the network. If the traffic volume of the local cell fluctuates
greatly, set this parameter to a large value, for example, 10080. If the traffic volume of the local cell
does not fluctuate greatly, the default value is recommended.

If either the frequency-specific ANR indicator is set to


NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED), or the
IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter or the
INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW(INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW) option of the
CellAlgoSwitch.NCellClassMgtSw parameter is deselected, the function of neighbor
relationship classification is deactivated and the modified values of the Neighbor Cell
Classification Label parameter remain unchanged.

Differentiated Handling Based on the Classification Results


An eNodeB performs differentiated handling on different types of neighbor relationships. The
differentiation handling includes the following functions:
l

Target cell selection for handovers


This function is activated if both the
IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter and the
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW(NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW) option
of the CellAlgoSwitch.NCellClassMgtSw parameter are selected and the corresponding
frequency-specific ANR indicator is set to ALLOWED(ALLOWED). This function
implies differentiated handling on neighbor relationships when an eNodeB selects the
target cells for handovers.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

47

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

If the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter value is


FORMAL(FORMAL) for the neighboring cell contained in the measurement
report, the eNodeB selects the target cell using the NRTs.

If the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter value is


EXTENDED(EXTENDED) for the neighboring cell contained in the measurement
report, the eNodeB instructs the UE to perform CGI reading. Based on the CGI
reading results, the eNodeB determines the target cell.

If either the IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) option of the


ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter or the
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW(NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW) option
of the CellAlgoSwitch.NCellClassMgtSw parameter is deselected, this function is
deactivated.
l

PCI confusion detection


The function of PCI conflict alarm reporting is activated only if the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.PciConflictAlmSwitch parameter is set to ON(On). The function
of PCI confusion detection is activated only if the
CONFUSION_DETECT_SWITCH(CONFUSION_DETECT_SWITCH) option of
the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.PciConflictDetectSwitch parameter is selected. The function of
differentiated handling on neighbor relationships in PCI confusion detection is activated
only if the
NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW(NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW)
option of the CellAlgoSwitch.NCellClassMgtSw parameter is selected.
Differentiated handling based on the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter
value is implied in PCI confusion detection if the
NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW(NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW)
option is selected. If the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter is set to
FORMAL(FORMAL) for neighbor relationships with two cells of the local cell or is
set differently for neighbor relationships with two cells of the local cell, the local cell
performs PCI confusion detection on these two neighboring cells. If this parameter is set
to EXTENDED(EXTENDED) for neighbor relationships with two cells of the local
cell, the local cell does not perform PCI confusion detection on these two neighboring
cells.
Differentiated handling based on the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter
value is not implied in PCI confusion detection if the
NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW(NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW)
option is deselected.
For details about the definitions and principles of PCI confusion, see PCI Conflict
Detection and Self-Optimization Feature Parameter Description.

Neighboring cell management in PCI confusion scenarios


This function is activated if both the
IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter and the
INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW(INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW) option of
the CellAlgoSwitch.NCellClassMgtSw parameter are selected.
In scenarios where all of the following conditions are met:

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

PCI confusions occur between neighbor cells.

The Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter is set to


FORMAL(FORMAL) for only one of the neighboring cells. This parameter is set
to EXTENDED(EXTENDED) for other neighboring cells.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

48

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

The ratio of the number of times of CGI reading on the neighboring cell for which
the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter is set to FORMAL(FORMAL)
to the maximum number of times of CGI reading on a neighboring cell for which
the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter is set to
EXTENDED(EXTENDED) is greater than or equal to 10.

The eNodeB removes the neighbor relationship with a PCI-confused cell that meets the
following conditions:

The Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter is set to


EXTENDED(EXTENDED) for the neighbor relationship.

The Control Mode parameter is set to AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode) for the


neighbor relationship.

The No remove indicator parameter is set to PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit


ANR Remove).

Neighboring cell query


In the outputs of the DSP EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL and DSP
EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL commands, neighboring cells for which the Neighbor
Cell Classification Label parameter value is FORMAL(FORMAL) are displayed by
default.

4.5.3 Automatic Optimization of Blind Handover Priorities of


Inter-RAT Neighbor Relationships
4.5.3.1 Overview
ANR optimizes the Blind handover priority parameter for neighbor relationships with
UTRAN and GERAN cells based on inter-RAT handover statistics.
NOTE

For details about the definitions and configurations of the blind handover priorities, see Inter-RAT
Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description.

This automatic optimization function includes the following:


l

ANR automatically identifies the neighboring UTRAN or GERAN cells that cover EUTRAN cells and changes the blind handover priority of the neighbor relationships with
these UTRAN or GERAN cells from 0 to 1. Figure 4-7 shows an example, in which the
coverage area of a UTRAN or GERAN cell includes that of an E-UTRAN cell. In this
example, the UTRAN or GERAN cell can be configured as the target cell for blind
handovers from the E-UTRAN cell. Therefore, ANR sets the blind handover priority to 1
for the neighbor relationship of the E-UTRAN cell with the UTRAN or GERAN cell.

After the network topology changes, the existing blind handover priorities may become
inappropriate, causing network performance deterioration. For example, the blind
handover success rate is low. In this case, ANR automatically changes the blind
handover priorities from a non-zero value to 0.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

49

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

Figure 4-7 E-UTRAN cell in UTRAN/GERAN coverage

Automatic optimization of blind handover priorities for neighbor relationships with UTRAN
or GERAN cells is activated if the UtranBlindNcellOptSwitch or
GeranBlindNcellOptSwitch option, respectively, of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.BlindNcellOptSwitch parameter is selected.
This function may generate optimization advice. eNodeBs can deliver the advice in free or
controlled mode. The delivery mode is specified by the BlindNcellOpt.OptMode parameter.
This parameter has two values:
l

FREE(FREE): The optimization advice takes effect directly.

CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED): The eNodeB reports the optimization advice to the


U2000, and operators determine whether to take the advice. After the U2000 receives the
optimization advice, the advice is displayed on the U2000 client and can be delivered by
operators, even if the switch for this automatic optimization function is then set to off.
NOTE

If operators do not deliver the optimization advice for a neighbor relationship but manually change
the blind handover priority, the modification takes effect in the U2000 and the updated
optimization advice is displayed on the U2000 client.

4.5.3.2 Collecting Inter-RAT Handover Statistics


After this automatic optimization function is enabled, a measurement period specified by the
BlindNcellOpt.StatisticPeriod parameter starts. Within the measurement period, the eNodeB
collects the performance counters related to inter-RAT handovers to UTRAN or GERAN. The
values of these performance counters are used as an input for the U2000 to generate
optimization advice.
The collection procedure is as follows:
1.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Within a measurement period, the eNodeB counts the following data:

Number of measurement-based handovers for CSFB from the source E-UTRAN


cell to each individual UTRAN frequency and to each individual GERAN carrier
frequency group

Number of measurement-based handovers for CSFB from the source E-UTRAN


cell to each individual neighboring UTRAN or GERAN cell

Number of blind handover attempts from the source E-UTRAN cell to each
individual neighboring UTRAN or GERAN cell and number of successful blind
handovers among these attempts

Number of measurement-based handover attempts from the source E-UTRAN cell


to each individual neighboring UTRAN or GERAN cell and number of successful
handovers among these attempts
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

50

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

2.

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

At the end of the measurement period, the eNodeB calculates the following data based
on the preceding measurement values:

Proportion of the number of measurement-based handovers for CSFB from the


source E-UTRAN cell to each individual neighboring UTRAN or GERAN cell to
the number of such handovers from the source E-UTRAN cell to the operating
UTRAN frequency or GERAN carrier frequency group of the neighboring cell,
respectively

Success rate of measurement-based handovers from the source E-UTRAN cell to


each individual neighboring UTRAN or GERAN cell

Success rate of blind handovers from the source E-UTRAN cell to each individual
neighboring UTRAN or GERAN cell
NOTE

All the preceding data is measured on a per cell basis. The data is not operator-specific in
RAN sharing scenarios.

4.5.3.3 Generating Optimization Advice for Blind Handover Priorities


Changing the Priority from 0 to 1
ANR changes the blind handover priority from 0 to 1 for a neighboring UTRAN or GERAN
cell that meets all the following conditions:
l

The UtranNFreq.ContinuCoverageIndication or
GeranNfreqGroup.ContinuCoverageIndication parameter is set to
CONTINUOUS(CONTINUOUS).

Within the current measurement period, the number of measurement-based handovers for
CSFB from the source E-UTRAN cell to the operating UTRAN frequency or GERAN
carrier frequency group of the neighboring cell is greater than the
BlindNcellOpt.SampleNumThd parameter value.

Within the current measurement period, the proportion of the number of measurementbased handovers for CSFB from the source E-UTRAN cell to the neighboring cell to the
number of such handovers from the source E-UTRAN cell to the operating UTRAN
frequency or GERAN carrier frequency group of the neighboring cell is greater than or
equal to the BlindNcellOpt.CsfbHoAttempRatioThd parameter value.

Within the current measurement period, the success rate of measurement-based


handovers from the source E-UTRAN cell to the neighboring cell is greater than or equal
to the BlindNcellOpt.HoSuccRateThd parameter value.

Changing the Priority from a Non-zero Value to 0


ANR changes the blind handover priority from a non-zero value to 0 for a neighboring
UTRAN or GERAN cell that meets both of the following conditions:
l

The number of blind handover attempts from the source E-UTRAN cell to the
neighboring cell is greater than the BlindNcellOpt.SampleNumThd parameter value.

The success rate of blind handovers from the source E-UTRAN cell to the neighboring
cell is less than or equal to the BlindNcellOpt.BlindHoSuccRateThd parameter value.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

51

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

4.5.4 Automatic Optimization of Measurement Priorities of InterRAT Neighboring Cells


ANR optimizes the UtranNCell.NCellMeasPriority and GeranNcell.NCellMeasPriority
parameters for neighbor relationships with UTRAN and GERAN cells based on inter-RAT
neighboring cell measurement statistics, respectively. A larger parameter value indicates a
higher measurement priority.
NOTE

For details about the definitions and usage of the measurement priorities for neighboring UTRAN and
GERAN cells, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description
and CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description.

Automatic optimization of measurement priorities for UTRAN and GERAN cells is activated
if the UTRAN_SWITCH(UTRAN Neighboring Cell Ranking Switch) and
GERAN_SWITCH(GREAN Neighboring Cell Ranking Switch) options of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.NCellRankingSwitch parameter are selected, respectively.
After this automatic optimization function is enabled, a measurement period specified by the
ANR.PeriodForNCellRanking parameter starts.
1.

Within the measurement period, the eNodeB collects the number of times each UTRAN
and each GERAN neighboring cell are contained in the handover measurement reports.

2.

At the end of the measurement period, the eNodeB optimizes the measurement priorities
for UTRAN and GERAN cells based on the number of times each UTRAN and each
GERAN neighboring cells are contained in the handover measurement reports
independently.

If a neighboring cell is not contained in any measurement report, the eNodeB sets
the measurement priority for this cell to 0.

For neighboring cells contained in at least one measurement report, the eNodeB
sorts these neighboring cells by the number of times a neighboring cell is contained
in the measurement reports in a ascending order. If some cells are contained in the
measurement reports for the same times, the eNodeB sorts the order of these cells
among them randomly. The eNodeB sets measurement priorities, whose values start
from 1, for the neighboring cells in the sorting sequence.

4.6 PLMN ID Management


This section describes LBFD-081102 PLMN ID Management.
When UEs detect and report neighboring cells with invalid PLMN IDs to an eNodeB, this
function implies differentiated management policies for different PLMN IDs. This function
applies to scenarios where neighboring cells are across the borders of different PLMNs or
abnormal UEs report invalid PLMN IDs.
Attributes of a PLMN ID can be manually set in the NCellPlmnList MO. For each PLMN
ID, operators need to set the attributes by configuring the NCellPlmnList.Mcc,
NCellPlmnList.Mnc, NCellPlmnList.RatType, and NCellPlmnList.PlmnListType
parameters. where
l

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

The NCellPlmnList.Mcc and NCellPlmnList.Mnc parameters indicate the mobile


country code (MCC) and mobile network code (MNC). A PLMN ID is comprised of an
MCC and an MNC.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

52

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

The NCellPlmnList.RatType parameter indicates the RAT of neighboring cells of a


PLMN.

The NCellPlmnList.PlmnListType parameter indicates the type of a PLMN.

If this parameter is set to BLACK_LIST(BLACK_LIST) for a PLMN, the


eNodeB cannot add cells of the PLMN to NCLs or add neighbor relationships with
these cells to NRTs by ANR.

If this parameter is set to GREY_LIST(GREY_LIST) for a PLMN, the eNodeB


can add cells of the PLMN to NCLs and add neighbor relationships with these cells
to NRTs by ANR. In addition, ANR automatically sets the Neighbor Cell Plmn
Label parameter to GREY(GREY) for these cells. The eNodeB does not remove a
neighbor relationship for which the Neighbor Cell Plmn Label parameter is set to
GREY(GREY) from an NRT when removing redundant neighbor relationships.
This prevents such a neighbor relationship from being repeatedly removed.

If this parameter is set to WHITE_LIST(WHITE_LIST) for a PLMN, the


eNodeB can add cells of the PLMN to NCLs and add neighbor relationships with
these cells to NRTs by ANR. In addition, ANR automatically sets the Neighbor
Cell Plmn Label parameter to WHITE(WHITE) for these cells.

Operators can check the PLMN list type of neighboring cells by running the DSP
EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL, DSP EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL, DSP
UTRANNCELL, and DSP GERANNCELL commands. Note that the information of
neighboring cells for which the Neighbor Cell Plmn Label parameter is set to
WHITE(WHITE) is displayed by default.
In addition, at most two PLMN types can be manually configured for neighboring cells of
each RAT. Take neighboring E-UTRAN cells as an example. These neighboring E-UTRAN
cells belong to PLMNs A, B, C, and other PLMNs. If the NCellPlmnList.PlmnListType
parameters are set to GREY_LIST(GREY_LIST), GREY_LIST(GREY_LIST), and
BLACK_LIST(BLACK_LIST) for PLMNs A, B, and C, respectively, operators cannot set
the NCellPlmnList.PlmnListType parameter to WHITE_LIST(WHITE_LIST) for the other
PLMNs. The eNodeB regards the other PLMNs as whitelisted in the E-UTRAN.
It is recommended that operators configure the blacklisted and greylisted PLMNs. Other
attribute-undefined PLMNs are regarded as whitelisted. In this case, cells of attributeundefined PLMNs can be added to NCLs and neighbor relationships with these cells can be
added to NRTs. If operators configure the whitelisted and greylisted PLMNs, other undefined
PLMNs are regarded as blacklisted. Cells of the undefined PLMNs cannot be added to NCLs
and neighbor relationships with these cells cannot be added to NRTs. In this case, some
exceptions cannot be detected by operators.
For neighboring cells of an RAT, if operators set some PLMNs to one type and leave other
PLMNs' types undefined or leave all PLMNs' types undefined, the eNodeB handles as
follows:
l

If operators configure only blacklisted PLMNs, other type-undefined PLMNs are


regarded as whitelisted be default.

If operators configure only whitelisted PLMNs, other type-undefined PLMNs are


regarded as greylisted be default.

If operators configure only greylisted PLMNs, other type-undefined PLMNs are


regarded as whitelisted be default.

If operators do not define the type of any PLMN, all PLMNs are regarded as whitelisted
by default.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

53

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

4 Intra- and Inter-RAT ANR

In scenarios where abnormal UEs report neighboring cells with invalid PLMN IDs, if the
eNodeB adds such cells to NCLs and adds neighbor relationships with such cells to NRTs, the
addition of correct neighboring cells and neighbor relationships is affected, as well as the
target cell selection in handovers. Therefore, it is recommended that the
NCellPlmnList.PlmnListType parameter be set to BLACK_LIST(BLACK_LIST) for the
invalid PLMNs.
In scenarios where the neighboring cells are near the border of PLMNs, UEs can detect these
neighboring cells. If the neighboring cells are not added to NCLs and neighbor relationships
with these cells are not added to NRTs, UEs repeatedly read the CGIs of these neighboring
cells and target cells are incorrectly selected during handovers. Therefore, it is recommended
that operators add neighboring PLMNs to the PLMN greylist by setting the
NCellPlmnList.PlmnListType parameter to GREY_LIST(GREY_LIST).

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

54

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

5 ANR with Shared Cells

ANR with Shared Cells

An E-UTRAN cell may have the following types of shared intra-RAT neighboring cells:
l

E-UTRAN cell that broadcast its PLMN list in a round robin (RR) manner

E-UTRAN cell that does not broadcast its PLMN list in an RR manner

An E-UTRAN cell may have the following types of shared inter-RAT neighboring cells:
l

UTRAN cell

GERAN cell

If a neighboring cell is shared by operators, ANR maintains its PLMN list, in addition to the
NCL and NRT. The PLMN lists are configured using the following MOs:
l

Intra-RAT ANR: EutranExternalCellPlmn MO, which represents the PLMN list of


each external E-UTRAN cell

ANR with GERAN: GeranExternalCellPlmn MO, which represents the PLMN list of
each external GERAN cell

ANR with UTRAN: UtranExternalCellPlmn MO, which represents the PLMN list of
each external UTRAN cell

This function requires the neighboring cell information obtained from the U2000 in the
following methods:
l

If the serving cell and neighboring cells are managed by the same U2000, the source
eNodeB can obtain the neighboring cell information directly from the U2000.

If the serving cell and neighboring cells are not managed by the same U2000, the source
eNodeB can obtain the neighboring cell information from the U2000 that manages the
serving cell only after the neighboring cell information is imported into the U2000 that
manages the serving cell. Operators can import the neighboring cell information into the
U2000 of the serving cell by using the CME. If the neighboring cell information is not
imported into the U2000 of the serving cell in a timely manner, the source eNodeB may
not obtain the neighboring cell information and ANR cannot add neighbor relationships
with cells managed by another U2000 to the NRTs.

If a neighboring cell is shared by operators, a UE may not report the PLMN IDs of the
secondary operators or may report incorrect PLMN IDs of the primary and secondary
operators. In this case, the source eNodeB obtains the PLMN information about the
neighboring cell from the U2000 and automatically maintains the PLMN list of the cell.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

55

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

5 ANR with Shared Cells

5.1 Intra-RAT ANR with Shared Cells


If PLMN information is changed for a shared E-UTRAN cell, the external-cell PLMN list
(specified by the EutranExternalCellPlmn MO) in each peer eNodeB can be updated by
intra-RAT ANR and can also be updated as follows:
l

If the local and peer eNodeBs are connected through an X2 interface, the local eNodeB
sends X2 messages to the peer eNodeB to inform the peer eNodeB of the change. The
peer eNodeB updates the external-cell PLMN list based on the X2 messages.

If the local and peer eNodeBs are not connected through an X2 interface, the externalcell PLMN list can be updated in the peer eNodeB by manually triggering either of the
following CME functions:

(a) Association between serving and neighboring cell information

(b) Consistency check between external E-UTRAN cells and their source cells

5.1.1 Shared E-UTRAN Cell Broadcasting Its PLMN List in an RR


Manner
If a shared neighboring E-UTRAN cell broadcasts its PLMN list in an RR manner, the UE
may fail to acquire the correct PLMN list of the cell.
The source eNodeB can obtain the correct PLMN list of the neighboring cell from the U2000.
The eNodeB may obtain the information from the U2000 depending on the settings of the
NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch(NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.RanSharingAnrSwitch parameter and the
Cell.IntraFreqRanSharingInd or EutranInterNFreq.InterFreqRanSharingInd parameter,
as described in Table 5-1. On a network with more than one frequency, the
Cell.IntraFreqRanSharingInd or EutranInterNFreq.InterFreqRanSharingInd parameter
can be used to specify the RAN sharing policy for individual frequencies. The policy controls
whether the eNodeB queries the U2000 for neighboring cell information.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

56

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

5 ANR with Shared Cells

Table 5-1 RAN sharing policies


Ty
pe
of
Nei
ghb
ori
ng
Cel
l

Intraor
IntereNode
B

NBSLT
EPLMN
RoundS
witch(N
BSLTEP
LMNRo
undSwi
tch)

Value of
Cell.Intra
FreqRanS
haringInd

Value of
EutranInt
erNFreq.I
nterFreqR
anSharin
gInd

RAN Sharing Policy

Intr
afreq
uen
cy

IntraeNodeB

Selected

N/A

N/A

The eNodeB does not query the


information about intrafrequency neighboring cells
from the U2000. For details
about the principles of the
addition of neighbor
relationships, see 4.2.2
Automatic Maintenance of
NCLs and NRTs and 4.3.2
Automatic Maintenance of
NCLs and NRTs.

BOOLEA
N_TRUE(
True)

N/A

The eNodeB can obtain the


information about intrafrequency neighboring cells
from the U2000. The principles
of the addition of external cells
and neighbor relationships in
this scenario are the same as
those without information query
from the U2000. For details, see
4.2.2 Automatic Maintenance
of NCLs and NRTs and 4.3.2
Automatic Maintenance of
NCLs and NRTs.

BOOLEA
N_FALSE(
False)

N/A

The eNodeB does not query the


information about intrafrequency neighboring cells
from the U2000 and directly
adds intra-frequency
neighboring cells to the NCL
and NRTs based on CGI reading
results. For details about the
principle of the addition of
external cells and neighbor
relationships, see 4.2.2
Automatic Maintenance of
NCLs and NRTs and 4.3.2
Automatic Maintenance of
NCLs and NRTs.

IntereNodeB

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

57

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

5 ANR with Shared Cells

Ty
pe
of
Nei
ghb
ori
ng
Cel
l

Intraor
IntereNode
B

NBSLT
EPLMN
RoundS
witch(N
BSLTEP
LMNRo
undSwi
tch)

Value of
Cell.Intra
FreqRanS
haringInd

Value of
EutranInt
erNFreq.I
nterFreqR
anSharin
gInd

RAN Sharing Policy

Inte
rfreq
uen
cy

IntraeNodeB

Selected

N/A

N/A

The eNodeB does not query the


information about interfrequency neighboring cells
from the U2000. For details
about the principles of the
addition of neighbor
relationships, see 4.2.2
Automatic Maintenance of
NCLs and NRTs and 4.3.2
Automatic Maintenance of
NCLs and NRTs.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

58

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Ty
pe
of
Nei
ghb
ori
ng
Cel
l

NBSLT
EPLMN
RoundS
witch(N
BSLTEP
LMNRo
undSwi
tch)

Intraor
IntereNode
B

IntereNodeB

5 ANR with Shared Cells

Value of
Cell.Intra
FreqRanS
haringInd

Value of
EutranInt
erNFreq.I
nterFreqR
anSharin
gInd

RAN Sharing Policy

N/A

BOOLEA
N_TRUE(
True)

The eNodeB can obtain the


information about interfrequency neighboring cells
from the U2000.
l The principles of the
addition of external cells and
neighbor relationships by
event-triggered ANR are the
same as those without
information query from the
U2000. For details, see 4.2.2
Automatic Maintenance of
NCLs and NRTs.
l If the ANR.FastAnrMode
parameter is set to
NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL
and NRT Mode), the
principles of the addition of
external cells and neighbor
relationships by fast ANR
are not the same as those
without information query
from the U2000. The
difference is that the
eNodeB adds the strongest
and second strongest intereNodeB inter-frequency
unknown neighboring cells
to the NCL.
l If the ANR.FastAnrMode
parameter is set to values
other than
NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL
and NRT Mode), the
principles of the addition of
external cells and neighbor
relationships by fast ANR
are the same as those
without information query
from the U2000. For details,
see 4.3.2 Automatic

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

59

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Ty
pe
of
Nei
ghb
ori
ng
Cel
l

Intraor
IntereNode
B

NBSLT
EPLMN
RoundS
witch(N
BSLTEP
LMNRo
undSwi
tch)

5 ANR with Shared Cells

Value of
Cell.Intra
FreqRanS
haringInd

Value of
EutranInt
erNFreq.I
nterFreqR
anSharin
gInd

RAN Sharing Policy

Maintenance of NCLs and


NRTs.
N/A

BOOLEA
N_FALS
E(False)

The eNodeB does not query the


information about interfrequency neighboring cells
from the U2000 and directly
adds intra-frequency
neighboring cells to the NCL
and NRTs based on CGI reading
results. For details about the
principle of the addition of
external cells and neighbor
relationships, see 4.2.2
Automatic Maintenance of
NCLs and NRTs and 4.3.2
Automatic Maintenance of
NCLs and NRTs.

If intra-RAT event-triggered ANR detects a missing neighboring E-UTRAN cell by using


event-triggered UE measurements or intra-RAT fast ANR detects a missing neighboring EUTRAN cell, the source eNodeB automatically maintains the PLMN list of the cell after
receiving a measurement report that contains the ECGI of the cell from the UE. The
maintenance procedure is as follows:
1.

The source eNodeB reports the PCI and ECGI acquired by the UE to the U2000. The
ECGI is comprised of the PLMN ID, eNodeB ID, and cell ID.

2.

The U2000 queries the PLMN IDs of the primary and secondary operators that share the
E-UTRAN cell identified by the PCI and by the eNodeB ID plus cell ID. The U2000
then sends the query result to the source eNodeB.

3.

The source eNodeB adds the PLMN information to the external-cell configuration of the
E-UTRAN cell.

If intra-RAT ANR detects a missing neighboring E-UTRAN cell by using UE history


information, the target eNodeB automatically maintains the PLMN list of the cell after
receiving the UE history information that contains the ECGI of the cell from the UE. The
maintenance procedure is as follows:
1.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

The target eNodeB reports the PCI and ECGI acquired by the UE to the U2000. The
ECGI is comprised of the PLMN ID, eNodeB ID, and cell ID.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

60

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

5 ANR with Shared Cells

2.

The U2000 queries the PLMN IDs of the primary and secondary operators that share the
E-UTRAN cell identified by the PCI and by the eNodeB ID plus cell ID. The U2000
then sends the query result to the target eNodeB.

3.

The target eNodeB adds the PLMN information to the external-cell configuration of the
E-UTRAN cell.
NOTE

If a shared inter-frequency cell broadcasts its PLMN list in an RR manner, the source eNodeB needs to
obtain the target cell information from the U2000 before handovers. Before the target cell is added to the
NCL of the source eNodeB and the NRT of the E-UTRAN cell and the PLMN information is added to
the external-cell configuration of the E-UTRAN cell, UEs cannot be handed over to the target cell.
For details about RAN sharing, see RAN Sharing Feature Parameter Description.

5.1.2 Shared E-UTRAN Cell Not Broadcasting Its PLMN List in an


RR Manner
If a shared neighboring E-UTRAN cell does not broadcast its PLMN list in an RR manner, the
UE may not acquire a complete PLMN list of the cell. As a result, the PLMN list is not
included in the external-cell configuration.
The neighboring cell information is stored in the U2000. The eNodeB may obtain the
information from the U2000 depending on the settings of the
NBSLTERANSharingSwitch(NBSLTERANSharingSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.RanSharingAnrSwitch parameter and the
Cell.IntraFreqRanSharingInd or EutranInterNFreq.InterFreqRanSharingInd parameter,
as described in Table 5-2. On a network with more than one frequency, the
Cell.IntraFreqRanSharingInd or EutranInterNFreq.InterFreqRanSharingInd parameter
can be used to specify the RAN sharing policy for individual frequencies. The policy controls
whether the eNodeB queries the U2000 for neighboring cell information.
Table 5-2 RAN sharing policies

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Ty
pe
of
Nei
ghb
ori
ng
Cel
l

Intra- or
IntereNodeB

NBSLTERA
NSharingSw
itch(NBSLT
ERANShari
ngSwitch)

Value of
Cell.IntraFre
qRanSharing
Ind

Value of
EutranInter
NFreq.InterF
reqRanShari
ngInd

RAN
Sharing
Policy

Intr
afreq
uen
cy

Intra-eNodeB

Selected

N/A

N/A

The eNodeB
does not query
the
information
about intrafrequency
neighboring
cells from the
U2000.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

61

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Ty
pe
of
Nei
ghb
ori
ng
Cel
l

Intra- or
IntereNodeB

NBSLTERA
NSharingSw
itch(NBSLT
ERANShari
ngSwitch)

Inter-eNodeB

Inte
rfreq
uen
cy

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Intra-eNodeB

Selected

5 ANR with Shared Cells

Value of
Cell.IntraFre
qRanSharing
Ind

Value of
EutranInter
NFreq.InterF
reqRanShari
ngInd

RAN
Sharing
Policy

BOOLEAN_
TRUE(True)

N/A

The eNodeB
can obtain the
information
about intrafrequency
neighboring
cells from the
U2000.

BOOLEAN_
FALSE(False
)

N/A

The eNodeB
does not query
the
information
about intrafrequency
neighboring
cells from the
U2000 and
directly adds
intrafrequency
neighboring
cells to the
NCL and
NRTs based
on CGI
reading
results.

N/A

N/A

The eNodeB
does not query
the
information
about interfrequency
neighboring
cells from the
U2000.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

62

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Ty
pe
of
Nei
ghb
ori
ng
Cel
l

Intra- or
IntereNodeB

Inter-eNodeB

NBSLTERA
NSharingSw
itch(NBSLT
ERANShari
ngSwitch)

5 ANR with Shared Cells

Value of
Cell.IntraFre
qRanSharing
Ind

Value of
EutranInter
NFreq.InterF
reqRanShari
ngInd

RAN
Sharing
Policy

N/A

BOOLEAN_
TRUE(True)

The eNodeB
can obtain the
information
about interfrequency
neighboring
cells from the
U2000.

N/A

BOOLEAN_
FALSE(False
)

The eNodeB
does not query
the
information
about interfrequency
neighboring
cells from the
U2000 and
directly adds
interfrequency
neighboring
cells to the
NCL and
NRTs based
on CGI
reading
results.

For details about the principles of adding neighboring cells to the NCL and adding neighbor
relationships to NRTs in the preceding scenarios, see 5.1.1 Shared E-UTRAN Cell
Broadcasting Its PLMN List in an RR Manner.
If intra-RAT event-triggered ANR detects a missing neighboring E-UTRAN cell by using
event-triggered UE measurements or intra-RAT fast ANR detects a missing neighboring EUTRAN cell, the source eNodeB automatically maintains the PLMN list of the cell after
receiving a measurement report that contains the ECGI of the cell from the UE. The
maintenance procedure varies depending on whether the UE reports the PLMN list:
l

If the UE reports the PLMN list, the source eNodeB directly adds the PLMN information
to the external-cell configuration.

If the UE does not report the PLMN list, the maintenance procedure is as follows:

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

63

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

5 ANR with Shared Cells

a.

The source eNodeB reports the ECGI acquired by the UE to the U2000.

b.

The U2000 queries the PLMN list of the cell and then sends the query result to the
source eNodeB.

c.

The source eNodeB adds the PLMN information to the external-cell configuration.

If ANR detects a missing neighboring E-UTRAN cell by using UE history information, the
PLMN list maintenance procedure is the same as that described in 5.1.1 Shared E-UTRAN
Cell Broadcasting Its PLMN List in an RR Manner.
NOTE

In a scenario where a neighboring E-UTRAN cell (cell B) of cell A is shared by multiple operators
(including two or more secondary operators), if the S1 interfaces of some secondary operators of cell B
are faulty, the system information delivered in cell B does not include the PLMN IDs of these secondary
operators. Therefore, the PLMN list of cell B acquired by the UE is incomplete. Cell A does not
automatically add the PLMN IDs of these secondary operators to the PLMN list configuration. After the
S1 interfaces recover, operators must manually add these PLMN IDs to the PLMN list configuration.
If a UE does not report the PLMN list of the target cell during a handover, the source eNodeB needs to
obtain the target cell information from the U2000. UEs can be handed over to the target cell only after
the target cell is added to the NCL of the source eNodeB and the PLMN information is added to the
external-cell configuration of the source cell.

5.2 Inter-RAT ANR with Shared Cells


5.2.1 Shared GERAN Cell
If a neighboring GERAN cell is shared by operators, UEs do not report the PLMN list of the
cell. As a result, the PLMN list is not included in the external-cell configuration.
The neighboring cell information is stored in the U2000. The eNodeB may obtain the
information from the U2000 depending on the settings of the
NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch(NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.RanSharingAnrSwitch parameter. On a network with more than one
GERAN frequency group, the GeranNFreqGroup.GeranRanSharingInd parameter can be
used to specify the RAN sharing policy for individual frequency groups. The policy controls
whether the eNodeB queries the U2000 for neighboring cell information.
l

If this parameter is set to BOOLEAN_TRUE(True), the source eNodeB can obtain the
neighboring cell information from the U2000.
The principles of the addition of external cells and neighbor relationships by eventtriggered ANR are the same as those without information query from the U2000. For
details, see 4.2.2 Automatic Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs.
If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL and NRT
Mode), the principles of the addition of external cells and neighbor relationships by fast
ANR are not the same as those without information query from the U2000. The
difference is that the eNodeB adds the strongest and second strongest unknown
neighboring cells to the NCL. If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to values other
than NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL and NRT Mode), the principles of the addition of
external cells and neighbor relationships by fast ANR are the same as those without
information query from the U2000. For details, see 4.3.2 Automatic Maintenance of
NCLs and NRTs.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

If this parameter is set to BOOLEAN_FALSE(False), the source eNodeB cannot obtain


the neighboring cell information from the U2000. The source eNodeB directly adds
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

64

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

5 ANR with Shared Cells

GERAN neighboring cells to the NCL and NRTs based on CGI reading results. For
details about the principles of the addition of external cells and neighbor relationships,
see 4.2.2 Automatic Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs and 4.3.2 Automatic
Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs.
If ANR detects a missing neighboring GERAN cell, the eNodeB automatically maintains the
PLMN list of the cell after receiving a measurement report that contains the CGI of the cell
from the UE. The maintenance procedure is as follows:
1.

The eNodeB reports the CGI acquired by the UE to the U2000.

2.

The U2000 queries the PLMN list of the cell and then sends the query result to the
eNodeB.

3.

The eNodeB adds the PLMN information to the external-cell configuration.


NOTE

If a UE does not report the PLMN list of the target cell during a handover, the eNodeB needs to obtain
the target cell information from the U2000. UEs can be handed over to the target cell only after the
target cell is added to the NCL of the source eNodeB and the PLMN information is added to the
external-cell configuration of the source cell.

5.2.2 Shared UTRAN Cell


If a neighboring UTRAN cell is shared by operators, the UE may not acquire a complete
PLMN list of the cell. As a result, the PLMN list is not included in the external-cell
configuration. If the serving and neighboring cells are managed by the same U2000, the
eNodeB can obtain the correct PLMN list of the neighboring cell from the U2000.
The neighboring cell information is stored in the U2000. The eNodeB may obtain the
information from the U2000 depending on the settings of the
NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch(NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.RanSharingAnrSwitch parameter On a network with more than one
UTRAN frequency, the UtranNFreq.UtranRanSharingInd parameter can be used to specify
the RAN sharing policy for individual frequencies. The policy controls whether the eNodeB
queries the U2000 for neighboring cell information.
l

If this parameter is set to BOOLEAN_TRUE(True), the source eNodeB can obtain the
neighboring cell information from the U2000.
The principles of the addition of external cells and neighbor relationships by eventtriggered ANR are the same as those without information query from the U2000. For
details, see 4.2.2 Automatic Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs.
If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL and NRT
Mode), the principles of the addition of external cells and neighbor relationships by fast
ANR are not the same as those without information query from the U2000. The
difference is that the eNodeB adds the strongest and second strongest unknown
neighboring cells to the NCL. If the ANR.FastAnrMode parameter is set to values other
than NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL and NRT Mode), the principles of the addition of
external cells and neighbor relationships by fast ANR are the same as those without
information query from the U2000. For details, see 4.3.2 Automatic Maintenance of
NCLs and NRTs.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

If this parameter is set to BOOLEAN_FALSE(False), the source eNodeB cannot obtain


the neighboring cell information from the U2000. The source eNodeB directly adds
UTRAN neighboring cells to the NCL and NRTs based on CGI reading results. For
details about the principles of the addition of external cells and neighbor relationships,
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

65

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

5 ANR with Shared Cells

see 4.2.2 Automatic Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs and 4.3.2 Automatic
Maintenance of NCLs and NRTs.
If ANR detects a missing neighboring UTRAN cell, the eNodeB automatically maintains the
PLMN list of the cell after receiving a measurement report that contains the CGI of the cell
from the UE. The maintenance procedure varies depending on whether the UE reports the
PLMN list:
l

If the UE reports the PLMN list, the eNodeB directly adds the PLMN information to the
external-cell configuration.

If the UE does not report the PLMN list, the maintenance procedure is as follows:
a.

The eNodeB reports the CGI acquired by the UE to the U2000.

b.

The U2000 queries the PLMN list of the cell and then sends the query result to the
eNodeB.

c.

The eNodeB adds the PLMN information to the external-cell configuration.


NOTE

If a UE does not report the PLMN list of the target cell during a handover, the eNodeB needs to
obtain the target cell information from the U2000. UEs can be handed over to the target cell only
after the target cell is added to the NCL of the source eNodeB and the PLMN information is added
to the external-cell configuration of the source cell.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

66

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

6 NCL/NRT Self-Management Based on X2 Messages

NCL/NRT Self-Management Based on X2


Messages
When an X2 interface is set up or eNodeB configurations change, the local and peer eNodeBs
exchange information through the X2 interface to update NCLs and NRTs. For details about
the messages transmitted during X2 setups and eNodeB configuration updates, see section 8.3
"Global Procedures" in 3GPP TS 36.423 V10.0.0.
NCL/NRT self-management based on X2 messages manages only the external cells and
neighbor relationship for which the Control Mode parameter is set to AUTO_MODE(Auto
Mode). For details about the Control Mode parameter, see 4.1.1 NCL/NRT Control Mode.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

67

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

6 NCL/NRT Self-Management Based on X2 Messages

6.1 NCL/NRT Entry Addition and Update


NCL/NRT entry addition and update based on X2 messages are controlled by the
GlobalProcSwitch.X2BasedUptENodeBCfgSwitch parameter.

NCL Entry Addition Based on X2 Setup Messages


Figure 6-1 illustrates the signaling procedure of successful X2 setup.
Figure 6-1 Signaling procedure of successful X2 setup

1.

After receiving an X2 SETUP REQUEST message from eNodeB 1, eNodeB 2 adds all
cells under eNodeB 1 to the NCL of eNodeB 2 if the
GlobalProcSwitch.X2BasedUptENodeBCfgSwitch parameter is set to ON(On) for
eNodeB 2.

2.

eNodeB 2 responds with an X2 SETUP RESPONSE message. After receiving this


message, eNodeB 1 adds all cells under eNodeB 2 to the NCL of eNodeB 1 if the
GlobalProcSwitch.X2BasedUptENodeBCfgSwitch parameter is set to ON(On) for
eNodeB 1.

If the GlobalProcSwitch.X2ServedCellType parameter is set to


CONFIGURED_CELL(Configured Cell), all the cells mentioned above include active and
inactive cells. After being added to the NCL, inactive cells may be removed from the NCL by
intra-RAT event-triggered ANR. As a result, such an inactive cell will be added to the NCL
and then removed from the NCL repeatedly.
If the GlobalProcSwitch.X2ServedCellType parameter is set to ACTIVE_CELL(Active
Cell), all the cells mentioned above refers to active cells.
When an eNodeB adds a neighboring frequency based on X2 messages, the
FreqAddCtrl(FreqAddCtrl) option of the GlobalProcSwitch.X2BasedUptENodeBPolicy
parameter controls whether the eNodeB filters frequencies based on the operator information.
If this option is selected, the local eNodeB does not filter frequencies but directly configures
the operating frequencies of cells served by the peer eNodeB as neighboring frequencies of
the local cell. If this option is deselected, the local eNodeB filters frequencies. It checks
whether the operator information of the local cell and that of cells served by the peer eNodeB
are the same. The local eNodeB configures a frequency as a neighboring frequency only if the
frequency has the same operator information as the local cell.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

68

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

6 NCL/NRT Self-Management Based on X2 Messages

NCL/NRT Entry Addition and Update Based on eNodeB Configuration Update


Messages
If a cell is added to the local eNodeB or the cell configuration (downlink EARFCN, PCI,
ECGI, TAC, or PLMN list) of the local eNodeB changes, the local eNodeB sends an ENB
CONFIGURATION UPDATE message to the peer eNodeB through the X2 interface to
inform the peer eNodeB of the change. The peer eNodeB automatically adds the new cell to
its NCL or updates the cell configuration in its NCL and NRT.
Figure 6-2 illustrates the signaling procedure of eNodeB configuration update.
Figure 6-2 Signaling procedure of eNodeB configuration update

NOTE

If no cell under eNodeB 1 is active, eNodeB 1 cannot use X2 messages to inform eNodeB 2 of the
eNodeB configuration update.

1.

When a cell is added to or modified in eNodeB 1, eNodeB 1 sends an ENB


CONFIGURATION UPDATE message to eNodeB 2.

2.

eNodeB 2 performs one of the following operations:

If the NCL of eNodeB 2 does not contain the cell, eNodeB 2 adds the cell to its
NCL.

If the NCL of eNodeB 2 contains the cell and the Control Mode parameter for the
NCL/NRT entry is set to AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode), eNodeB 2 updates the NCL
and NRT entry with the new downlink EARFCN, PCI, ECGI, TAC, or PLMN list.

In this scenario, an inactive cell under eNodeB 1 can be added to the NCL of eNodeB 2
if the GlobalProcSwitch.X2ServedCellType parameter is set to
CONFIGURED_CELL(Configured Cell). However, the inactive cell in an NCL may
be removed by intra-RAT event-triggered ANR. As a result, such an inactive cell will be
added to the NCL and then removed from the NCL repeatedly.
When an eNodeB adds a neighboring frequency based on X2 messages, the
FreqAddCtrl(FreqAddCtrl) option of the
GlobalProcSwitch.X2BasedUptENodeBPolicy parameter controls whether the eNodeB
filters the frequencies based on the operator information. If this option is selected, the
local eNodeB does not filter frequencies but directly configures the operating
frequencies of cells served by the peer eNodeB as neighboring frequencies of the local
cell. If this option is deselected, the local eNodeB filters frequencies. It checks whether
the operator information of the local cell and that of cells served by the peer eNodeB are
the same. The local eNodeB configures a frequency as a neighboring frequency of the
local cell only if the frequency has the same operator information as the local cell.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

69

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

6 NCL/NRT Self-Management Based on X2 Messages

NOTE

After receiving the ENB CONFIGURATION UPDATE message, eNodeB 2 adds the cell to its
NCL or updates the cell in its NCL based on the message. During this operation, eNodeB 2 does
not add or update the uplink EARFCN. The reason is that uplink EARFCNs can be calculated
based on the configured downlink EARFCNs.

3.

eNodeB 2 responds to eNodeB 1 with an ENB CONFIGURATION UPDATE


ACKNOWLEDGE message.

Before modifying eNodeB configuration data (such as parameters


eNodeBFunction.eNodeBId, Cell.CellId, Cell.LocalCellId, Cell.PhyCellId, and
Cell.DlEarfcn, and parameters in the MOs CnOperator, CnOperatorTa, and CellOp) using
the CME, you are advised to set the GlobalProcSwitch.X2BasedUptENodeBCfgSwitch
parameter to OFF(Off). If this parameter is set to ON(On), the eNodeB may experience
conflicts between modified configuration data that the CME delivers to the eNodeB and the
NCL/NRT update based on X2 messages, thereby causing configuration data loss or
abnormality. Setting this parameter to OFF(Off) ensures that NCLs/NRTs will not be
automatically updated based on X2 messages when NCL/NRT data is modified using the
CME.

6.2 NCL/NRT Entry Removal


If a cell under the local eNodeB is removed, the local eNodeB sends an ENB
CONFIGURATION UPDATE message to the peer eNodeB through the X2 interface to
inform the peer eNodeB of the change. The peer eNodeB automatically removes the cell from
its NCL and removes the neighbor relationship with the cell from its NRT. NCL/NRT entry
removal based on X2 messages is activated if both the
GlobalProcSwitch.X2BasedUptENodeBCfgSwitch and
GlobalProcSwitch.X2BasedDelNcellCfgSwitch parameters are set to ON(On).
Figure 6-3 illustrates the signaling procedure of eNodeB configuration update.
Figure 6-3 Signaling procedure of eNodeB configuration update

NOTE

If no cell under eNodeB 1 is active, eNodeB 1 cannot use X2 messages to inform eNodeB 2 of the
eNodeB configuration update.

1.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

When a cell under eNodeB 1 is removed, eNodeB 1 sends eNodeB 2 an ENB


CONFIGURATION UPDATE message that contains the IE Served Cells To Delete.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

70

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

2.

3.

6 NCL/NRT Self-Management Based on X2 Messages

Considering the ECGI in the IE Served Cells To Delete, eNodeB 2 performs one of the
following operations:

If the ECGI is included in both an NCL and an NRT of eNodeB 2, the No remove
indicator parameter is set to PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit ANR Remove) for
the neighbor relationship with the external cell identified by the ECGI, and the
Control Mode parameter is set to AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode) for the external
cell and neighbor relationship, then eNodeB 2 removes the external cell and the
neighbor relationship.

If the ECGI is included in the NCL but not any NRT of eNodeB 2, eNodeB 2
removes the external cell identified by the ECGI from the NCL.

eNodeB 2 responds to eNodeB 1 with an ENB CONFIGURATION UPDATE


ACKNOWLEDGE message.

It is recommended that the GlobalProcSwitch.X2ServedCellType parameter be set to


CONFIGURED_CELL(Configured Cell) when the
GlobalProcSwitch.X2BasedDelNcellCfgSwitch parameter is set to ON(On). The reasons are
as follows:
l

If the GlobalProcSwitch.X2ServedCellType parameter is set to


ACTIVE_CELL(Active Cell), eNodeB 1 sends eNodeB 2 an ENB CONFIGURATION
UPDATE message carrying the IE Served Cells To Delete when the cells under eNodeB
1 are manually deactivated or the S1 interface is faulty. After receiving this message,
eNodeB 2 erroneously removes these cells from its NCL and NRTs.

If the GlobalProcSwitch.X2ServedCellType parameter is set to


CONFIGURED_CELL(Configured Cell), eNodeB 1 sends eNodeB 2 an ENB
CONFIGURATION UPDATE message carrying the IE Served Cells To Delete only
when the cells under eNodeB 1 are removed.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

71

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Related Features

Related Features

7.1 Features Related to LOFD-002001 Automatic


Neighbour Relation (ANR)
Prerequisite Features
U2000 feature: WOFD-180600 Automatic Neighbor Relation Optimization - LTE

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
Intra-RAT ANR affects LOFD-002007 PCI Collision Detection & Self-Optimization. PCI
conflict detection is triggered when intra-RAT ANR changes neighboring cell information.
PCI conflict detection is triggered when intra-RAT ANR changes neighboring cell
information.
Currently, if the E-UTRAN supports CA (included in LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction)
according to eNodeB configurations and UE capabilities, the eNodeB does not select certain
CA UEs to perform measurements for intra-RAT event-triggered ANR or intra-RAT fast
ANR. The CA UE selection rule is specified by the ANR.CaUeChoseMode parameter.
Automatic neighbor relationship removal in intra-RAT ANR affects the LAOFD-001001
LTE-A Introduction feature. The automatic removal function removes neighboring cells to
which the number of handovers is small within a specified period. If the removed neighboring
cell is used for CA, CA cannot work. Therefore, if both the automatic removal function and
CA are enabled, the EutranInterFreqNCell.NoRmvFlag parameter must be set to
FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR Remove) for inter-frequency neighboring cells.
Otherwise, CA does not work.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

72

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Related Features

7.2 Features Related to LOFD-002002 Inter-RAT ANR


Prerequisite Features
U2000 feature: WOFD-181400 Inter-RAT Automatic Neighbor Relation Optimization - LTE

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
Currently, if the E-UTRAN supports CA (included in LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction)
according to eNodeB configurations and UE capabilities, the eNodeB does not select certain
CA UEs to perform measurements for inter-RAT event-triggered ANR or inter-RAT fast
ANR. The CA UE selection rule is specified by the ANR.CaUeChoseMode parameter.

7.3 Features Related to LOFD-081225 Neighbor Cell


Classification Management
Prerequisite Features
LOFD-002001 Automatic Neighbour Relation (ANR)
LOFD-002007 PCI Collision Detection & Self-Optimization

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

7.4 Features Related to LBFD-081102 PLMN ID


Management
Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

73

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Related Features

Impacted Features
None

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

74

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Network Impact

Network Impact

8.1 LOFD-002001 Automatic Neighbour Relation (ANR)


System Capacity
No impact.

Network Performance
Event-triggered ANR
l

Event-triggered ANR prolongs the delay in the handover of a UE that meets the
handover conditions but that is still performing ANR measurements to detect an
unknown cell. After the neighbor relationship with the cell is added, ANR measurements
are not triggered during subsequent handovers to the cell and therefore the delay in
handovers to the cell is no longer prolonged.

Event-triggered ANR negatively affects the UE throughput because UEs cannot be


scheduled while they are reading the CGI of an unknown cell in the DRX state. On
commercial networks, UEs are usually not fully buffered, and therefore the impact on the
UE throughput is limited. After the neighbor relationship with the cell is added, the
throughput is no longer affected when UEs are handed over to the cell.

To read the CGI of an unknown cell, the UE enters sleep time in the DRX state. The
DRX sleep time can be interrupted by data transmission, thereby affecting the CGI
reading success rate. Especially for VoIP services, the voice packets are periodically
scheduled. The probability of sleep time interruption in VoIP scenarios is higher than that
in other scenarios, and therefore the CGI reading success rate is much lower. However,
once the UE successfully obtains the CGI of the unknown cell, the eNodeB can finish
neighbor relationship addition and does not instruct the UE to perform CGI reading
again.

Fast ANR
l

Periodic reporting of the PCIs of the strongest cells may affect network performance.
LTE measurements are performed on a per frequency basis. Periodic reporting of the
PCIs of the strongest intra-frequency cells does not affect UE throughput. Interfrequency ANR requires gap-assisted measurements, which negatively affect UE
throughput.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

75

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Network Impact

CGI reading affects network performance as follows:

To read the CGI of an unknown cell, the UE must be synchronized with the cell.
The UE acquires the PLMN IDs, CGI, and TAC of the cell from the system
information block type 1 (SIB1) and then reports the information to the source
eNodeB. This process negatively affects UE throughput.

To read the CGI of an unknown cell, the UE enters sleep time in the DRX state.
During sleep time, the UE cannot be scheduled, and therefore UE throughput is
negatively affected.

The overall impact of fast ANR on network performance is controllable, because of the
upper limits on the number of UEs involved in fast ANR per cell and on the number of
periodic measurement reports from a UE within each period.

A larger number of periodic measurement reports from a UE results in more power


consumption of the UE.

Event-triggered ANR and fast ANR can optimize intra-RAT neighbor relationships and
reduce service drops and handover failures caused by neighbor relationship problems. This
decreases the service drop rate and increases the intra-RAT handover success rate. However,
the gain produced by ANR cannot be quantified, and many factors affect the handover success
rate and service drop rate. The number and distribution of ANR-capable UEs affect how fast
ANR can detect missing neighboring cells.
When ANR detects missing neighboring shared cells, the eNodeB queries the U2000 for the
cells. The query lasts for a maximum of 3 minutes and may affect the handover. If no
candidate target cell is available for the handover, a service drop may occur.

8.2 LOFD-002002 Inter-RAT ANR


System Capacity
No impact.

Network Performance
Inter-RAT ANR has a similar impact on network performance as intra-RAT ANR. The
difference is that inter-RAT ANR increases the inter-RAT handover success rate, involving the
following KPIs:
l

Inter-RAT Handover Out Success Rate (LTE to WCDMA)

Inter-RAT Handover Out Success Rate (LTE to GSM)


NOTE

If ANR.OptMode is set to CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED) for ANR with UTRAN and


operators do not confirm the optimization advice that suggests adding the neighbor relationship
with a UTRAN cell, UEs cannot be handed over to the UTRAN cell. In this case, ANR with
UTRAN neither decreases the service drop rate nor brings any gains to the EUTRAN-to-UTRAN
handover success rate.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

76

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Network Impact

8.3 LOFD-081225 Neighbor Cell Classification


Management
System Capacity
No impact.

Network Performance
If the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter is set to EXTENDED(EXTENDED)
for a neighboring cell and the
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW(NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW) option of the
Neighbor Cell Classification Mgt Switch parameter is selected, the eNodeB instructs a UE
to perform CGI reading before handing the UE over to this neighboring cell. This can detect
possible PCI confusion, increasing the handover success rate and decreasing the service drop
rate. However, this increases the handover delay of the UE and decreases the UE throughput.
If the CGI reading fails, there is a possibility that UE experiences a service drop.

8.4 LBFD-081102 PLMN ID Management


System Capacity
No impact.

Network Performance
This feature prevents neighbor relationships with cells that have abnormal PLMN IDs from
being added to NRTs, thereby increasing the handover success rate and decreasing the service
drop rate.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

77

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT


ANR

This chapter describes how to deploy intra-RAT ANR.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

78

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

9.1 When to Use Intra-RAT ANR


Intra-RAT ANR consists of intra-RAT event-triggered ANR and intra-RAT fast ANR.
In service steering scenarios, if an E-UTRA frequency is deployed for providing only VoIP
services, use intra-RAT ANR after initial planning and configuration of the neighbor
relationships of cells on this frequency.

Intra-RAT Event-triggered ANR


It is recommended that intra-RAT event-triggered ANR be enabled all the time after network
construction finishes. Enable intra-RAT event-triggered ANR when enabling intra-RAT fast
ANR.
Disable automatic removal of redundant neighbor relationships in an early stage of network
deployment to prevent stable neighbor relationships from being mistakenly removed.
Enable automatic removal of neighbor relationships if users want to use ANR to
automatically remove incorrect or redundant neighbor relationships.

Intra-RAT Fast ANR


Enable intra-RAT fast ANR if the network serves no commercial UEs or a small number of
commercial UEs.
Disable intra-RAT fast ANR if the network serves a large number of commercial UEs or the
engineering optimization (for example, downtilt adjustment and power adjustment) finishes.
Disable intra-RAT fast ANR if intra-RAT event-triggered ANR is disabled.

HO Blacklist
Add neighbor relationships to HO blacklists in some special cases. For example, in scenarios
where UEs in indoor cells on high floors can detect outdoor neighboring cells and users does
not want UEs to initiate handovers to such outdoor neighboring cells, add the neighbor
relationships with such outdoor cells to the blacklists.
You can only manually configure HO blacklists.

HO Whitelist
Add neighbor relationships to HO whitelists in some special cases. For example, the traffic
volumes of cells are uneven in the places, such as sports stadiums or venues. These cells have
traffic volumes only in special times. If the neighbor relationships with the cells around are
not added to the HO whitelists, ANR may determine these neighbor relationships as
redundant neighbor relationships and removes them from the NRTs. In this case, you are
advised to add the neighbor relationships with the cells around the areas whose traffic volume
is uneven to the HO whitelists. This prevents ANR from mistakenly removing them from the
NRTs.
You can only manually configure HO whitelists.

RRC Blacklist
Add the operating frequency and PCI of a neighboring cell to an RRC blacklist in some
special cases. For example, if cells in the network edge of an operator operate on the same
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

79

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

frequency but do not share PCIs, users can add the PCI range used by another operator to the
RRC blacklists. This prevents the UEs served by cells of the operator detects cells of another
operator.
Before adding the operating frequency and PCI of a cell to the RRC blacklist, ensure that the
cell does not share the same PCI with another neighboring cell operating on the same
frequency. For example, if neighboring cells A and B operate on the same frequency and
share the same PCI and neighboring cell A is not an expected target cell for handovers and
redirections, you are advised not to add this PCI to the RRC blacklist. This is because the
RRC blacklist is set to blacklist the PCIs of cells operating on the same frequency. If the
operating frequency and PCI of neighboring cell A are blacklisted, then neighboring cell B
cannot be the target cell for handovers and redirections as well.

9.2 Required Information


None

9.3 Deployment
9.3.1 Process
None

9.3.2 Requirements
Intra-RAT ANR has the following requirements:
l

UEs on the network are DRX-capable and support ANR measurements on intra- and
inter-frequency cells.

iManager U2000 V200R015C00 or later is used. iManager U2000 V200R015C00 or


later supports the function of cross-U2000 neighboring cell information query. In
automatic detection of missing neighboring cell using UE history information, if the
serving cell and neighboring cell are not managed by the same U2000, the U2000 must
support the function of cross-U2000 neighboring cell information querying. For details
about the requirements of the U2000, see 11.3.2 Requirements.

The intra-RAT ANR measurement information (including frequencies to be measured)


has been configured in the EutranInterNFreq MOs. For details, see Intra-RAT Mobility
Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description.

Operators have purchased and activated the license listed in Table 9-1.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

80

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Table 9-1 License information for intra-RAT ANR


Feature ID

Feature Name

Mo
del

License
Control
Item

NE

Sales Unit

LOFD-00200
1

Automatic Neighbour
Relation (ANR)

LT1
S00
0A
NR
00

Automati
c
Neighbou
r Relation
(ANR)
(FDD)

eNodeB

per cell

9.3.3 Data Preparation


There are three types of data sources:
l

Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the
operator

Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and
negotiated with the evolved packet core (EPC) or peer transmission equipment

User-defined: parameter values set by users

Intra-RAT ANR
The following table describes the parameter that must be set in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO
to enable intra-RAT ANR.
Paramet
er Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

ANR
algorithm
switch

ENodeB
AlgoSwi
tch.Anr
Switch

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Select or clear the following options by


referring to 9.1 When to Use Intra-RAT ANR:
l IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch)
l IntraRatFastAnrSwitch(IntraRatFastAnrSwitch)
l IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch(IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch)
l MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch(MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch)
l ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch(ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch)
l IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch)
l IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch(IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

81

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a Cell MO to specify whether
to allow ANR management of external cells and neighbor relationships with these cells on the
serving frequency.
Paramet
er Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

IntraFreq
ANR
Indicatio
n

Cell.Intr
aFreqA
nrInd

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Set this parameter to


NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) or
ALLOWED(ALLOWED) based on the
operator's policy.

The following table describes the parameter that must be set in an EutranInterNFreq MO to
specify whether to allow ANR management of external cells and neighbor relationships with
these cells on a neighboring E-UTRAN frequency.
Paramet
er Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

ANR
Indicatio
n

EutranI
nterNFr
eq.AnrI
nd

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Set this parameter to


NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) or
ALLOWED(ALLOWED) based on the
operator's policy.

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the ANR MO to specify
optimization mode, the threshold for removing a neighbor relationship from an NRT, and the
policy based on which the eNodeB adds a neighbor relationship to an NRT in event-triggered
ANR.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Paramete
r Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Optimizat
ion Mode

ANR.O
ptMode

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Set this parameter to FREE(FREE) or


CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED) based on
the operator's policy.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

82

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Paramete
r Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Handover
threshold
for delete
NRT

ANR.N
cellHoF
orNRT
DelThd

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

l If this parameter is set to a non-zero value


and the number of neighbor relationships in
an NRT has reached its maximum value, the
eNodeB determines whether to remove a
neighbor relationship with a neighboring
cell based on the number of measurement
reports that include the neighboring cell and
the number of handovers from the local cell
to the neighboring cell. When there are
several candidate neighbor relationships that
meet certain conditions, ANR removes the
lowest-priority neighbor relationship. The
priority is determined by the number of
handovers.
l If this parameter is set to 0 and the number
of neighbor relationships in an NRT has
reached its maximum value, the eNodeB
determines whether to remove a neighbor
relationship with a neighboring cell based
on the number of measurement reports that
include the neighboring cell.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

83

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Paramete
r Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Event
ANR
Mode

ANR.E
ventAnr
Mode

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

This parameter specifies the policy based on


which the eNodeB adds a neighbor relationship
into an NRT in event-triggered ANR based on
coverage-based intra- or inter-frequency
handover measurements and in event-triggered
ANR based on load-based inter-frequency
measurements.
l If the adjacent cells of the source eNodeB
do not share a PCI, you are advised to set
this parameter to
BASED_NCL(BASED_NCL). The source
eNodeB can add a neighbor relationship to
an NRT based on the neighboring cell
information in the NCL.
l If many cells are served by an eNodeB and
are not geographically adjacent, adjacent
cells of the eNodeB may share PCIs. In this
case, you are advised to set this parameter to
NOT_BASED_NCL(NOT_BASED_NCL)
. The eNodeB instructs the UE to read the
ECGI again. Based on the reported ECGI,
the eNodeB adds a neighbor relationship
into an NRT.
If the ANR.OptMode parameter is set to
CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED) and the
ANR.EventAnrMode parameter is set to
NOT_BASED_NCL(NOT_BASED_NCL),
the eNodeB reports the optimization advice for
adding the neighbor relationship with a cell into
an NRT to the U2000. Operators determine
whether to take the advice. Before operators
confirm this optimization advice, the eNodeB
instructs the UE to read the ECGI of the cell if
the PCI contained in a coverage-based intraRAT handover measurement report or in a loadbased inter-frequency measurement report does
not exist in the NRT. To prevent performance
deterioration due to ECGI reading before
handovers, operators are advised to handle the
NRT optimization advice promptly on the
U2000.

NRT
Delete
Mode

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

ANR.N
rtDelM
ode

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Select or deselect the


EUTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL(Re
move Redundant E-UTRAN Neighbor
Relationship) option by referring to 9.1 When
to Use Intra-RAT ANR.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

84

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

HO Blacklist and HO Whitelist


The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the EutranIntraFreqNCell
MO to configure the intra-frequency HO blacklist and the intra-frequency HO whitelist.
Paramet
er Name

Parameter
ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

No
handover
flag

EutranInt
raFreqNC
ell.NoHoF
lag

Network plan
(negotiation
not required)

l Set this parameter to


FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho) when
configuring an HO blacklist.

EutranInt
raFreqNC
ell.NoRmv
Flag

Network plan
(negotiation
not required)

No
remove
indicator

l Set this parameter to


PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho) when
configuring an HO whitelist.
Set this parameter to
FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR
Remove) when configuring either an HO
whitelist or an HO blacklist.

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the EutranInterFreqNCell
MO to configure the inter-frequency HO blacklist and the inter-frequency HO whitelist.
Paramet
er Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

No
handover
flag

EutranI
nterFre
qNCell.
NoHoFl
ag

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

l Set this parameter to


FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho) when
configuring an HO blacklist.

EutranI
nterFre
qNCell.
NoRmv
Flag

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

No
remove
indicator

l Set this parameter to


PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho) when
configuring an HO whitelist.
Set this parameter to
FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR
Remove) when configuring either an HO
whitelist or an HO blacklist.

RRC Blacklist
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the IntraFreqBlkCell MO to
configure the intra-frequency RRC blacklist.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

85

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Local cell ID

IntraFreqBlkCell.Lo
calCellId

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

None

Physical cell
ID

IntraFreqBlkCell.Ph
yCellId

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

None

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the InterFreqBlkCell MO to
configure the inter-frequency RRC blacklist.
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Local cell ID

InterFreqBlkCell.Lo
calCellId

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

None

Downlink
EARFCN

InterFreqBlkCell.Dl
Earfcn

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

None

Physical cell
ID

InterFreqBlkCell.Ph
yCellId

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

None

9.3.4 Precautions
None

9.3.5 Hardware Adjustment


N/A

9.3.6 Activation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 9-2 in a summary data file, which also
contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed.
Then, import the summary data file into the Configuration Management Express (CME) for
batch configuration. For detailed instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial
configuration guide for the eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB product documentation.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

86

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

The MOs in Table 9-2 are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this
situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.

Some MOs in Table 9-2 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In
this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the
parameters.

Table 9-2 Parameters for intra-RAT ANR

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

MO

Sheet in
the
Summary
Data File

Parameter
Group

Remarks

ENodeB
AlgoSwit
ch

Userdefined
sheet.
ENodeBA
lgoSwitch
is
recommen
ded.

AnrSwitch

Add the ENodeBAlgoSwitch sheet to the


summary data file.

CELL

Userdefined
sheet.
CELL is
recommen
ded.

IntraFreqAnr
Ind

Add the CELL sheet to the summary data file.

EutranInt
erNFreq

Userdefined
sheet.
EutranInt
erNFreq
is
recommen
ded.

AnrInd

Add the EUTRANINTERNFREQ sheet to the


summary data file.

ANR

Userdefined
sheet.
ANR is
recommen
ded.

FastAnrRprt
Amount,
NcellHoFor
NRTDelThd,
EventAnrMo
de,
NrtDelMode

Add the ANR sheet to the summary data file.

EutranInt
raFreqNC
ell

Userdefined
sheet.
EutranInt
raFreqNC
ell is
recommen
ded.

NoHoFlag,
NoRmvFlag

Add the EutranIntraFreqNCell sheet to the


summary data file.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

87

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

MO

Sheet in
the
Summary
Data File

Parameter
Group

Remarks

EutranInt
erFreqNC
ell

Userdefined
sheet.
EutranInt
erFreqNC
ell is
recommen
ded.

NoHoFlag,
NoRmvFlag

Add the EutranInterFreqNCell sheet to the


summary data file.

IntraFreq
BlkCell

Userdefined
sheet.
IntraFreq
BlkCell is
recommen
ded.

LocalCellId,
PhyCellId,
PhyCellIdRa
nge

Add the IntraFreqBlkCell sheet to the


summary data file.

InterFreq
BlkCell

Userdefined
sheet.
InterFreq
BlkCell is
recommen
ded.

LocalCellId,
PhyCellId,
PhyCellIdRa
nge

Add the InterFreqBlkCell sheet to the


summary data file.

Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs


Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for
multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the
CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For detailed
operations, press F1 in a CME window and navigate to Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations >
Customizing a Summary Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration in the CME online
help.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >
Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB
data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.
Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

88

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export
Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration
window.
Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 9-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
Figure 9-1 MO search and configuration window

Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are
displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.
Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose
Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to
export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

89

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Using MML Commands


Activating Intra-RAT Event-triggered ANR
Step 1 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm switch
parameter selected.
Step 2 Run the MOD CELL or MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ command with the IntraFreq
ANR Indication or ANR Indication parameter set to ALLOWED(ALLOWED),
respectively.
Step 3 (Optional) In addition,
l

To enable "priority-based removal when the number of neighbor relationships reaches its
maximum" or removal of inappropriate neighbor relationships, select the
IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch(IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter.

To enable removal of redundant neighbor relationships, select both the


IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch(IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter and the
EUTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL(Remove Redundant E-UTRAN Neighbor
Relationship) option of the NRT Delete Mode parameter.

To enable event-triggered ANR based on MLB, select the


MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch(MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter. To enable event-triggered ANR based on service-based
handover measurements, select the
ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch(ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter. To enable event-triggered ANR based on other types of
handover measurements, select the
IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch) option of
the ANR algorithm switch parameter.

To enable automatic optimization of neighbor relationships with cells of abnormal


success rates of intra-RAT handovers, select the
IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch(IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter. You can determine whether to trigger "CGI reading based
on the handover success rate" by setting the No Handover Set Mode parameter.

----End
Activating Intra-RAT Fast ANR
Step 1 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
IntraRatFastAnrSwitch(IntraRatFastAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm switch
parameter selected.
Step 2 Run the MOD CELL or MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ command with the IntraFreq
ANR Indication or ANR Indication parameter set to ALLOWED(ALLOWED),
respectively.
----End
Changing the Number of Periodic Measurement Reports for Fast ANR
Run the MOD ANR command with the Fast ANR PCI report amount parameter set to
r4(4).
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

90

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Activating the Removal of Neighbor Relationships with the Cells to Which No Handover
Is Performed During a Measurement Period
Run the MOD ANR command with the Handover threshold for delete NRT parameter set
to 1.
Setting the NRT Entry Addition Mode
Run the MOD ANR command with the Event ANR Mode parameter specified.
Run the MOD ANR command with the Fast ANR Mode parameter specified.
Configuring HO Blacklists and HO Whitelists
Run the ADD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL and ADD EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL
commands to configure intra-frequency and inter-frequency HO blacklists/whitelists,
respectively.
l

To whitelist a cell, set the No handover indicator and No remove indicator parameters
to PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho) and FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR
Remove), respectively.

To blacklist a cell, set the No handover indicator and No remove indicator parameters
to FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho) and FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR
Remove), respectively.

Configuring RRC Blacklists


l

Run the ADD INTRAFREQBLKCELL command to configure the intra-frequency


RRC blacklist.

Run the ADD INTERFREQBLKCELL command to configure the inter-frequency


RRC blacklist.

MML Command Examples


Activating Intra-RAT Event-triggered ANR
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=IntraRatEventAnrSwitch-1;
MOD CELL: LocalCellId=xx, IntraFreqAnrInd=ALLOWED;
MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ: LocalCellId=xx, DlEarfcn=xx, AnrInd=ALLOWED;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch-1;
MOD ANR: NrtDelMode=EUTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:
AnrSwitch=MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch-1&ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch-1&IntraRatEnhancedEv
entAnrSwitch-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch-1;
MOD ANR: NoHoSetMode=xx;

Activating Intra-RAT Fast ANR


MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=IntraRatFastAnrSwitch-1;
MOD CELL: IntraFreqAnrInd=ALLOWED;
MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ: LocalCellId=xx, DlEarfcn=xx, AnrInd=ALLOWED;

Changing the Number of Periodic Measurement Reports for Fast ANR


MOD ANR: FastAnrRprtAmount=r4;

Activating the Removal of Neighbor Relationships with the Cells to Which No Handover
Is Performed During a Measurement Period
MOD ANR: NcellHoForNRTDelThd=1;

Setting the NRT Entry Addition Mode


Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

91

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

MOD ANR: EventAnrMode=NOT_BASED_NCL;


MOD ANR: FastAnrMode=NCL_MODE;

Configuring the Intra-Frequency HO Blacklist and Whitelist


ADD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="460", Mnc="00", eNodeBId=123,
CellId=0, NoHoFlag=FORBID_HO_ENUM, NoRmvFlag=FORBID_RMV_ENUM;
ADD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="460", Mnc="00", eNodeBId=123,
CellId=0, NoHoFlag=PERMIT_HO_ENUM, NoRmvFlag=FORBID_RMV_ENUM;

Configuring the Inter-Frequency HO Blacklist and Whitelist


ADD EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="460", Mnc="00", eNodeBId=123,
CellId=0, NoHoFlag=FORBID_HO_ENUM, NoRmvFlag=FORBID_RMV_ENUM;
ADD EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="460", Mnc="00", eNodeBId=123,
CellId=0, NoHoFlag=PERMIT_HO_ENUM, NoRmvFlag=FORBID_RMV_ENUM;

Configuring the Intra-Frequency RRC Blacklist


ADD INTRAFREQBLKCELL: LocalCellId=0, PhyCellId=1, PhyCellIdRange=n4;

Configuring the Inter-Frequency RRC Blacklist


ADD INTERFREQBLKCELL: LocalCellId=0, DlEarfcn=0, PhyCellId=1, PhyCellIdRange=n4;

9.3.7 Activation Observation


Signaling Tracing
To use signaling tracing to verify whether intra-RAT ANR has been activated, perform the
following steps:
Step 1 On the U2000 client, choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management.
Step 2 In the navigation tree on the left of the Signaling Trace Management tab page, double-click
Uu Interface Trace under LTE > Application Layer.
Step 3 Create and start a Uu interface tracing task.
Step 4 Remove some neighbor relationships so that there are missing neighboring cells in the
network. If a UE reports an ECGI during an intra-RAT handover to a missing neighboring cell
as indicated in a traced message, intra-RAT ANR has been activated. Figure 9-2 shows an
example of the tracing result.
Figure 9-2 Uu tracing result for intra-RAT ANR observation

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

92

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Step 5 Check whether the HO blacklist, HO whitelist, and RRC blacklist are configured successfully.
l

The HO blacklist takes effect if the cells in the blacklist can be detected by UEs, no
handovers to these cells are performed, and configuration data shows that the neighbor
relationships with these cells cannot be removed automatically.

The HO whitelist takes effect if the cells in the whitelist can be detected by UEs,
handovers to these cells can be performed, and configuration data shows that the
neighbor relationships with these cells cannot be removed automatically.

The RRC blacklist takes effect if it is included in the measurement configuration.

----End

SON Logs on the U2000 Client


To use SON logs to verify whether intra-RAT ANR has been activated, perform the following
steps:
Step 1 (Optional) Deliver optimization advice. This step is required when the Optimization Mode
parameter is set to CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED). The advice selection operation
varies depending on the advice type:
l

Optimization advice of adding or removing neighbor relationships: On the U2000 client,


choose SON > LTE ANR. In the Neighboring Cell Relationship to Be Handled pane
of the Neighboring Cell Management tab page, select the optimization advice to be
delivered.

Optimization advice on blind handover priorities: On the U2000 client, choose SON >
LTE Blind Neighboring Cell Optimization. On the Parameter Optimization Advice
tab page, select the optimization advice to be delivered.

Step 2 On the U2000 client, choose SON > SON Log.


Step 3 On the Query SON Log tab page, click LTE ANR Log in the Log Category drop-down list
in the upper left corner.
Step 4 In the Event Name area, select items such as Set ANR Switch, Add Neighboring Cell,
Delete Neighboring Cell, Add External Cell, Delete External Cell, SET handover
Blacklist & Whitelist, and Automatically Disable Handover one at a time to check
different types of ANR operations.
----End
NOTE

If there are several SON-related operations at the same time and one of the operations is incorrectly
executed all SON-related operations are rolled back. In this situation, only one error code is displayed in
the SON log, and other failed operations have the same error code.
The SON logs under the item SET handover Blacklist & Whitelist record the modification of No
remove indicator and No handover indicator by operators.

LTE ANR Management on the U2000 Client


To use the LTE ANR management function to view configured neighbor relationships,
perform the following steps:
Step 1 On the U2000 client, choose SON > LTE ANR.
Step 2 In the Neighboring Cell area on the Neighboring Cell Management tab page, check all
neighbor relationships of the specific source cell. The Creation Mode attribute indicates
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

93

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

whether a neighbor relationship is added by ANR. NON-ANR indicates that the neighbor
relationship is not added by ANR. ANR indicates that the neighbor relationship is added by
ANR. This function can be used to view all configured neighbor relationships, even if the
ANR feature is disabled.
----End

MML Commands
To use MML commands to verify whether intra-RAT ANR has been activated, perform the
following steps:
Step 1 Run the LST EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL and LST EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL
commands to list the configurations of neighbor relationships with intra- and inter-frequency
E-UTRAN cells, respectively.
Step 2 In the command output, check the value of the ANR flag parameter.
l

If the value is True, the intra-RAT neighbor relationship is automatically configured by


ANR.

If the value is False, the intra-RAT neighbor relationship is manually configured.

----End

9.3.8 Reconfiguration
None

9.3.9 Deactivation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple
eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
feature activation described in Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to Table 9-3.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

94

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Table 9-3 Parameters for intra-RAT ANR


MO

Sheet in the
Summary
Data File

Parameter
Group

Setting Notes

ENodeBAlgoSwitch

User-defined
sheet.
ENodeBAlgoS
witch is
recommended.

ANR
algorithm
switch, NRT
Delete Mode

Deselect the following options


of this parameter:
l IntraRatEventAnrSwitch
l IntraRatFastAnrSwitch
l IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch
l MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch
l IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch
l EUTRAN_DELREDUND
ANCENCELL

CELL

User-defined
sheet. CELL is
recommended.

IntraFreqAnrI
nd

Set this parameter to


NOT_ALLOWED.

EUTRANINTERNF
REQ

User-defined
sheet.
EUTRANINT
ERNFREQ is
recommended.

AnrInd

Set this parameter to


NOT_ALLOWED.

ANR

User-defined
sheet. ANR is
recommended.

Handover
threshold for
delete NRT

Set this parameter to 0.

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set parameters according to Table 9-3. For detailed instructions, see Using the
CME to Perform Single Configuration described for feature activation.

Using MML Commands


Deactivating Intra-RAT Event-triggered ANR
l

Deactivating Intra-RAT Event-triggered ANR


Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm
switch parameter deselected.

Deactivating Intra-RAT Frequency-Specific Event-triggered ANR


Run the MOD CELL command with the IntraFreq ANR Indication parameter set to
NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) to disable intra-RAT event-triggered ANR
dedicated for the serving frequency.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

95

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Run the MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ command with the ANR Indication


parameter set to NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) to disable intra-RAT eventtriggered ANR dedicated for a neighboring E-UTRAN frequency.
l

Deactivating Only Certain Functions of Intra-RAT Event-triggered ANR


If you intend to disable only certain functions of intra-RAT event-triggered ANR,
deselect the corresponding options of the ANR algorithm switch or NRT Delete Mode
parameter while leaving the IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch)
option of the ANR algorithm switch parameter on.

To disable automatic removal of intra-RAT neighbor relationships, deselect the


IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch(IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter. To disable only removal of redundant neighbor
relationships, deselect the EUTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL(Remove
Redundant E-UTRAN Neighbor Relationship) option of the NRT Delete Mode
parameter.

To disable event-triggered ANR based on MLB, deselect the


MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch(MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter. To disable event-triggered ANR based on servicebased handover measurements, deselect the
ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch(ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch) option of the
ANR algorithm switch parameter. To disable event-triggered ANR based on other
types of handover measurements, deselect the
IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch)
option of the ANR algorithm switch parameter.

To disable automatic optimization of neighbor relationships with cells of abnormal


success rates of intra-RAT handovers, deselect the
IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch(IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter.

Deactivating Intra-RAT Fast ANR


l

Deactivating Intra-RAT Fast ANR


Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
IntraRatFastAnrSwitch(IntraRatFastAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm
switch parameter deselected.

Deactivating Intra-RAT Frequency-Specific Fast ANR


Run the MOD CELL command with the IntraFreq ANR Indication parameter set to
NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) to disable intra-RAT fast ANR dedicated for
the serving frequency.
Run the MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ command with the ANR Indication
parameter set to NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) to disable intra-RAT fast ANR
dedicated for a neighboring E-UTRAN frequency.

Deactivating the Removal of Neighbor Relationships with the Cells to Which No


Handover Is Performed During a Measurement Period
Run the MOD ANR command with the Handover threshold for delete NRT parameter set
to 0.

MML Command Examples


Deactivating Intra-RAT Event-triggered ANR
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=IntraRatEventAnrSwitch-0;

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

96

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

MOD CELL: IntraFreqAnrInd=NOT_ALLOWED;


MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ: LocalCellId=xx, DlEarfcn=xx, AnrInd=NOT_ALLOWED;

Deactivating Automatic Removal of Intra-RAT Neighbor Relationships

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch-0;


MOD ANR: NrtDelMode=EUTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL-0;

Deactivating Event-triggered ANR based on MLB

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch-0;

Deactivating Event-triggered ANR based on Service-based Handover Measurements

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch-0;

Deactivating Event-triggered ANR based on Other Types of Handover Measurements

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch-0;

Deactivating Automatic Optimization of the No HO Attribute of Intra-RAT Neighbor


Relationships

MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:
AnrSwitch=IntraRatEventAnrSwitch-0&IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch-0;

Deactivating Intra-RAT Fast ANR


MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=IntraRatFastAnrSwitch-0;
MOD CELL: IntraFreqAnrInd=NOT_ALLOWED;
MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ: LocalCellId=xx, DlEarfcn=xx, AnrInd=NOT_ALLOWED;

Deactivating the Removal of Neighbor Relationships with the Cells to Which No


Handover Is Performed During a Measurement Period
MOD ANR: NcellHoForNRTDelThd=0;

9.4 Performance Monitoring


Using intra-RAT ANR decreases the probability that the configurations of neighboring cells
are missing or incorrect, thereby increasing the intra-RAT handover success rate and
decreasing the service drop rate. To monitor the performance of intra-RAT ANR, you can
check the performance counters related to handovers and service drops.
Table 9-4 lists the counters that can reflect the performance of the network where intra-RAT
ANR is enabled. As intra-RAT neighbor relationships are configured, the values of these
counters decrease.
Table 9-4 Counters related to intra-RAT ANR

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Counter ID

Counter Name

Counter Description

1526728398

L.IntraFreqHO.NoNR
T

Number of intra-frequency handover


initiation failures due to the target cell not
being configured as a neighboring cell for
the source cell

1526728399

L.InterFreqHO.NoNR
T

Number of inter-frequency handover


initiation failures due to the target cell not
being configured as a neighboring cell for
the source cell

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

97

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

9.5 Parameter Optimization


The following parameters may need to be modified after intra-RAT ANR is activated.
Table 9-5 ANR-related parameters
Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

ANR delete cell


threshold

ANR.DelCellThd

A larger value of this parameter results in a


higher probability of removing neighbor
relationships from NRTs.

Least Handover
Num for Statistic

ANR.NcellHoSta
tNum

A larger value of this parameter results in more


stable neighbor relationships in NRTs but a
longer delay in removing neighbor relationships
from NRTs.
If only a few UEs are involved in ANR
measurements on the live network, reduce the
value of this parameter to accelerate NRT
updates.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Statistic cycle

ANR.StatisticPer
iod

A larger value of this parameter results in more


accurate neighbor relationships added to NRTs
but a longer delay in updating NRTs.

Statistic Number
For Delete NRT

ANR.StatisticNu
mForNRTDel

A larger value of this parameter results in a


lower probability of removing neighbor
relationships from NRTs.

Statistic Cycle For


Delete NRT

ANR.StatisticPer
iodForNRTDel

A larger value of this parameter results in a


lower probability of removing neighbor
relationships from NRTs.

Fast ANR PCI


report amount

ANR.FastAnrRp
rtAmount

If only a few UEs are involved in periodic


measurements, increase the value of this
parameter. Otherwise, reduce it.

Fast ANR PCI


report interval

ANR.FastAnrRp
rtInterval

If UEs move in the high mobility state, reduce


the value of this parameter. Otherwise, increase
it.

Fast ANR
checking period

ANR.FastAnrCh
eckPeriod

If only a few UEs are involved in periodic


measurements, increase the value of this
parameter. Otherwise, reduce it.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

98

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Fast ANR
measurement
RSRP threshold

ANR.FastAnrRs
rpThd

A larger value of this parameter results in a


higher RSRP requirement and therefore higher
RSRP of the neighboring cells in the NCL.
l In densely populated urban areas, increase the
value of this parameter to reduce the
probability of adding neighboring cells with
low RSRP to the NCL.
l In sparsely populated areas, reduce the value
of this parameter to increase the probability
of adding neighboring cells with low RSRP
to the NCL.

IntraRat Fast ANR


measurement UE
number

ANR.FastAnrInt
raRatMeasUeNu
m

A larger value of this parameter results in more


accurate NCL/NRT entry addition but a greater
negative impact on quality of service and
network throughput.

IntraRat Fast ANR


valid measurement
min UE number

ANR.FastAnrInt
raRatUeNumThd

A larger value of this parameter results in more


accurate NCL/NRT entry addition but a greater
negative impact on quality of service and
network throughput.

Fast ANR Mode

ANR.FastAnrMo
de

This parameter specifies whether fast ANR adds


detected cells only to the NCL or to both the
NCL and NRTs.
l To allow fast ANR to add detected cells only
to the NCL, set this parameter to
NCL_MODE(NCL Mode).
l To allow fast ANR to add detected cells to
the NCL and add the neighbor relationship
with the strongest detected cell to an NRT, set
this parameter to NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL
and NRT Mode).
l To allow fast ANR to add detected cells to an
NRT based on the CGI reading results, set
this parameter to
NRT_MODE(NRT_MODE).
Currently, fast ANR adds only the neighbor
relationships with the strongest inter-frequency,
UTRAN, and GERAN cells to NRTs. It does not
add the neighbor relationships with the strongest
intra-frequency or CDMA2000 cells to NRTs.
The NCL mode always takes effect for the
detected intra-frequency and CDMA2000 cells,
irrespective of the parameter setting.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

99

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Set not handover


attribute threshold

ANR.NOHOSetT
hd

This parameter specifies the threshold for the


success rate of handovers from the local cell to a
neighboring cell. If the success rate is lower than
or equal to the threshold, ANR automatically sets
the No handover indicator parameter of the
neighbor relationship to prohibit handovers.
A larger value of this parameter results in a
higher probability of setting the No handover
indicator parameter to
FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho). A smaller
value of this parameter results in a lower
probability.
If the ANR.NoHoSetMode parameter is set to
PCI_CHECK(PCI_CHECK), it is
recommended that the ANR.NOHOSetThd
parameter be set to a value less than 80.

CA UE Chose
Mode

ANR.CaUeChos
eMode

This parameter specifies the policy based on


which the eNodeB selects CA UEs to perform
ANR measurements.
l If there are few CA UEs in the network, the
recommended value is
CA_UE_CARRIER_NUM(CA UE Carrier
Number).
l If there are a large number of CA UEs in the
network, the recommended value is
ANR_UE_CAP(ANR UE Capability).
l It is not recommended that this parameter be
set to ANR_UE_CAP(ANR UE
Capability). This is because this value
presents a strict UE selection condition,
affecting the efficiency of ANR.

ANR Frequency
Priority

Cell.FreqPriority
ForAnr
EutranInterNFr
eq.FreqPriorityF
orAnr

This parameter specifies the priority of an EUTRAN frequency for priority-based removal
when the number of neighbor relationships
reaches its maximum.
l A smaller value of this parameter indicates a
lower priority and a higher probability of
removing neighbor relationships with cells on
this E-UTRAN frequency.
l A larger value of this parameter results in the
opposite effects.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

100

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Smart
Preallocation
Mode

ANR.SmartPreal
locationMode

This parameter specifies whether to enable smart


preallocation during CGI reading.
l If this parameter is set to ENABLE(Enable),
smart preallocation takes effect during CGI
reading when smart preallocation is enabled.
In this case, uplink scheduling delay becomes
shorter but the DRX sleep time that UEs stay
becomes shorter, decreasing the success rate
of CGI reading. In addition, in PCI confusion
scenarios, the service drop rate may increase.
l If this parameter is set to
DISABLE(Disable), smart preallocation
does not take effect during CGI reading even
when smart preallocation is enabled. In this
case, uplink scheduling delay becomes longer
but the DRX sleep time that UEs stay
becomes longer, increasing the success rate of
CGI reading. In addition, in PCI confusion
scenarios, the service drop rate may decrease.

No Handover Set
Mode

ANR.NoHoSetM
ode

l If this parameter is set to


NO_CHECK(NO_CHECK) and the
number and success rate of handovers from
the local cell to a neighboring cell meet
certain conditions, the source eNodeB does
not instruct UEs to read the CGI of the
neighboring cell and directly sets the No
handover indicator parameter to
FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho) for this
neighboring cell.
l If this parameter is set to
PCI_CHECK(PCI_CHECK) and the
number and success rate of handovers from
the local cell to a neighboring cell meet
certain conditions, the source eNodeB
instructs UEs to read the CGI of the
neighboring cell to detect possible PCI
confusions. Based on the reading results, the
source eNodeB determines whether to set the
No handover indicator parameter to
FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho) for this
neighboring cell.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

101

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Optimization
Mode Strategy

ANR.OptModeSt
rategy

The
EutranCtrlOptMode(EutranCtrlOptMode)
option controls the delivery mode of
optimization advice of neighbor relationships
with E-UTRAN cells. This option takes effect if
the ANR.OptMode parameter is set to
CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED).
l If this option is selected, the eNodeB reports
the optimization advice to the U2000, and
operators determine whether to take the
advice on the U2000. The optimization is
subject to the manual confirmation.
l If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
automatically handles the neighbor
relationships with E-UTRAN cells.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Neighbor Cell
Deletion Punish
Period

ANR.NcellDelPu
nishPeriod

A smaller value of this parameter indicates a


shorter punishment period of removed neighbor
relationships and results in a lower probability
that removed neighbor relationships can be readded to NRTs by ANR and more stable NRTs.
A larger value of this parameter results in the
opposite effects.

EUTRAN
Neighbor Cell
Deletion Punish
Number

ANR.EutranNcel
lDelPunNum

This parameter specifies the number of times


penalty statistics about neighboring E-UTRAN
cell deletion are collected. When a neighbor
relationship with an E-UTRAN cell is deleted, it
can be added to the NRT again if the number of
times additions of the neighbor relationship are
triggered is greater than or equal to the value of
this parameter.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

102

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Table 9-6 DRX-related parameters


Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Long DRX Cycle for ANR

DRX.LongDrxCycleForAnr

This parameter specifies the


long DRX cycle for intraRAT ANR.
A larger value of this
parameter results in a longer
duration for UEs to perform
CGI reading and a longer
system delay.
To ensure the CGI reading
success rate, you are advised
to set the long DRX cycle to
a time greater than or equal
to 256 ms.

DRX Inactivity Timer For


ANR

DRX.DrxInactivityTimerForAnr

l A smaller value of this


parameter results in a
longer DRX sleep time
for UEs during CGI
reading, a higher CGI
reading success rate, a
longer delay of data
scheduling.
l A larger value of this
parameter results in the
opposite effects.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

103

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

Table 9-7 Parameters related to measurement gaps


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

VoIP With
Gap Mode

GlobalProcSwitch.Voip
WithGapMode

This parameter specifies whether a UE running


VoIP services can set up measurement gaps to
perform periodic measurements.
If a UE initiates VoIP services and sets up
bearers with QCI1 after being selected to
perform fast ANR measurements, the eNodeB
takes different actions on the measurement
configuration delivered to the UE depending on
the setting of the
EnodeBAlgoSwitch.VoipWithGapMode
parameter.
l If this parameter is set to ENABLE(enable),
the eNodeB does not delete the fast-ANRrelated measurement configuration.
l If this parameter is set to
DISABLE(disable), the eNodeB delivers
the RRC measurement reconfiguration to the
UE and deletes the fast-ANR-related
measurement configuration.

9.6 Troubleshooting
Fault Description
An intra- or inter-frequency handover fails.

Fault Handling
To check whether this handover failure is caused by an incorrect neighbor relationship
configuration, perform the following steps:
Step 1 On the U2000 client, start a Uu interface tracing task for the source cell.
Choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management. In the navigation tree
on the left of the Signaling Trace Management tab page, double-click Uu Interface Trace
under LTE > Application Layer. Create and start a Uu interface tracing task.
Step 2 In the tracing result, check whether the source eNodeB has delivered a handover command. A
handover command was delivered if the RRC_CONN_RECFG message contains the IE
mobilityControlInfo.
l

If the eNodeB has not delivered the handover command, go to Step 3.

If the eNodeB has delivered the handover command, contact Huawei technical support.

Step 3 Run the LST EUTRANEXTERNALCELL command to check whether the target cell has
been configured as an external cell on the source eNodeB. Run the LST
EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL or LST EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL command to
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

104

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines for Intra-RAT ANR

check whether the intra- or inter-frequency neighbor relationship between the source and
target cells has been configured on the source cell.
l

If they have not been configured, go to Step 4.

If they have been configured, contact Huawei technical support.


NOTE

In RAN sharing with common carriers mode, if the UE subscribes to a secondary operator, query
the EutranExternalCellPlmn MO to check whether the PLMN list has been configured.
Configure the PLMN list if it has not been configured.

Step 4 Check whether the switch for intra-RAT event-triggered ANR has been set to on.
l

If the switch is off, set it to on.

If the switch is on, go to Step 5.

Step 5 Check whether the UE supports intra-RAT ANR. For details, see 3.4 ANR Capabilities of
UEs.
l

If the UE supports intra-RAT ANR, contact Huawei technical support.

If the UE does not support intra-RAT ANR, no further action is required.

----End

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

105

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT


ANR

This chapter describes how to deploy inter-RAT ANR.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

106

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

10.1 When to Use Inter-RAT ANR


Inter-RAT ANR consists of event-triggered ANR and fast ANR. It is recommended that
operators plan the basic inter-RAT neighbor relationships before enable inter-RAT ANR. It is
recommended that inter-RAT event-triggered ANR be enabled all the time after network
construction finishes. Enable inter-RAT ANR if the network serves no commercial UEs or a
small number of commercial UEs. Disable inter-RAT ANR if the network serves a large
number of commercial UEs or the engineering optimization (for example, downtilt adjustment
and power adjustment) has finishes. Refer to the deployment suggestions described in 9.1
When to Use Intra-RAT ANR for when to use inter-RAT HO blacklists and whitelists.
To reduce the manual configuration workload, enable automatic optimization of blind
handover priorities and measurement priorities for inter-RAT neighbor relationships.

10.2 Required Information


None

10.3 Deployment
10.3.1 Process
None

10.3.2 Requirements
Inter-RAT ANR has the following requirements:
l

UEs on the network are DRX-capable and support ANR measurements on inter-RAT
cells.

iManager U2000 V200R015C00 or later is used. iManager U2000 V200R015C00 or


later supports the function of cross-U2000 neighboring cell information query.

The inter-RAT ANR measurement information (including frequencies to be measured)


has been configured. For ANR with UTRAN, the UtranNFreq MO has been configured.
For ANR with GERAN, the GeranNfreqGroup and GeranNfreqGroupArfcn MOs
have been configured. For details, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected
Mode Feature Parameter Description.

To use automatic optimization of blind handover priorities of inter-RAT neighbor


relationships, operators must enable the PS handover function and select the PS_HO
option of the CSFallBackPolicyCfg.CsfbHoPolicyCfg parameter. For details about
CSFB, see CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description.

Operators have purchased and activated the license listed in Table 10-1.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

107

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Table 10-1 License information for inter-RAT ANR


Feature ID

Feature Name

Mo
del

License
Control Item

NE

Sales Unit

LOFD-002002

Inter-RAT ANR

LT1
S00
IAN
R00

Inter-RAT ANR
(FDD)

eNode
B

per cell

10.3.3 Data Preparation


There are three types of data sources:
l

Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the
operator

Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and
negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment

User-defined: parameter values set by users

The following table describes the parameter that must be set in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO
to enable inter-RAT ANR.
Paramet
er
Name

Param
eter ID

Data
Source

Setting Notes

ANR
algorith
m switch

ENode
BAlgoS
witch.A
nrSwitc
h

Network
plan
(negotiat
ion not
required)

Set the following options by referring to 10.1 When to


Use Inter-RAT ANR:
l UtranEventAnrSwitch(UtranEventAnrSwitch)
l UtranFastAnrSwitch(UtranFastAnrSwitch)
l UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch)
l GeranEventAnrSwitch(GeranEventAnrSwitch)
l GeranFastAnrSwitch(GeranFastAnrSwitch)
l GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch)
l MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch(MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch)

Blind
Ncell
Optimiza
tion
Switch

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

ENode
BAlgoS
witch.B
lindNce
llOptSw
itch

Network
plan
(negotiat
ion not
required)

Set the following options by referring to 10.1 When to


Use Inter-RAT ANR:
l GeranBlindNcellOptSwitch
l UtranBlindNcellOptSwitch

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

108

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Paramet
er
Name

Param
eter ID

Data
Source

Setting Notes

Neighbo
ring Cell
Ranking
Switch

ENode
BAlgoS
witch.N
CellRa
nkingS
witch

Network
plan
(negotiat
ion not
required)

Set the following options:

Handove
r
Signalin
g
Optimize
d Switch

ENode
BAlgoS
witch.
HoSign
alingOp
tSwitch

Network
plan
(negotiat
ion not
required)

It is recommended that the McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich(McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich) option be selected.

l GERAN_SWITCH(GREAN Neighboring Cell


Ranking Switch)
l UTRAN_SWITCH(UTRAN Neighboring Cell
Ranking Switch)

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a UtranNFreq MO to specify
whether to allow ANR management of external cells and neighbor relationships with these
cells on a neighboring UTRAN frequency.
Paramet
er Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

ANR
Indicatio
n

UtranN
Freq.An
rInd

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Set this parameter to


NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) or
ALLOWED(ALLOWED) based on the
operator's policy.

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a GeranNfreqGroup MO to
specify whether to allow ANR management of external cells and neighbor relationships with
these cells on frequencies in a GERAN frequency group.
Paramet
er Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

ANR
Indicatio
n

GeranN
freqGro
up.AnrI
nd

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Set this parameter to


NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) or
ALLOWED(ALLOWED) based on the
operator's policy.

The following table describes the parameter that must be set in the GlobalProcSwitch MO to
control whether to enable the optimization of measurement configuration for ANR with
GERAN.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

109

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Paramet
er Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Protocol
Message
Optimiza
tion
Switch

GlobalP
rocSwit
ch.Proto
colMsg
OptSwit
ch

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Select the GeranAnrMcOptSwitch option.

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the ANR MO to specify
optimization mode, the threshold for removing a neighbor relationship from an NRT, and the
policy based on which the eNodeB adds a neighbor relationship to an NRT in event-triggered
ANR.
Paramet
er Name

Param
eter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Utran
Handover
Threshol
d for
Delete
NRT

ANR.U
tranNc
ellHoF
orNRT
DelThd

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

l If this parameter is set to a non-zero value


and the number of neighbor relationships in
an NRT has reached its maximum value, the
eNodeB determines whether to remove a
neighbor relationship with a neighboring cell
based on the number of measurement reports
that include the neighboring cell and the
number of handovers from the local cell to
the neighboring cell. When there are several
candidate neighbor relationships that meet
certain conditions, ANR removes the lowestpriority neighbor relationship. The priority is
determined by the number of handovers.
l If this parameter is set to 0 and the number of
neighbor relationships in an NRT has reached
its maximum value, the eNodeB determines
whether to remove a neighbor relationship
with a neighboring cell based on the number
of measurement reports that include the
neighboring cell.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

110

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Paramet
er Name

Param
eter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Geran
Handover
Threshol
d for
Delete
NRT

ANR.G
eranNc
ellHoF
orNRT
DelThd

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

l If this parameter is set to a non-zero value


and the number of neighbor relationships in
an NRT has reached its maximum value, the
eNodeB determines whether to remove a
neighbor relationship with a neighboring cell
based on the number of measurement reports
that include the neighboring cell and the
number of handovers from the local cell to
the neighboring cell. When there are several
candidate neighbor relationships that meet
certain conditions, ANR removes the lowestpriority neighbor relationship. The priority is
determined by the number of handovers.
l If this parameter is set to 0 and the number of
neighbor relationships in an NRT has reached
its maximum value, the eNodeB determines
whether to remove a neighbor relationship
with a neighboring cell based on the number
of measurement reports that include the
neighboring cell.

NRT
Delete
Mode

ANR.N
rtDelM
ode

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Select or deselect the following options by


referring to 10.1 When to Use Inter-RAT
ANR:
l UTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL(Rem
ove Redundant UTRAN Neighbor
Relationship)
l GERAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL(Rem
ove Redundant GERAN Neighbor
Relationship)
l UTRAN_DELERRORNCELL(Remove
Error UTRAN Neighbor Relationship)
l GERAN_DELERRORNCELL(Remove
Error GERAN Neighbor Relationship)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

111

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Paramet
er Name

Param
eter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Event
ANR
Mode

ANR.U
tranEv
entAnr
Mode

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

This parameter specifies the policy based on


which inter-RAT event-triggered ANR with
UTRAN adds a neighbor relationship to an NRT.
l If the adjacent cells of the source eNodeB do
not share a PCI, you are advised to set this
parameter to BASED_NCL(BASED_NCL).
The source eNodeB can add a neighbor
relationship to an NRT based on the
neighboring cell information in the NCL.
l If many cells are served by an eNodeB and
are not geographically adjacent, adjacent
cells of the eNodeB may share PCIs. In this
case, you are advised to set this parameter to
NOT_BASED_NCL(NOT_BASED_NCL).
The eNodeB instructs the UE to read the CGI
again. Based on the reported CGI, the
eNodeB adds a neighbor relationship to an
NRT.

Event
ANR
Mode

ANR.E
ventAn
rMode

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

This parameter specifies the policy based on


which inter-RAT event-triggered ANR with
GERAN adds a neighbor relationship to an NRT.
l If the adjacent cells of the source eNodeB do
not share a PCI, you are advised to set this
parameter to BASED_NCL(BASED_NCL).
The source eNodeB can add a neighbor
relationship to an NRT based on the
neighboring cell information in the NCL.
l If many cells are served by an eNodeB and
are not geographically adjacent, adjacent
cells of the eNodeB may share PCIs. In this
case, you are advised to set this parameter to
NOT_BASED_NCL(NOT_BASED_NCL).
The eNodeB instructs the UE to read the CGI
again. Based on the reported CGI, the
eNodeB adds a neighbor relationship to an
NRT.

The following table describes the parameter that must be set in the DRX MO to configure the
long DRX cycle that is specific for inter-RAT ANR.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

112

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Parame
ter
Name

Param
eter ID

Data
Source

Setting Notes

Long
DRX
Cycle
for InterRAT
ANR

Drx.Lo
ngDRX
Cyclefo
rIRatA
nr

Network
plan
(negotiat
ion not
required)

l If a neighboring UTRAN exists, retain the default


value SF1280(1280 subframes) for this parameter.
l If a neighboring GERAN exists, set this parameter to
SF2560(2560 subframes).

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the UtranNCell MO to
configure the UTRAN HO blacklist and the UTRAN HO whitelist.
Paramet
er Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

No
handover
flag

UtranN
Cell.No
HoFlag

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Set this parameter to


FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho) when
configuring an HO blacklist.
Set this parameter to
PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho) when
configuring an HO whitelist.

No
remove
indicator

UtranN
Cell.No
RmvFla
g

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Set this parameter to


FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR
Remove) when configuring either an HO
whitelist or an HO blacklist.

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the GeranNCell MO to
configure the GERAN HO blacklist and the GERAN HO whitelist.
Paramet
er Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

No
handover
flag

GeranN
Cell.No
HoFlag

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Set this parameter to


FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho) when
configuring an HO blacklist.
Set this parameter to
PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho) when
configuring an HO whitelist.

No
remove
indicator

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

GeranN
Cell.No
RmvFla
g

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Set this parameter to


FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR
Remove) when configuring either an HO
whitelist or an HO blacklist.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

113

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

10.3.4 Precautions
None

10.3.5 Hardware Adjustment


N/A

10.3.6 Activation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 10-2 in a summary data file, which also
contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed.
Then, import the summary data file into the CME for batch configuration. For detailed
instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the
eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB product documentation.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
l

The MOs in Table 10-2 are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this
situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.

Some MOs in Table 10-2 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In
this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the
parameters.

Table 10-2 Parameters for inter-RAT ANR

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

MO

Sheet in the
Summary Data File

Parameter
Group

Remarks

ENodeBAl
goSwitch

User-defined sheet.
ENodeBAlgoSwitch
is recommended.

AnrSwitch,
NCellRankingSw
itch

Add the ENodeBAlgoSwitch


sheet to the summary data file.

UTRANNF
REQ

User-defined sheet.
UTRANNFREQ is
recommended.

AnrInd

Add the UTRANNFREQ


sheet to the summary data file.

GERANNF
REQGROU
P

User-defined sheet.
GERANNFREQGR
OUP is
recommended.

AnrInd

Add the
GERANNFREQGROUP
sheet to the summary data file.

GLOBALP
ROCSWIT
CH

User-defined sheet.
GLOBALPROCSW
ITCH is
recommended.

GeranAnrMcOpt
Switch

Add the
GLOBALPROCSWITCH
sheet to the summary data file.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

114

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

MO

Sheet in the
Summary Data File

Parameter
Group

Remarks

ANR

User-defined sheet.
ANR is
recommended.

FastAnrRprtAmo
unt,
NrtDelMode,
UtranEventAnrM
ode,
GeranEventAnr
Mode

Add the ANR sheet to the


summary data file.

UtranNCell

User-defined sheet.
UtranNCell is
recommended.

NoHoFlag,
NoRmvFlag

Add the UtranNCell sheet to


the summary data file.

GeranNcell

User-defined sheet.
GeranNcell is
recommended.

NoHoFlag,
NoRmvFlag

Add the GeranNCell sheet to


the summary data file.

Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs


Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for
multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the
CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For detailed
operations, press F1 in a CME window and navigate to Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations >
Customizing a Summary Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration in the CME online
help.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >
Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB
data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.
Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export
Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

115

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration
window.
Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 10-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
Figure 10-1 MO search and configuration window

Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are
displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.
Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose
Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to
export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End

Using MML Commands


Activating Event-triggered ANR with UTRAN
Step 1 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
UtranEventAnrSwitch(UtranEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm switch
parameter selected.
Step 2 Run the MOD UTRANNFREQ command with the ANR Indication parameter set to
ALLOWED(ALLOWED).
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

116

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Step 3 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH with the


McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich(McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich) option of the Handover
Signaling Optimized Switch parameter selected.
Step 4 (Optional) In addition,
l

To enable "priority-based removal when the number of neighbor relationships reaches its
maximum", select the UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch)
option of the ANR algorithm switch parameter.

To enable removal of redundant neighbor relationships, select the


UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter and the UTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL(Remove
Redundant UTRAN Neighbor Relationship) option of the NRT Delete Mode
parameter.

To enable removal of inappropriate neighbor relationships, select the


UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter and the UTRAN_DELERRORNCELL(Remove Error
UTRAN Neighbor Relationship) option of the NRT Delete Mode parameter.

To enable event-triggered ANR based on MLB, select the


MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch(MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter.

----End
Activating Fast ANR with UTRAN
Step 1 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
UtranFastAnrSwitch(UtranFastAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm switch
parameter selected.
Step 2 Run the MOD UTRANNFREQ command with the ANR Indication parameter set to
ALLOWED(ALLOWED).
----End
Activating Event-triggered ANR with GERAN
Step 1 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
GeranEventAnrSwitch(GeranEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm switch
parameter selected.
Step 2 Run the MOD GERANNFREQGROUP command with the ANR Indication parameter set
to ALLOWED(ALLOWED).
Step 3 Run the MOD GLOBALPROCSWITCH with the GeranAnrMcOptSwitch option of the
Protocol Message Optimization Switch parameter selected.
Step 4 (Optional) In addition,
l

To enable "priority-based removal when the number of neighbor relationships reaches its
maximum", select the GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch)
option of the ANR algorithm switch parameter.

To enable removal of redundant neighbor relationships, select the


GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter and the GERAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL(Remove
Redundant GERAN Neighbor Relationship) option of the NRT Delete Mode
parameter.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

117

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

To enable removal of inappropriate neighbor relationships, select the


GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter and the GERAN_DELERRORNCELL(Remove Error
GERAN Neighbor Relationship) option of the NRT Delete Mode parameter.

To enable event-triggered ANR based on MLB, select the


MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch(MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter.

----End
Activating Fast ANR with GERAN
Step 1 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
GeranFastAnrSwitch(GeranFastAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm switch
parameter selected.
Step 2 Run the MOD GERANNFREQGROUP command with the ANR Indication parameter set
to ALLOWED(ALLOWED).
----End
Changing the Number of Periodic Measurement Reports for Fast ANR
Run the MOD ANR command with the Fast ANR PCI report amount parameter set to
r4(4).
Activating Automatic Optimization of Blind Handover Priorities for Neighboring
UTRAN Cells
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the UtranBlindNcellOptSwitch
option of the Blind Ncell Optimization Switch parameter selected.
Activating Automatic Optimization of Blind Handover Priorities for Neighboring
GERAN Cells
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the GeranBlindNcellOptSwitch
option of the Blind Ncell Optimization Switch parameter selected.
Activating Automatic Optimization of Measurement Priorities of UTRAN Neighbor
Relationships
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the UTRAN_SWITCH(UTRAN
Neighboring Cell Ranking Switch) option of the Neighboring Cell Ranking Switch
parameter selected.
Activating Automatic Optimization of Measurement Priorities of GERAN Neighbor
Relationships
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the GERAN_SWITCH(GREAN
Neighboring Cell Ranking Switch) option of the Neighboring Cell Ranking Switch
parameter selected.
Setting the NRT Entry Addition Mode
Run the MOD ANR with the Utran Event ANR Mode and Geran Event ANR Mode
parameters specified.
Configuring HO Blacklists and HO Whitelists
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

118

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Run the ADD UTRANNCELL and ADD GERANNCELL commands to configure UTRAN
and GERAN HO blacklists/whitelists, respectively.
l

To whitelist a cell, set the No handover indicator and No remove indicator parameters
to PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho) and FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR
Remove), respectively.

To blacklist a cell, set the No handover indicator and No remove indicator parameters
to FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho) and FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR
Remove), respectively.

MML Command Examples


Activating Event-triggered ANR with UTRAN
MOD
MOD
MOD
MOD
MOD
MOD

ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=UtranEventAnrSwitch-1;
UTRANNFREQ: LocalCellId=xx, UtranDlArfcn=xx, AnrInd=ALLOWED;
ENODEBALGOSWITCH: HoSignalingOptSwitch=McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich-1;
ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch-1;
ANR: NrtDelMode=UTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL-1&UTRAN_DELERRORNCELL-1;
ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch-1;

Activating Fast ANR with UTRAN


MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=UtranFastAnrSwitch-1;
MOD UTRANNFREQ: LocalCellId=xx, DlEarfcn=xx, AnrInd=ALLOWED;

Activating Event-triggered ANR with GERAN


MOD
MOD
MOD
MOD
MOD
MOD

ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=GeranEventAnrSwitch-1;
GERANNFREQGROUP: LocalCellId=xx, DlEarfcn=xx, AnrInd=ALLOWED;
GLOBALPROCSWITCH: ProtocolMsgOptSwitch=GeranAnrMcOptSwitch-1;
ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch-1;
ANR: NrtDelMode=GERAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL-1&GERAN_DELERRORNCELL-1;
ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch-1;

Activating Fast ANR with GERAN


MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=GeranFastAnrSwitch-1;
MOD GERANNFREQGROUP: LocalCellId=xx, DlEarfcn=xx, AnrInd=ALLOWED;

Changing the Number of Periodic Measurement Reports for Fast ANR


MOD ANR: FastAnrRprtAmount=r4;

Activating Automatic Optimization of Blind Handover Priorities for Neighboring


UTRAN Cells
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: BlindNcellOptSwitch=UtranBlindNcellOptSwitch-1;

Activating Automatic Optimization of Blind Handover Priorities for Neighboring


GERAN Cells
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: BlindNcellOptSwitch=GeranBlindNcellOptSwitch-1;

Activating Automatic Optimization of Measurement Priorities of UTRAN Neighbor


Relationships
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: NCellRankingSwitch=UTRAN_SWITCH-1;

Activating Automatic Optimization of Measurement Priorities of GERAN Neighbor


Relationships
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: NCellRankingSwitch=GERAN_SWITCH-1;

Setting the NRT Entry Addition Mode


Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

119

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

MOD ANR: UtranEventAnrMode=NOT_BASED_NCL;


MOD ANR: GeranEventAnrMode=NOT_BASED_NCL;

Configuring the UTRAN HO Blacklist and Whitelist


ADD UTRANNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="460", Mnc="00", RncId=123, CellId=0,
NoHoFlag=FORBID_HO_ENUM, NoRmvFlag=FORBID_RMV_ENUM;
ADD UTRANNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="460", Mnc="00", RncId=123, CellId=0,
NoHoFlag=PERMIT_HO_ENUM, NoRmvFlag=FORBID_RMV_ENUM;

Configuring the GERAN HO Blacklist and Whitelist


ADD GERANNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="460", Mnc="00", Lac=1, GeranCellId=0,
NoRmvFlag=FORBID_RMV_ENUM, NoHoFlag=FORBID_HO_ENUM;
ADD GERANNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="460", Mnc="00", Lac=1, GeranCellId=0,
NoRmvFlag=FORBID_RMV_ENUM, NoHoFlag=PERMIT_HO_ENUM;

10.3.7 Activation Observation


The procedure for observing the activation of inter-RAT ANR is similar to that of intra-RAT
ANR. For details, see 9.3.7 Activation Observation. The difference is that the commands
used to list the configurations of neighbor relationships with UTRAN cells and GERAN cells
are LST UTRANNCELL and LST GERANNCELL, respectively.

10.3.8 Reconfiguration
None

10.3.9 Deactivation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple
eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
feature activation described in Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to Table 10-3.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

120

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Table 10-3 Parameters for inter-RAT ANR


MO

Sheet in the
Summary Data File

Parameter
Group

Setting Notes

ENodeBAlgoSwit
ch

User-defined sheet.
ENodeBAlgoSwitch
is recommended.

ANR
algorithm
switch,
Blind Ncell
Optimizatio
n Switch,
NCellRanki
ngSwitch,
HoSignaling
OptSwitch

l Deselect the
corresponding options to
deactivate the ANR
algorithm:
UtranEventAnrSwitch
GeranEventAnrSwitch
UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch
GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch
UtranFastAnrSwitch
GeranFastAnrSwitch
MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch
UTRAN_DELREDU
NDANCENCELL
GERAN_DELREDU
NDANCENCELL
UTRAN_DELERRO
RNCELL
l Deselect the
corresponding options to
deactivate automatic
optimization of blind
handover priorities of
inter-RAT neighbor
relationships:
UtranBlindNcellOptSwitch
GeranBlindNcellOptS
witch
l Deselect the
corresponding options to
deactivate automatic
optimization of
measurement priorities of
inter-RAT neighbor
relationships:
UTRAN_SWITCH
GERAN_SWITCH
l Deselected the
McUtranNcellNumOptS
wtich option to disable

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

121

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Sheet in the
Summary Data File

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Parameter
Group

Setting Notes
the optimization of the
number of neighboring
UTRAN cells contained
in the measurement
configuration.

UTRANNFREQ

User-defined sheet.
UTRANNFREQ is
recommended.

AnrInd

Set this parameter to


NOT_ALLOWED.

GERANNFREQ
GROUP

User-defined sheet.
GERANNFREQGR
OUP is recommended.

AnrInd

Set this parameter to


NOT_ALLOWED.

GLOBALPROCS
WITCH

User-defined sheet.
GLOBALPROCSWI
TCH is
recommended.

ProtocolMsg
OptSwitch

Deselect the
GeranAnrMcOptSwitch
option to disable the
optimization of the
measurement configuration
related to ANR with
GERAN.

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set parameters according to Table 10-3. For detailed instructions, see Using the
CME to Perform Single Configuration described for feature activation.

Using MML Commands


Deactivating Event-triggered ANR with UTRAN
Step 1 Run the MOD UTRANNFREQ command with the ANR Indication parameter set to
NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) to disable event-triggered ANR with UTRAN
dedicated for a UTRAN frequency.
Step 2 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
UtranEventAnrSwitch(UtranEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm switch
parameter deselected.
Step 3 (Optional) However, if you intend to disable only certain functions of event-triggered ANR
with UTRAN, deselect the corresponding options of the ANR algorithm switch or NRT
Delete Mode parameter while leaving the UtranEventAnrSwitch(UtranEventAnrSwitch)
option of the ANR algorithm switch parameter on.
l

To disable automatic removal of neighbor relationships with UTRAN cells, deselect the
UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

To disable only removal of redundant neighbor relationships, deselect the


UTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL(Remove Redundant UTRAN Neighbor
Relationship) option of the NRT Delete Mode parameter.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

122

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

To disable only removal of inappropriate neighbor relationships, deselect the


UTRAN_DELERRORNCELL(Remove Error UTRAN Neighbor Relationship)
option of the NRT Delete Mode parameter.

To disable event-triggered ANR based on MLB, deselect the


MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch(MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter.

To disable the optimization of the number of neighboring UTRAN cells contained in the
measurement configuration, deselect the
McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich(McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich) option of the
Handover Signaling Optimized Switch parameter.

----End
Deactivating Fast ANR with UTRAN
Step 1 Run the MOD UTRANNFREQ command with the ANR Indication parameter set to
NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) to disable fast ANR with UTRAN dedicated for a
UTRAN frequency.
Step 2 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
UtranFastAnrSwitch(UtranFastAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm switch
parameter deselected.
----End
Deactivating Event-triggered ANR with GERAN
Step 1 Run the MOD GERANNFREQGROUP with the ANR Indication parameter set to
NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) to disable event-triggered ANR with GERAN
dedicated for a GERAN frequency group.
Step 2 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
GeranEventAnrSwitch(GeranEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm switch
parameter deselected.
Step 3 (Optional) However, if you intend to disable only certain functions of event-triggered ANR
with GERAN, deselect the corresponding options of the ANR algorithm switch or NRT
Delete Mode parameter while leaving the GeranEventAnrSwitch(GeranEventAnrSwitch)
option of the ANR algorithm switch parameter on.
l

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

To disable automatic removal of neighbor relationships with GERAN cells, deselect the
GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter.

To disable only removal of redundant neighbor relationships, deselect the


GERAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL(Remove Redundant GERAN Neighbor
Relationship) option of the NRT Delete Mode parameter.

To disable only removal of inappropriate neighbor relationships, deselect the


GERAN_DELERRORNCELL(Remove Error GERAN Neighbor
Relationship) option of the NRT Delete Mode parameter.

To disable event-triggered ANR based on MLB, deselect the


MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch(MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch) option of the ANR
algorithm switch parameter.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

123

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

To disable the optimization of the measurement configuration related to ANR with


GERAN, deselect the GeranAnrMcOptSwitch option of the Protocol Message
Optimization Switch parameter.

----End
Deactivating Fast ANR with GERAN
Step 1 Run the MOD GERANNFREQGROUP command with the ANR Indication parameter set
to NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED) to disable fast ANR with GERAN dedicated for a
GERAN frequency group.
Step 2 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
GeranFastAnrSwitch(GeranFastAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm switch
parameter deselected.
----End
Deactivating Automatic Optimization of Blind Handover Priorities for Neighboring
UTRAN Cells
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the UtranBlindNcellOptSwitch
option of the Blind Ncell Optimization Switch parameter deselected.
Deactivating Automatic Optimization of Blind Handover Priorities for Neighboring
GERAN Cells
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the GeranBlindNcellOptSwitch
option of the Blind Ncell Optimization Switch parameter deselected.
Deactivating Automatic Optimization of Measurement Priorities of UTRAN Neighbor
Relationships
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the UTRAN_SWITCH(UTRAN
Neighboring Cell Ranking Switch) option of the Neighboring Cell Ranking Switch
parameter deselected.
Deactivating Automatic Optimization of Measurement Priorities of GERAN Neighbor
Relationships
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the GERAN_SWITCH(GREAN
Neighboring Cell Ranking Switch) option of the Neighboring Cell Ranking Switch
parameter deselected.

MML Command Examples


Deactivating Event-triggered ANR with UTRAN
MOD
MOD
MOD
MOD
MOD
MOD

UTRANNFREQ: LocalCellId=xx, DlEarfcn=xx, AnrInd=NOT_ALLOWED;


ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=UtranEventAnrSwitch-0;
ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch-0;
ANR: NrtDelMode=UTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL-0&UTRAN_DELERRORNCELL-0;
ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch-0;
ENODEBALGOSWITCH: HoSignalingOptSwitch=McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich-0;

Deactivating Fast ANR with UTRAN


MOD UTRANNFREQ: LocalCellId=xx, DlEarfcn=xx, AnrInd=NOT_ALLOWED;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=UtranFastAnrSwitch-0;

Deactivating Event-triggered ANR with GERAN


Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

124

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description
MOD
MOD
MOD
MOD
MOD
MOD

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

GERANNFREQGROUP: LocalCellId=xx, DlEarfcn=xx, AnrInd=NOT_ALLOWED;


ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=GeranEventAnrSwitch-0;
ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch-0;
ANR: NrtDelMode=GERAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL-0&GERAN_DELERRORNCELL-0;
ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch-0;
GLOBALPROCSWITCH: ProtocolMsgOptSwitch=GeranAnrMcOptSwitch-0;

Deactivating Fast ANR with GERAN


MOD GERANNFREQGROUP: LocalCellId=xx, DlEarfcn=xx, AnrInd=NOT_ALLOWED;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: AnrSwitch=GeranFastAnrSwitch-0;

Deactivating Automatic Optimization of Blind Handover Priorities for Neighboring


UTRAN Cells
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: BlindNcellOptSwitch=UtranBlindNcellOptSwitch-0;

Deactivating Automatic Optimization of Blind Handover Priorities for Neighboring


GERAN Cells
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: BlindNcellOptSwitch=GeranBlindNcellOptSwitch-0;

Deactivating Automatic Optimization of Measurement Priorities of UTRAN Neighbor


Relationships
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: NCellRankingSwitch=UTRAN_SWITCH-0;

Deactivating Automatic Optimization of Measurement Priorities of GERAN Neighbor


Relationships
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: NCellRankingSwitch=GERAN_SWITCH-0;

10.4 Performance Monitoring


Using inter-RAT ANR decreases the probability that the configurations of neighboring cells
are missing or incorrect, thereby increasing the inter-RAT handover success rate and
decreasing the service drop rate. To monitor the performance of inter-RAT ANR, you can
check the performance counters related to handovers and service drops.
Table 10-4 lists the performance counters that can reflect the network performance after interRAT ANR is enabled. As inter-RAT neighbor relationships are configured, the values of these
counters decrease.
Table 10-4 Counters related to inter-RAT ANR

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Counter
ID

Counter Name

Counter Description

15267284
68

L.IRATHO.E2
W.NoNRT

Number of handover initiation failures from E-UTRAN to


WCDMA networks due to the target cell not being
configured as a neighboring cell for the source cell

15267284
69

L.IRATHO.E2
T.NoNRT

Number of handover initiation failures from E-UTRAN to


TD-SCDMA networks due to the target cell not being
configured as a neighboring cell for the source cell

15267284
70

L.IRATHO.E2
G.NoNRT

Number of handover initiation failures from E-UTRAN to


GERAN due to the target cell not being configured as a
neighboring cell for the source cell

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

125

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

10.5 Parameter Optimization


The parameters that may need to be modified after inter-RAT ANR is activated are similar to
those to be modified after intra-RAT ANR is activated. The following table describes only the
parameters that are specific to inter-RAT ANR.
Table 10-5 Parameters specific to inter-RAT ANR
Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

InterRat Fast ANR


measurement UE
number

ANR.FastAnrInt
erRatMeasUeNu
m

A larger value of this parameter results in more


accurate NCL/NRT entry addition but a greater
negative impact on quality of service and uplink
network throughput.

IntraRat Fast ANR


valid measurement
min UE number

ANR.FastAnrInt
erRatUeNumThd

A larger value of this parameter results in more


accurate NCL/NRT entry addition but a greater
negative impact on quality of service and uplink
network throughput.

UTRAN Fast ANR


RSCP threshold

ANR.FastAnrRs
cpThd

A larger value of this parameter results in a


higher RSCP requirement and therefore higher
RSCP of the neighboring cells in the NCL.
l In densely populated urban areas, increase
the value of this parameter to reduce the
probability of adding neighboring cells with
low RSCP to the NCL.
l In sparsely populated areas, reduce the value
of this parameter to increase the probability
of adding neighboring cells with low RSCP
to the NCL.

GERAN Fast ANR


RSSI threshold

ANR.FastAnrRs
siThd

A larger value of this parameter results in a


higher RSSI requirement and therefore higher
RSSI of the neighboring cells in the NCL.
l In densely populated urban areas, increase
the value of this parameter to reduce the
probability of adding neighboring cells with
low RSSI to the NCL.
l In sparsely populated areas, reduce the value
of this parameter to increase the probability
of adding neighboring cells with low RSSI to
the NCL.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

126

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

ANR Frequency
Priority

UtranNFreq.Fre
qPriorityForAnr

This parameter specifies the priority of a


neighboring UTRAN frequency for prioritybased removal when the number of neighbor
relationships reaches its maximum.
l A smaller value of this parameter indicates a
lower priority and a higher probability of
removing neighbor relationships with cells
on this UTRAN frequency.
l A larger value of this parameter results in the
opposite effects.

ANR Frequency
Priority

GeranNfreqGro
up.FreqPriority
ForAnr

This parameter specifies the priority of a


neighboring GERAN frequency group for
priority-based removal when the number of
neighbor relationships reaches its maximum.
l A smaller value of this parameter indicates a
lower priority and a higher probability of
removing neighbor relationships with cells
on this UTRAN frequency.
l A larger value of this parameter results in the
opposite effects.

Period for
Neighboring Cell
Ranking

ANR.PeriodFor
NCellRanking

A larger value of this parameter results in more


samples.

Event ANR With


VoIP Mode

ANR.EventAnr
WithVoipMode

This parameter controls whether an eNodeB


selects UEs performing services with a QCI of 1
to perform measurements for even-triggered
ANR with UTRAN or GERAN.

UTRAN Event
ANR CGI Timer

ANR.UtranEven
tAnrCgiTimer

A larger value of this parameter results in a


longer time for UEs to perform CGI reading for
event-triggered ANR with UTRAN, a larger
success rate of CGI reading, and a longer
scheduling latency, affecting user experience.

For a network that serves a large number of


UEs, reduce the value of this parameter to
accelerate measurement priorities updates.

A smaller value of this parameter results in a


shorter time for UEs to perform CGI reading for
event-triggered ANR with UTRAN and a
smaller success rate of CGI reading.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

127

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

GERAN Event
ANR CGI Timer

ANR.GeranEven
tAnrCgiTimer

A larger value of this parameter results in a


longer time for UEs to perform CGI reading for
event-triggered ANR with GERAN, a larger
success rate of CGI reading, and a longer
scheduling latency, affecting user experience.
A smaller value of this parameter results in a
shorter time for UEs to perform CGI reading for
event-triggered ANR with GERAN and a
smaller success rate of CGI reading.

Optimization Mode
Strategy

ANR.OptModeSt
rategy

The UtranCtrlOptMode(UtranCtrlOptMode)
option controls the delivery mode of
optimization advice of neighbor relationships
with UTRAN cells. This option takes effect if
the ANR.OptMode parameter is set to
CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED).
l If this option is selected, the eNodeB reports
the optimization advice to the U2000, and
operators determine whether to take the
advice on the U2000. The optimization is
subject to the manual confirmation.
l If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
automatically handles the neighbor
relationships with UTRAN cells.
The
GeranCtrlOptMode(GeranCtrlOptMode)
option controls the delivery mode of
optimization advice of neighbor relationships
with GERAN cells. This option takes effect if
the ANR.OptMode parameter is set to
CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED).
l If this option is selected, the eNodeB reports
the optimization advice to the U2000, and
operators determine whether to take the
advice on the U2000. The optimization is
subject to the manual confirmation.
l If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
automatically handles the neighbor
relationships with GERAN cells.

Neighbor Cell
Deletion Punish
Period

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

ANR.NcellDelP
unishPeriod

A smaller value of this parameter indicates a


shorter punishment period of removed neighbor
relationships and results in a lower probability
that removed neighbor relationships can be readded to NRTs by ANR and more stable NRTs.
A larger value of this parameter results in the
opposite effects.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

128

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

UTRAN Neighbor
Cell Deletion
Punish Number

ANR.UtranNcell
DelPunNum

This parameter specifies the number of times


penalty statistics about neighboring UTRAN
cell deletion are collected. When a neighbor
relationship with a UTRAN cell is deleted, it
can be added to the NRT again if the number of
times additions of the neighbor relationship are
triggered is greater than or equal to the value of
this parameter.

Table 10-6 Parameters related to bind handover priorities


Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Statistic Period

BlindNcellOpt.St
atisticPeriod

A larger value of this parameter results in more


samples. For a network that serves a large
number of UEs, reduce the value of this
parameter to accelerate NRT updates.

Sample Number
Threshold

BlindNcellOpt.S
ampleNumThd

A larger value of this parameter results in a


larger number of required samples within a
measurement period and a lower probability of
optimizing blind handover priorities.

Handover Success
Ratio Threshold

BlindNcellOpt.H
oSuccRateThd

A larger value of this parameter results in a


lower probability of allowing blind handovers to
a neighboring cell.
It is recommended that this parameter be set to a
value not less than 98% to prevent failures of
handovers for CSFB.

CSFB Handover
Attemption Ratio
Threshold

BlindNcellOpt.C
sfbHoAttempRati
oThd

A larger value of this parameter results in a


lower probability of allowing blind handovers to
a neighboring cell.

Blind Handover
Success Ratio
Threshold

BlindNcellOpt.B
lindHoSuccRate
Thd

A larger value of this parameter results in a


higher probability of prohibiting blind
handovers to a neighboring cell.

10.6 Troubleshooting
Fault Description
A coverage-based handover from an E-UTRAN cell to a UTRAN cell fails.

Fault Handling
To check whether this handover failure is caused by an incorrect neighbor relationship
configuration, perform the following steps:
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

129

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines for Inter-RAT ANR

Step 1 Start a Uu interface tracing task for the source cell on the U2000 client. In the tracing result,
check whether the eNodeB has delivered a handover command, which carries the IE
mobilityFromEUTRACommand.
l

If the eNodeB has not delivered the handover command, go to Step 2.

If the eNodeB has delivered the handover command, contact Huawei technical support.

Step 2 Run the LST UTRANEXTERNALCELL command to check whether the target cell has
been configured as an external cell on the source eNodeB. Run the LST UTRANNCELL
command to check whether the neighbor relationship between the source and target cells has
been configured on the source cell.
l

If they have not been configured, go to Step 3.

If they have been configured, contact Huawei technical support.


NOTE

In RAN sharing with common carriers mode, if the UE subscribes to a secondary operator, query
the UtranExternalCellPlmn MO to check whether the PLMN list has been configured. Configure
the PLMN list if it has not been configured.

Step 3 Check whether the switch for event-triggered ANR with UTRAN has been set to on.
l

If the switch is off, set it to on.

If the switch is on, go to Step 4.

Step 4 Check whether the UE supports ANR with UTRAN.


l

If the UE supports ANR with UTRAN, contact Huawei technical support.

If the UE does not support ANR with UTRAN, no further action is required.

----End

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

130

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

Engineering Guidelines for ANR with


Shared Cells

This chapter describes how to deploy ANR with shared cells.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

131

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

11.1 When to Use ANR with Shared Cells


ANR with Shared E-UTRAN Cells
Enable ANR with shared E-UTRAN cells when both of the following conditions are met:
l

Neighboring E-UTRAN cells are shared by operators.

If the shared E-UTRAN cells broadcast their PLMN lists in an RR manner, select
the NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch(NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.RanSharingAnrSwitch parameter.

If the shared E-UTRAN cells do not broadcast their PLMN lists in an RR manner,
select the NBSLTERANSharingSwitch(NBSLTERANSharingSwitch) option
and clear the NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch(NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch)
option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.RanSharingAnrSwitch parameter.

The serving and neighboring cells are managed by the same U2000, or the configuration
data of the neighboring cells has been imported to the U2000 that manages the serving
cell.

Disable ANR with shared E-UTRAN cells when one of the following conditions is met:
l

Neighboring E-UTRAN cells are not shared by operators.

The serving and neighboring cells are not managed by the same U2000 and the U2000
that manages the serving cell does not contain the configuration data of the neighboring
cells.

ANR with Shared UTRAN Cells


Enable ANR with shared UTRAN cells by selecting the
NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch(NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.RanSharingAnrSwitch parameter when both of the following
conditions are met:
l

Neighboring UTRAN cells are shared by operators.

The serving and neighboring cells are managed by the same U2000, or the configuration
data of the neighboring cells has been imported to the U2000 that manages the serving
cell.

Disable ANR with shared UTRAN cells when one of the following conditions is met:
l

Neighboring UTRAN cells are not shared by operators.

The serving and neighboring cells are not managed by the same U2000 and the U2000
that manages the serving cell does not contain the configuration data of the neighboring
cells.

ANR with Shared GERAN Cells


Enable ANR with shared GERAN cells by selecting the
NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch(NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch) option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.RanSharingAnrSwitch parameter when both of the following
conditions are met:
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

132

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

Neighboring GERAN cells are shared by operators.

The serving and neighboring cells are managed by the same U2000, or the configuration
data of the neighboring cells has been imported to the U2000 that manages the serving
cell.

Disable ANR with shared GERAN cells when one of the following conditions is met:
l

Neighboring GERAN cells are not shared by operators.

The serving and neighboring cells are not managed by the same U2000 and the U2000
that manages the serving cell does not contain the configuration data of the neighboring
cells.

11.2 Required Information


None

11.3 Deployment
11.3.1 Process
None

11.3.2 Requirements
ANR with shared cells has the following requirements:
l

UEs on the network are DRX-capable and support ANR measurements on intrafrequency, inter-frequency, or inter-RAT cells (depending on the ANR type).

Event-triggered ANR or fast ANR with the corresponding RAT is enabled. This is
required because UEs need to read CGIs over the radio interface.

iManager U2000 V200R015C00 or later is used. iManager U2000 V200R015C00 or


later supports the function of cross-U2000 neighboring cell information query. If the
serving cell and neighboring cells are not managed by the same U2000, the U2000 that
manages the serving cell must support the function of cross-U2000 neighboring cell
information query. In this case, operators need to import the neighboring cell information
to the U2000 that manages the serving cell on scheduled basis. Assumes that the serving
cell (cell A) is managed by U2000 A, and the neighboring cell (cell B) is managed by
U2000 B. The operations and requirements of importing neighboring cell information to
U2000 A is as follows:

Set a server in U2000 B for automatically uploading files through the FTP to U2000
A and transfer information of neighboring cells managed by U2000 B to U2000 A.
On the menu bar of the U2000 client, choose Software > FTP Auto Upload
Management > Target Server Setting. The Target Server Setting dialog box is
displayed. In the left pane, select CME NCCDM and click Add. In the displayed
dialog box, set the parameters as follows:
Set the Server IP parameter to the IP address of U2000 A.
Set the Server Directory to the file path where files are stored after they are
transferred to the FTP server.
For details, see "Setting a Server for Auto-Uploading Files Through the FTP" in the
Software and Hardware Management in the U2000 product documentation.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

133

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

On the U2000 B, use the CME to create a task of exporting the neighboring cell
data in U2000 B on scheduled basis. The corresponding task type is Inter-System
Neighboring Cell Export. In the task interface, Import Inter-Rat ANR Data must
be selected.
For details, see "Synchronizing Inter-System Neighboring Cell Data on a Scheduled
Basis" in iManager U2000 MBB Network System Online Help.

On U2000 A, enable cross-U2000 neighboring cell information query by selecting


Enable cross-OSS neighboring cell optimization. Enter the file path of the
neighboring cell information. The file path must be the same as that set in U2000 B
for storing neighboring cell information, that is the value of Server Directory.
For details, see "Setting ANR Switches and Parameters" in SON Management in the
U2000 product documentation.
NOTE

When performing cross-OSS neighbor cell information query, you are advised to use ftpuser.
In this case, the neighboring cell information to be queried is saved in the relative file path of
the peer U2000 server. For details about the relative file path and absolute file path, see
iManager U2000 MBB Network Management System Product Documentation.

11.3.3 Data Preparation


There are three types of data sources:
l

Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the
operator

Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and
negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment

User-defined: parameter values set by users

The following table describes the parameter that must be set to enable ANR with shared cells.
Param
eter
Name

Parameter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

ANR
Under
RAN
Sharin
g
Algorit
hm
Switch

ENodeBAlgoSwitc
h.RanSharingAnrS
witch

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Set the following options by


referring to the deployment
suggestion of ANR with shared
cells:
l NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch(NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch)
l NBSLTERANSharingSwitch(NBSLTERANSharingSwitch)
l NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch(NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch)
l NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch(NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

134

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

Param
eter
Name

Parameter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Intra
Freque
ncy
RAN
Sharin
g
Indicati
on

Cell.IntraFreqRan
SharingInd

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

If a shared intra-frequency
neighboring E-UTRAN cell
broadcasts its PLMN list in an RR
manner or a shared intra-frequency
neighboring E-UTRAN cell does
not broadcast its PLMN list in an
RR manner, the recommended value
is BOOLEAN_TRUE(True).

Inter
Freque
ncy
RAN
Sharin
g
Indicati
on

EutranInterNFreq
.InterFreqRanShar
ingInd

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

If a shared inter-frequency
neighboring E-UTRAN cell
broadcasts its PLMN list in an RR
manner or a shared inter-frequency
neighboring E-UTRAN cell does
not broadcast its PLMN list in an
RR manner, the recommended value
is BOOLEAN_TRUE(True).

UTRA
N
Freque
ncy
RAN
Sharin
g
Indicati
on

UtranNFreq.Utran
RanSharingInd

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

If a neighboring UTRAN cell is


shared by operators, the
recommended value is
BOOLEAN_TRUE(True).

GERA
N Freq
Group
RAN
Sharin
g
Indicati
on

GeranNfreqGroup
.GeranRanSharing
Ind

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

If a neighboring GERAN cell is


shared by operators, the
recommended value is
BOOLEAN_TRUE(True).

11.3.4 Precautions
None

11.3.5 Hardware Adjustment


N/A

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

135

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

11.3.6 Activation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 11-1 in a summary data file, which also
contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed.
Then, import the summary data file into the CME for batch configuration. For detailed
instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the
eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB product documentation.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
l

The MOs in Table 11-1 are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this
situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.

Some MOs in Table 11-1 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In
this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the
parameters.

Table 11-1 Parameters for ANR with shared cells

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

MO

Sheet in the
Summary
Data File

Parameter
Group

Remarks

ENodeBAlgo
Switch

User-defined
sheet.
ENodeBAlgo
Switch is
recommended
.

RanSharingAnr
Switch

Add the ENodeBAlgoSwitch sheet to


the summary data file.

CELL

User-defined
sheet. CELL
is
recommended
.

IntraFreqRanS
haringInd

Add the CELL sheet to the summary


data file.

EUTRANINT
ERNFREQ

User-defined
sheet.
EUTRANIN
TERNFREQ
is
recommended
.

InterFreqRanS
haringInd

Add the EUTRANINTERNFREQ


sheet to the summary data file.

UTRANNFR
EQ

User-defined
sheet.
UTRANNFR
EQ is
recommended
.

UtranRanShari
ngInd

Add the UTRANNFREQ sheet to the


summary data file.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

136

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

MO

Sheet in the
Summary
Data File

Parameter
Group

Remarks

GERANNFR
EQGROUP

User-defined
sheet.
GERANNFR
EQGROUP
is
recommended
.

GeranRanShari
ngInd

Add the GERANNFREQGROUP


sheet to the summary data file.

Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs


Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for
multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the
CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For detailed
operations, press F1 in a CME window and navigate to Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations >
Customizing a Summary Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration in the CME online
help.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >
Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB
data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.
Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export
Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration
window.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

137

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 11-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
Figure 11-1 MO search and configuration window

Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are
displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.
Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose
Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to
export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End

Using MML Commands


Activating ANR with Shared E-UTRAN Cells That Broadcast PLMN Lists in an RR
Manner
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch(NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch) option of the ANR Under
RAN Sharing Algorithm Switch parameter selected.
Run the MOD CELL command with the Intra Frequency RAN Sharing Indication
parameter set to BOOLEAN_TRUE(True).
Run the MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ command with the Inter Frequency RAN
Sharing Indication parameter set to BOOLEAN_TRUE(True).
Activating ANR with Shared E-UTRAN Cells That Do Not Broadcast PLMN Lists in an
RR Manner
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

138

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the


NBSLTERANSharingSwitch(NBSLTERANSharingSwitch) option of the ANR Under
RAN Sharing Algorithm Switch parameter selected.
Run the MOD CELL command with the Intra Frequency RAN Sharing Indication
parameter set to BOOLEAN_TRUE(True).
Run the MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ command with the Inter Frequency RAN
Sharing Indication parameter set to BOOLEAN_TRUE(True).
Activating ANR with Shared UTRAN Cells
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch(NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch) option of the ANR
Under RAN Sharing Algorithm Switch parameter selected.
Run the MOD UTRANNFREQ command with the UTRAN Frequency RAN Sharing
Indication parameter set to BOOLEAN_TRUE(True).
Activating ANR with Shared GERAN Cells
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch(NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch) option of the ANR
Under RAN Sharing Algorithm Switch parameter selected.
Run the MOD GERANNFREQGROUP command with the GERAN Freq Group RAN
Sharing Indication parameter set to BOOLEAN_TRUE(True).

MML Command Examples


Activating ANR with Shared E-UTRAN Cells That Broadcast PLMN Lists in an RR
Manner
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: RanSharingAnrSwitch=NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch-1;
MOD CELL: IntraFreqRanSharingInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE;
MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ: InterFreqRanSharingInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE;

Activating ANR with Shared E-UTRAN Cells That Do Not Broadcast PLMN Lists in an
RR Manner
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:
RanSharingAnrSwitch=NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch-0&NBSLTERANSharingSwitch-1;
MOD CELL: IntraFreqRanSharingInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE;
MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ: InterFreqRanSharingInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE;

Activating ANR with Shared UTRAN Cells


MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: RanSharingAnrSwitch=NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch-1;
MOD UTRANNFREQ: UtranRanSharingInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE;

Activating ANR with Shared GERAN Cells


MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: RanSharingAnrSwitch=NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch-1;
MOD GERANNFREQGROUP: GeranRanSharingInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE;

11.3.7 Activation Observation


The procedure for observing the activation of ANR with shared cells is similar to that of intraRAT ANR. For details, see 9.3.7 Activation Observation. The difference is that ANR with
shared cells automatically maintains the PLMN list of a shared neighboring cell. Observe
whether this feature has been activated by running the following MML commands: LST
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

139

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

EUTRANEXTERNALCELLPLMN, LST UTRANEXTERNALCELLPLMN, and LST


GERANEXTERNALCELLPLMN.

11.3.8 Reconfiguration
None

11.3.9 Deactivation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple
eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
feature activation described in Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to Table 11-2.
Table 11-2 Parameters for ANR with shared cells
MO

Sheet in the
Summary Data File

Parameter
Group

Setting Notes

ENodeBAlgoSwit
ch

User-defined sheet.
ENodeBAlgoSwitch
is recommended.

RanSharing
AnrSwitch

Clear the following options


of this parameter:
l NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch
l NBSLTERANSharingSwitch
l NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch
l NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

CELL

User-defined sheet.
CELL is
recommended.

IntraFreqRa
nSharingInd

BOOLEAN_FALSE

EUTRANINTER
NFREQ

User-defined sheet.
EUTRANINTERNF
REQ is
recommended.

InterFreqRa
nSharingInd

BOOLEAN_FALSE

UTRANNFREQ

User-defined sheet.
UTRANNFREQ is
recommended.

UtranRanSh
aringInd

BOOLEAN_FALSE

GERANNFREQ
GROUP

User-defined sheet.
GERANNFREQGR
OUP is recommended.

GeranRanSh
aringInd

BOOLEAN_FALSE

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

140

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set parameters according to Table 11-2. For detailed instructions, see Using the
CME to Perform Single Configuration described for feature activation.

Using MML Commands


Deactivating ANR with Shared E-UTRAN Cells That Broadcast PLMN Lists in an RR
Manner
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch(NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch) option of the ANR Under
RAN Sharing Algorithm Switch parameter deselected.
Run the MOD CELL command with the Intra Frequency RAN Sharing Indication
parameter set to BOOLEAN_FALSE(False).
Run the MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ command with the Inter Frequency RAN
Sharing Indication parameter set to BOOLEAN_FALSE(False).
Deactivating ANR with Shared E-UTRAN Cells That Do Not Broadcast PLMN Lists in
an RR Manner
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
NBSLTERANSharingSwitch(NBSLTERANSharingSwitch) option of the ANR Under
RAN Sharing Algorithm Switch parameter deselected.
Run the MOD CELL command with the Intra Frequency RAN Sharing Indication
parameter set to BOOLEAN_FALSE(False).
Run the MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ command with the Inter Frequency RAN
Sharing Indication parameter set to BOOLEAN_FALSE(False).
Deactivating ANR with Shared UTRAN Cells
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch(NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch) option of the ANR
Under RAN Sharing Algorithm Switch parameter deselected.
Run the MOD UTRANNFREQ command with the UTRAN Frequency RAN Sharing
Indication parameter set to BOOLEAN_FALSE(False).
Deactivating ANR with Shared GERAN Cells
Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the
NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch(NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch) option of the ANR
Under RAN Sharing Algorithm Switch parameter deselected.
Run the MOD GERANNFREQGROUP command with the GERAN Freq Group RAN
Sharing Indication parameter set to BOOLEAN_FALSE(False).

MML Command Examples


Deactivating ANR with Shared E-UTRAN Cells That Broadcast PLMN Lists in an RR
Manner
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: RanSharingAnrSwitch=NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch-0;
MOD CELL: IntraFreqRanSharingInd=BOOLEAN_FALSE;
MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ: InterFreqRanSharingInd=BOOLEAN_FALSE;

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

141

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

Deactivating ANR with Shared E-UTRAN Cells That Do Not Broadcast PLMN Lists in
an RR Manner
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: RanSharingAnrSwitch=NBSLTERANSharingSwitch-0;
MOD CELL: IntraFreqRanSharingInd=BOOLEAN_FALSE;
MOD EUTRANINTERNFREQ: InterFreqRanSharingInd=BOOLEAN_FALSE;

Deactivating ANR with Shared UTRAN Cells


MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: RanSharingAnrSwitch=NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch-0;
MOD UTRANNFREQ: UtranRanSharingInd=BOOLEAN_FALSE;

Deactivating ANR with Shared GERAN Cells


MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: RanSharingAnrSwitch=NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch-0;
MOD GERANNFREQGROUP: GeranRanSharingInd=BOOLEAN_FALSE;

11.4 Performance Monitoring


Using ANR with shared cells decreases the probability that the configurations of neighboring
cells are missing or incorrect, thereby increasing the handover success rate and decreasing the
service drop rate. To monitor the performance of ANR with shared cells, you can check the
performance counters related to handovers and service drops. In addition, you can check the
counters for intra- or inter-RAT ANR for reference.

11.5 Parameter Optimization


None

11.6 Troubleshooting
Fault Description
When an E-UTRAN cell is shared by operators, a UE that subscribes to a secondary operator
experiences a failure of an intra-RAT handover to the cell.

Fault Handling
To check whether this handover failure is caused by an incorrect neighbor relationship
configuration, perform the following steps:
Step 1 On the U2000 client, start a Uu interface tracing task for the source cell.
1.

Choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management.

2.

In the navigation tree on the left of the Signaling Trace Management tab page, doubleclick Uu Interface Trace under LTE > Application Layer. Create and start a Uu
interface tracing task.

Step 2 In the tracing result, check whether the source eNodeB has delivered a handover command. A
handover command was delivered if the RRC_CONN_RECFG message contains the IE
mobilityControlInfo.
l

If the eNodeB has not delivered the handover command, go to Step 3.

If the eNodeB has delivered the handover command, contact Huawei technical support.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

142

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Engineering Guidelines for ANR with Shared Cells

Step 3 Run the LST EUTRANEXTERNALCELL command to check whether the target cell has
been configured as an external cell on the source eNodeB. Run the LST
EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL or LST EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL command to
check whether the intra- or inter-frequency neighbor relationship between the source and
target cells has been configured on the source cell. Run the LST
EUTRANEXTERNALCELLPLMN command to check whether the PLMN list has been
configured for the external cell.
l

If they have not been configured, go to Step 4.

If they have been configured, contact Huawei technical support.

Step 4 Check whether the source and target eNodeBs are managed by the same U2000.
l

If they are managed by the same U2000, go to Step 5.

If they are not managed by the same U2000, contact Huawei technical support.

Step 5 Check whether the switch for intra-RAT event-triggered ANR and the switch for ANR with
shared cells have been set to on.
l

If the switches are off, set them to on.

If the switches are on, go to Step 6.

Step 6 Check whether the UE supports intra-RAT ANR.


l

If the UE supports intra-RAT ANR, contact Huawei technical support.

If the UE does not support intra-RAT ANR, no further action is required.

----End

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

143

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

12

12 Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT Self-Management


Based on X2 Messages

Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT

Self-Management Based on X2 Messages

12.1 When to Use NCL/NRT Self-Management Based on


X2 Messages
The following are deployment suggestions for the X2-based NCL/NRT entry addition and
update function:
l

Enable this function if an X2 interface is configured between the local and peer eNodeBs
and operators do not use the CME to modify the eNodeB configurations that affect
neighbor relationships. Examples of the configuration data are parameters
eNodeBFunction.eNodeBId, Cell.CellId, Cell.LocalCellId, Cell.PhyCellId, and
Cell.DlEarfcn, as well as the parameters in the MOs CnOperator, CnOperatorTa, and
CellOp.

Disable this function if one of the following conditions is met:

An X2 interface is configured between the local and peer eNodeBs, and operators
use the CME to modify the eNodeB configurations. If the function is enabled in this
situation, eNodeB configurations may be lost or abnormal because of configuration
conflicts between the function and the CME.

An X2 interface is configured between the local and peer eNodeBs, and there are
cells that are served by the local eNodeB and are not geographically adjacent. You
are advised to disable this function to prevent the peer eNodeB from adding
neighbor relationships with the remote cells to the NRTs.

No X2 interface is configured between the local and peer eNodeBs.

The following are deployment suggestions for the X2-based NCL/NRT entry removal
function:
l

Enable this function if NCL/NRT update based on X2 messages has been enabled and
the GlobalProcSwitch.X2ServedCellType parameter is set to
CONFIGURED_CELL(Configured Cell). Disable this function if one of the following
conditions is met:

Disable this function if one of the following conditions is met:

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

144

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

12 Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT Self-Management


Based on X2 Messages

Operators use the CME to modify eNodeB configurations. If the function is enabled
in this situation, eNodeB configurations may be lost or abnormal because of
configuration conflicts between the function and the CME.

The GlobalProcSwitch.X2ServedCellType parameter is set to


ACTIVE_CELL(Active Cell).

No X2 interface is configured between the local and peer eNodeBs.

12.2 Required Information


None

12.3 Deployment
12.3.1 Process
None

12.3.2 Requirements
X2 interface self-management has been enabled. For details about X2 interface selfmanagement, see S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.

12.3.3 Data Preparation


There are three types of data sources:
l

Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the
operator

Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and
negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment

User-defined: parameter values set by users

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the GlobalProcSwitch MO
for NCL/NRT self-management based on X2 messages.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Paramet
er Name

Parameter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Update
eNB
Configur
ation Via
X2
Switch

GlobalProcSwitch.
X2BasedUptENode
BCfgSwitch

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Set this parameter by referring


to 12.1 When to Use
NCL/NRT Self-Management
Based on X2 Messages.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

145

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

12 Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT Self-Management


Based on X2 Messages

Paramet
er Name

Parameter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Delete
Ncell
Configur
ation Via
X2
Switch

GlobalProcSwitch.
X2BasedDelNcellCf
gSwitch

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

It is recommended that this


parameter be set to ON(On) if
the
GlobalProcSwitch.X2Served
CellType parameter is set to
CONFIGURED_CELL(Conf
igured Cell). The
GlobalProcSwitch.X2BasedD
elNcellCfgSwitch parameter
takes effect only when
GlobalProcSwitch.X2BasedU
ptENodeBCfgSwitch is set to
ON(On).

12.3.4 Precautions
None

12.3.5 Hardware Adjustment


N/A

12.3.6 Activation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 12-1 in a summary data file, which also
contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data file
into the Configuration Management Express (CME) for batch configuration.
Then, import the summary data file into the CME for batch configuration. For detailed
instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the
eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB product documentation.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
l

The managed objects (MOs) in Table 12-1 are contained in a scenario-specific summary
data file. In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the
file.

Some MOs in Table 12-1 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In
this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the
parameters.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

146

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

12 Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT Self-Management


Based on X2 Messages

Table 12-1 Parameters for NCL/NRT self-management based on X2 messages


MO

Sheet in the
Summary
Data File

Parameter Group

Remarks

ENodeB
AlgoSwit
ch

User-defined
sheet.
ENodeBAlgo
Switch is
recommended
.

X2BasedUptENodeBCfgSwitch,
X2BasedDelNcellCfgSwitch

Add the ENodeBAlgoSwitch


sheet to the summary data
file.

Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs


Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for
multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the
CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For detailed
operations, press F1 in a CME window and navigate to Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations >
Customizing a Summary Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration in the CME online
help.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >
Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB
data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.
Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export
Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration
window.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

147

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

12 Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT Self-Management


Based on X2 Messages

Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 12-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
Figure 12-1 MO search and configuration window

Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are
displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.
Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose
Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to
export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End

Using MML Commands


l

Activating NCL/NRT Entry Addition and Update


Run the MOD GLOBALPROCSWITCH command with the Update eNB
Configuration Via X2 Switch parameter set to ON(On).

Activating NCL/NRT Entry Removal


Run the MOD GLOBALPROCSWITCH command with both the Update eNB
Configuration Via X2 Switch and Delete Ncell Configuration Via X2 Switch
parameters set to ON(On).

MML Command Examples


l

Activating NCL/NRT Entry Addition and Update


MOD GLOBALPROCSWITCH: X2BasedUptENodeBCfgSwitch=ON;

Activating NCL/NRT Entry Removal


MOD GLOBALPROCSWITCH: X2BasedUptENodeBCfgSwitch=ON,
X2BasedDelNcellCfgSwitch=ON;

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

148

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

12 Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT Self-Management


Based on X2 Messages

12.3.7 Activation Observation


To check whether NCL/NRT self-management based on X2 messages has been activated,
perform the following steps:
Step 1 Log in to the U2000 client, and choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace
Management.
Step 2 In the navigation tree on the left of the Signaling Trace Management tab page, double-click
X2 Interface Trace under LTE > Application Layer.
Step 3 Create and start an X2 interface tracing task.
Step 4 Check the tracing result.
If the local eNodeB sends an X2_SETUP_REQUEST message (as shown in Figure 12-2) or
ENB_CONFIGURATION_UPDATE message (as shown in Figure 12-3) that contains its
configurations, the peer eNodeB adds or updates the configuration based on the message. The
NCL/NRT entry addition and update function has been activated.
Figure 12-2 Example of X2_SETUP_REQUEST message

Figure 12-3 Example 1 of ENB_CONFIGURATION_UPDATE message

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

149

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

12 Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT Self-Management


Based on X2 Messages

If the ENB_CONFIGURATION_UPDATE message (as shown in Figure 12-4) contains the


IE Served Cell to Delete, the peer eNodeB removes the neighbor relationships with the
removed cells. The NCL/NRT entry removal function has been activated.
Figure 12-4 Example 2 of ENB_CONFIGURATION_UPDATE message

----End

12.3.8 Reconfiguration
None

12.3.9 Deactivation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple
eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
feature activation described in Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to Table 12-2.
Table 12-2 Parameters for NCL/NRT self-management based on X2 messages
MO

Sheet in the
Summary
Data File

Parameter
Group

Setting Notes

ENodeBAlgoSwitch

User-defined
sheet.
ENodeBAlgoS
witch is
recommended.

X2BasedUptE
NodeBCfgSwi
tch,
X2BasedDelN
cellCfgSwitch

Set the parameters to OFF.

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set parameters according to Table 12-2. For detailed instructions, see Using the
CME to Perform Single Configuration described for feature activation.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

150

12 Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT Self-Management


Based on X2 Messages

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Using MML Commands


l

Deactivating NCL/NRT Entry Addition and Update


Run the MOD GLOBALPROCSWITCH command with the Update eNB
Configuration Via X2 Switch parameter set to OFF(Off).

Deactivating NCL/NRT Entry Removal


Run the MOD GLOBALPROCSWITCH command with the Delete Ncell
Configuration Via X2 Switch parameter set to OFF(Off).

MML Command Examples


l

Deactivating NCL/NRT Entry Addition and Update


MOD GLOBALPROCSWITCH: X2BasedUptENodeBCfgSwitch=OFF;

Deactivating NCL/NRT Entry Removal


MOD GLOBALPROCSWITCH: X2BasedDelNcellCfgSwitch=OFF;

12.4 Performance Monitoring


NCL/NRT self-management based on X2 messages decreases the probability of missing or
incorrect neighbor relationship configurations. This increases the handover success rate and
decreases the service drop rate. To monitor the self-management performance, check the
following data:
l

Performance counters
Collect the performance counters listed in the following table. Then, use the following
formula to calculate the service drop rate:
Service Drop Rate = L.E-RAB.AbnormRel/(L.E-RAB.NormRel + L.ERAB.AbnormRel) x 100%

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Counter ID

Counter Name

Counter Description

1526726995

L.HHO.IntraeNB.IntraFr
eq.PrepAttOut

Number of intra-eNodeB
intra-frequency outgoing
handover attempts in a cell

1526726996

L.HHO.IntraeNB.IntraFr
eq.ExecAttOut

Number of intra-eNodeB
intra-frequency outgoing
handover executions in a
cell

1526726997

L.HHO.IntraeNB.IntraFr
eq.ExecSuccOut

Number of successful intraeNodeB intra-frequency


outgoing handovers in a
cell

1526727001

L.HHO.IntereNB.IntraFr
eq.PrepAttOut

Number of inter-eNodeB
intra-frequency outgoing
handover attempts in a cell

1526727002

L.HHO.IntereNB.IntraFr
eq.ExecAttOut

Number of inter-eNodeB
intra-frequency outgoing
handover executions in a
cell

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

151

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

12 Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT Self-Management


Based on X2 Messages

Counter ID

Counter Name

Counter Description

1526727003

L.HHO.IntereNB.IntraFr
eq.ExecSuccOut

Number of successful intereNodeB intra-frequency


outgoing handovers in a
cell

1526726998

L.HHO.IntraeNB.InterFr
eq.PrepAttOut

Number of intra-eNodeB
inter-frequency outgoing
handover attempts in a cell

1526726999

L.HHO.IntraeNB.InterFr
eq.ExecAttOut

Number of intra-eNodeB
inter-frequency outgoing
handover executions in a
cell

1526727000

L.HHO.IntraeNB.InterFr
eq.ExecSuccOut

Number of successful intraeNodeB inter-frequency


outgoing handovers in a
cell

1526727004

L.HHO.IntereNB.InterFr
eq.PrepAttOut

Number of inter-eNodeB
inter-frequency outgoing
handover attempts in a cell

1526727005

L.HHO.IntereNB.InterFr
eq.ExecAttOut

Number of inter-eNodeB
inter-frequency outgoing
handover executions in a
cell

1526727006

L.HHO.IntereNB.InterFr
eq.ExecSuccOut

Number of successful intereNodeB inter-frequency


outgoing handovers in a
cell

1526727546

L.E-RAB.AbnormRel

Total number of abnormal


releases of activated ERABs initiated by the
eNodeB in a cell

1526727547

L.E-RAB.NormRel

Total number of normal ERAB releases initiated by


the eNodeB in a cell

SON logs
Export SON logs. SON logs record the operations of adding, updating, and removing
external cells and neighbor relationships based on X2 messages. The logs contain
information about both the serving and neighboring cells.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

152

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

12 Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT Self-Management


Based on X2 Messages

12.5 Parameter Optimization


The parameters that need to be modified after inter-RAT ANR is activated are similar to those
to be modified after intra-RAT ANR is activated. The following table describes only the
parameters that are specific to inter-RAT ANR.
Table 12-3 Parameters for NCL/NRT self-management based on X2 messages
Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Update eNB
Configuration Via
X2 Policy

GlobalProcSwitch.
X2BasedUptENode
BPolicy

You are advised to set the


FreqAddCtrl(FreqAddCtrl) option based
on the operator's frequency configuration
policy. If an eNodeB adds neighboring
frequencies based on X2 messages and this
option is selected, the eNodeB filters the
frequencies based on the PLMN information.
Otherwise, the eNodeB does not filter the
frequencies based on the PLMN information.

12.6 Troubleshooting
Fault Description
NCL/NRT entries cannot be added, updated, or removed based on X2 messages.

Fault Handling
To handle the fault, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Run the LST GLOBALPROCSWITCH command to check the switch settings.
If NCL/NRT entries cannot be added or updated, check the setting of the Update eNB
Configuration Via X2 Switch parameter.
If NCL/NRT entries cannot be removed, check the settings of the Update eNB
Configuration Via X2 Switch and Delete Ncell Configuration Via X2 Switch parameters.
l

If a value is Off, set the parameter to ON(On).

If the values are On, go to Step 2.

Step 2 On the U2000 client, choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management.
In the navigation tree on the left of the Signaling Trace Management tab page, double-click
X2 Interface Trace under LTE > Application Layer. Create and start an X2 interface
tracing task for the source cell.
Step 3 Modify or remove the configuration of a cell under an eNodeB. Check the tracing result to
determine whether the eNodeB has sent an ENB CONFIGURATION UPDATE message to
inform the peer eNodeB of the change.
l
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

If the eNodeB has sent the message, contact Huawei technical support.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

153

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

12 Engineering Guidelines for NCL/NRT Self-Management


Based on X2 Messages

If the eNodeB did not send the message, go to Step 4.

Step 4 Run the DSP X2INTERFACE command to check whether the X2 interface is configured and
works normally.
l

If the X2 interface is normal, contact Huawei technical support.

If the X2 interface is abnormal, see S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter


Description for details about how to handle the fault.

----End

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

154

13 Engineering Guidelines for Neighboring Cell


Classification

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

13

Engineering Guidelines for

Neighboring Cell Classification

13.1 When to Use Neighboring Cell Classification


Use neighboring cell classification when intra-RAT event-triggered ANR is enabled. If
neighboring cell classification is enabled, you are advised to enable the function of automatic
optimization of neighbor relationships with cells of abnormal success rates of intra-RAT
handovers.

13.2 Required Information


None

13.3 Deployment
13.3.1 Process
None

13.3.2 Requirements
Operators have purchased and activated the license listed in Table 13-1.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

155

13 Engineering Guidelines for Neighboring Cell


Classification

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

Table 13-1 License information for neighbor cell classification


Feature ID

Feature Name

Mo
del

License
Control
Item

NE

Sales Unit

LOFD-08122
5

Neighbor Cell
Classification
Management

LT1
S00
NC
CM
00

Neighbor
Cell
Classificat
ion
Managem
ent (Per
Cell)

Cell

Per cell

13.3.3 Data Preparation


There are three types of data sources:
l

Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the
operator

Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and
negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment

User-defined: parameter values set by users

The following table describes the parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO to
activate neighboring cell classification.
Paramet
er Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Neighbor
Cell
Classifica
tion Mgt
Switch

CellAlg
oSwitch
.NCellCl
assMgtS
w

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Select or deselect the following options by


referring to 13.1 When to Use Neighboring
Cell Classification:
l INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW(INTR
A_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW)
l NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW(NCEL
L_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW)
l NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW(NC
ELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW)

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO
to enable automatic optimization of neighbor relationships with cells of abnormal success
rates of intra-RAT handovers and set the ANR.NoHoSetMode parameter to
PCI_CHECK(PCI_CHECK).

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

156

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

13 Engineering Guidelines for Neighboring Cell


Classification

Paramet
er Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

ANR
algorithm
switch

ENodeB
AlgoSwi
tch.Anr
Switch

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Select the IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch(IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch) option.

No
Handove
r Set
Mode

ANR.N
oHoSet
Mode

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

Set this parameter to


PCI_CHECK(PCI_CHECK).

13.3.4 Precautions
None

13.3.5 Hardware Adjustment


N/A

13.3.6 Activation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 13-2 in a summary data file, which also
contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed.
Then, import the summary data file into the CME for batch configuration. For detailed
instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the
eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB product documentation.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
l

The MOs in Table 13-2 are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this
situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.

Some MOs in Table 13-2 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In
this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the
parameters.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

157

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

13 Engineering Guidelines for Neighboring Cell


Classification

Table 13-2 Parameters for neighboring cell classification


MO

Sheet in
the
Summar
y Data
File

Parameter Group

Remarks

CellAlgo
Switch

Userdefined
sheet.
CellAlgo
Switch is
recomme
nded.

NCellClassMgtSw

Add the CellAlgoSwitch


sheet to the summary data
file.

NCellCla
ssMgt

Userdefined
sheet.
NCellCla
ssMgt is
recomme
nded.

StatPeriodForNcellClass,
HoAttemptThd

Add the NCellClassMgt


sheet to the summary data
file.

NoHoSet
Mode

Userdefined
sheet.
NoHoSet
Mode is
recomme
nded.

NoHoSetMode

Add the ANR sheet to the


summary data file.

Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs


Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for
multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the
CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For detailed
operations, press F1 in a CME window and navigate to Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations >
Customizing a Summary Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration in the CME online
help.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >
Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB
data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

158

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

13 Engineering Guidelines for Neighboring Cell


Classification

Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export
Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration
window.
Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 13-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
Figure 13-1 MO search and configuration window

Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are
displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

159

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

13 Engineering Guidelines for Neighboring Cell


Classification

Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose
Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to
export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End

Using MML Commands


Activating neighboring cell classification
Step 1 Run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command with the
INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW(INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW) of the
Neighbor Cell Classification Mgt Switch parameter selected.
Step 2 (Optional) In addition,
l

To enable "target cell selection based on neighboring cell classification", select the
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW(NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW) option.

To enable "PCI confusion detection based on neighboring cell classification", select the
NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW(NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW)
option.

Step 3 Run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command with the


IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch(IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch) option of the ANR algorithm
switch parameter selected.
Step 4 Run the MOD ANR command with the PCI_CHECK(PCI_CHECK) option of the No
Handover Set Mode parameter selected.
----End

MML Command Examples


Activating neighboring cell classification
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH:
NCELLCLASSMGTSW=INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW-1&NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW-1&NCELL_CLASS_
PCI_CONFLICT_SW-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:
AnrSwitch=IntraRatEventAnrSwitch-1&IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch-1;
MOD ANR: NoHoSetMode=PCI_CHECK;

13.3.7 Activation Observation


SON Logs on the U2000 Client
To use SON logs to verify whether neighboring cell management has been activated, perform
the following steps:
Step 1 On the U2000 client, choose SON > SON Log.
Step 2 On the Query SON Log tab page, click LTE Neighbor cell Classification Management
Log in the Log Category drop-down list in the upper left corner.
Step 3 Click Set Neighbor Cell Classified Identity in the Custom list under Event Name. Then
click Query to query SON logs of neighboring cell classification.
----End
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

13 Engineering Guidelines for Neighboring Cell


Classification

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MML Commands
Run the LST EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL or LST EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL to
check the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter value. If the parameter value for a
neighboring cell is FORMAL(FORMAL) or EXTENDED(EXTENDED), this function has
been activated.

13.3.8 Reconfiguration
None

13.3.9 Deactivation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple
eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
feature activation described in Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to Table 13-3.
Table 13-3 Parameters for neighboring cell classification
MO

Sheet in the
Summary
Data File

Parameter
Group

Setting Notes

CellAlgoSwitch

User-defined
sheet.
CellAlgoSwitc
h is
recommended.

Neighbor Cell
Classification
Mgt switch

Deselect the following options


of this parameter:
l INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CL
ASS_SW
l NCELL_CLASS_HO_PO
LICY_SW
l NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CO
NFLICT_SW

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set parameters according to Table 13-3. For detailed instructions, see Using the
CME to Perform Single Configuration described for feature activation.

Using MML Commands


Deactivating neighboring cell classification
Run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command with the
INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW(INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW),
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW(NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW), and
NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW(NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW)
options of the Neighbor Cell Classification Mgt Switch parameter deselected.
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

13 Engineering Guidelines for Neighboring Cell


Classification

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MML Command Examples


Deactivating neighboring cell classification
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH:
NCELLCLASSMGTSW=INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW-0&NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW-0&NCELL_CLASS_
PCI_CONFLICT_SW-0;

13.4 Performance Monitoring


For details, see 9.4 Performance Monitoring.

13.5 Parameter Optimization


The following parameters may need to be modified after neighboring cell classification is
activated.
Table 13-4 Parameters for neighboring cell classification
Parameter Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Statistic Period For


Neighbor Cell
Classification

NCellClassMgt.
StatPeriodForN
CellClass

A larger value of this parameter results in higher


stability of the neighboring cell classification
label status but lower timeliness of the reflection
of network performance.
A smaller value of this parameter results in lower
stability of both the neighboring cell
classification label status and the neighboring cell
classification algorithm.

Handover Attempt
Threshold

NCellClassMgt.
HoAttemptThd

A smaller value of this parameter results in a


higher probability that the attributes of
neighboring cells are labeled as formal, a lower
probability of detecting potential neighboring
cells with conflicted PCIs, and a higher
probability that inappropriate neighboring cells
are selected as target cells in PCI conflict
scenarios.
A larger value of this parameter results in a lower
probability that the attributes of neighboring cells
are labeled as formal, a larger number of
handovers that are performed based on ECGI
reading results, a greater impact on UE
throughput due to ECGI reading, and a higher
probability of detecting potential neighboring
cells with conflicted PCIs.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

13 Engineering Guidelines for Neighboring Cell


Classification

13.6 Troubleshooting
Fault Description
The result of the LST EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL or LST
EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL command shows configured neighbor relationships.
However, the result of the DSP EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL or DSP
EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL command does not show any configured neighbor
relationship, respectively.

Fault Handling
Perform the following steps for troubleshooting:
Step 1 Run the LST EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL or LST EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL to
check the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter value.
Step 2 If the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter value for a neighboring cell in the result
is EXTENDED(EXTENDED), then you must set the Neighbor Cell Classification Flag
parameter to EXTENDED(EXTENDED) or ALL(ALL) when running the DSP
EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL command to query the information of the neighboring cell.
If the Neighbor Cell Classification Label parameter value for a neighboring cell in the result
is FORMAL(FORMAL), then you must set the Neighbor Cell Classification Flag
parameter to FORMAL(FORMAL) or ALL(ALL) when running the DSP
EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL command to query the information of the neighboring cell.
Run the DSP EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL or DSP EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL
command, the information of neighboring cells for which the Neighbor Cell Classification
Label parameter is set to FORMAL(FORMAL) is displayed.
----End

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

163

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

14

14 Engineering Guidelines for PLMN ID Management

Engineering Guidelines for PLMN ID


Management

14.1 When to Use PLMN ID Management


Use PLMN ID Management in scenarios where neighboring cell are near the borders of
PLMNs and scenarios where UEs report invalid PLMN IDs. UEs detect and report
neighboring cells with invalid PLMNs. The PLMN ID management function detects
neighboring cells with abnormal PLMNs and implies differentiated management on PLMNs.

14.2 Required Information


PLMN information of inter-PLMN adjacent cells near the borders of PLMNs. Such adjacent
cells operate on the same frequencies as the local PLMN, and no handovers are performed
between the local cell and the adjacent cells.
Invalid PLMN information reported by abnormal UEs.

14.3 Deployment
14.3.1 Process
None

14.3.2 Requirements
None

14.3.3 Data Preparation


There are three types of data sources:
l

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the
operator
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

164

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

14 Engineering Guidelines for PLMN ID Management

Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and
negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment

User-defined: parameter values set by users

The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an NCellPlmnList MO to
add a listed PLMN.
Paramet
er Name

Parame
ter ID

Data Source

Setting Notes

Mobile
Country
Code

NCellPl
mnList.
Mcc

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

This parameter specifies the MCC of a PLMN.

Mobile
Network
Code

NCellPl
mnList.
Mnc

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

This parameter specifies the MNC of a PLMN.

Rat Type

NCellPl
mnList.
RatType

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

This parameter specifies the RAT of a PLMN.

Plmn List
Type

NCellPl
mnList.
PlmnLis
tType

Network plan
(negotiation not
required)

For invalid PLMNs reported by UEs, the value


BLACK_LIST(BLACK_LIST) is
recommended.
For PLMNs near the local PLMN, the value
GREY_LIST(GREY_LIST) is recommended.

14.3.4 Precautions
None

14.3.5 Hardware Adjustment


N/A

14.3.6 Activation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 14-1 in a summary data file, which also
contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed.
Then, import the summary data file into the CME for batch configuration. For detailed
instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the
eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB product documentation.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
l

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

The MOs in Table 14-1 are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this
situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

165

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

14 Engineering Guidelines for PLMN ID Management

Some MOs in Table 14-1 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In
this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the
parameters.

Table 14-1 Parameters for PLMN ID management


MO

Sheet in
the
Summary
Data File

Parameter Group

Remarks

NCellPlm
nList

Userdefined
sheet.
NCellPlm
nList is
recommen
ded.

Mcc, Mnc, RatType,


lmnListType

Add the NCellPlmnList


sheet to the summary data
file.

Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs


Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for
multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the
CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For detailed
operations, press F1 in a CME window and navigate to Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations >
Customizing a Summary Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration in the CME online
help.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >
Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB
data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.
Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export
Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

166

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

14 Engineering Guidelines for PLMN ID Management

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration
window.
Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 14-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
Figure 14-1 MO search and configuration window

Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are
displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.
Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose
Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to
export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End

Using MML Commands


Adding a listed PLMN
Run the ADD NCELLPLMNLIST command to add a listed PLMN.

MML Command Examples


Adding a listed PLMN
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

167

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

14 Engineering Guidelines for PLMN ID Management

ADD NCELLPLMNLIST: Mcc=xxx, Mnc=xx, RatType=EUTRAN, PlmnListType=BLACK_LIST;


ADD NCELLPLMNLIST: Mcc=xxx, Mnc=xx, RatType=EUTRAN, PlmnListType=GREY_LIST;

14.3.7 Activation Observation


To use MML commands to verify whether PLMN ID management has been activated,
perform the following steps:
Step 1 Run the LST EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL or LST EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL
command to check whether ANR adds neighbor relationships with cells of the relative
PLMNs to the NRTs. If the Plmn List Type value set to BLACK_LIST(BLACK_LIST) for
a PLMN, ANR does not add neighbor relationships with cells of the PLMN to NRTs.
Step 2 Run the DSP EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL, DSP EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL,
DSP UTRANNCELL, or DSP GERANNCELL to check the value of the Neighbor Cell
Plmn Label parameter. If the Plmn List Type value set to GREY_LIST(GREY_LIST) or
WHITE_LIST(WHITE_LIST) for a PLMN, ANR adds neighbor relationships with cells of
the PLMN to NRTs and specifies the PLMN type of the neighboring cell by setting the
Neighbor Cell Plmn Label parameter.
l

If the parameter value is WHITE(WHITE), the PLMN is valid.

If the parameter is BLACK(BLACK) or GREY(GREY), the PLMN is invalid.

----End

14.3.8 Reconfiguration
None

14.3.9 Deactivation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple
eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
feature activation described in Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to Table 14-2.
Table 14-2 Parameters for PLMN ID management

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

MO

Sheet in the
Summary
Data File

Parameter
Group

Setting Notes

NCellPlmnList

User-defined
sheet.
NCellPlmnList
is
recommended.

Mobile
Country Code,
Mobile
Network
Code, Rat
Type, Plmn
List Type

Remove the listed PLMNs.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

168

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

14 Engineering Guidelines for PLMN ID Management

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration


On the CME, set parameters according to Table 14-2. For detailed instructions, see Using the
CME to Perform Single Configuration described for feature activation.

Using MML Commands


Removing a listed PLMN
Run the RMV NCELLPLMNLIST command to remove a listed PLMN.

MML Command Examples


Removing a listed PLMN
RMV NCELLPLMNLIST: Mcc=xxx, Mnc=xx, RatType=xx;

14.4 Performance Monitoring


For details, see 9.4 Performance Monitoring.

14.5 Parameter Optimization


None

14.6 Troubleshooting
Fault Description
There is a neighbor relationship with a cell of an invalid PLMN in an intra-RAT NRT, causing
handover failures.

Fault Handling
Perform the following steps for troubleshooting:
Step 1 Check the SON logs to verify whether such a neighbor relationship is added by ANR. If yes,
UEs report invalid PLMN.
Step 2 Run the MO NCELLPLMNLIST command with the Plmn List Type parameter set to
BLACK_LIST(BLACK_LIST) for the PLMN.
Step 3 Manually remove such a neighbor relationship from the NRT or use the ANR function to
remove it.
----End

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

169

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

15

Parameters

Table 15-1 Parameters


MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

GlobalP
rocSwitc
h

X2Base
dUptEN
odeBPol
icy

MOD
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H

None

None

Meaning:

LST
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H

Indicates whether the eNodeB automatically updates


the neighboring cell configuration data based on the
messages received over the X2 interface. The
messages include X2 SETUP REQUEST, X2 SETUP
RESPONSE, and ENB CONFIGURATION UPDATE.
The related switch is described as follows:
Update eNB Configuration Via X2 Policy: Indicates
whether the eNodeB adds neighboring E-UTRAN
frequencies based on messages received over the X2
interface. If this switch is on, the eNodeB directly
adds frequencies. If this switch is off, the eNodeB
does not add any frequencies if the PLMN in the
telecom operator information and the PLMN of the
serving cell do not match.
GUI Value Range: FreqAddCtrl(FreqAddCtrl)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FreqAddCtrl
Default Value: FreqAddCtrl:On

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

170

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

NcellDe
lPunishP
eriod

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the penalty statistics period during


which a deleted neighbor relationship with an EUTRAN or UTRAN cell can be added to the
neighboring relation table (NRT) again if the number
of times neighboring E-UTRAN or UTRAN cell
addition is triggered is greater than or equal to the
value of the EutranNcellDelPunNum or
UtranNcellDelPunNum parameter.

LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

GUI Value Range: 1~50400


Unit: min
Actual Value Range: 1~50400
Default Value: 10080

ANR

EutranN
cellDelP
unNum

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the number of times penalty


statistics about neighboring E-UTRAN cell deletion
are collected. When a neighbor relationship with an EUTRAN cell is deleted, it can be added to the NRT
again if the number of times neighboring E-UTRAN
cell addition is triggered is greater than or equal to the
value of this parameter.
GUI Value Range: 1~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~10000
Default Value: 1

ANR

UtranNc
ellDelPu
nNum

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the number of times penalty


statistics about neighboring UTRAN cell deletion are
collected. When a neighbor relationship with a
UTRAN cell is deleted, it can be added to the NRT
again if the number of times neighboring UTRAN cell
addition is triggered is greater than the value of this
parameter.
GUI Value Range: 1~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~10000
Default Value: 1

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

171

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

OptMod
eStrateg
y

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning:

LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Indicates whether to report neighbor relationships


with cells in different RATs when the OptMode
parameter in the ANR MO is set to
CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED). This parameter
includes the following options:
EutranCtrlOptMode: Indicates whether to report
neighbor relationships with E-UTRAN cells. If this
option is selected, the eNodeB reports neighbor
relationships with E-UTRAN cells to the U2000, and
the neighbor relationship optimization is subject to
manual confirmation on the U2000. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB automatically processes the
neighbor relationships with E-UTRAN cells.
UtranCtrlOptMode: Indicates whether to report
neighbor relationships with UTRAN cells. If this
option is selected, the eNodeB reports neighbor
relationships with UTRAN cells to the U2000, and the
neighbor relationship optimization is subject to
manual confirmation on the U2000. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB automatically processes the
neighbor relationships with UTRAN cells.
GeranCtrlOptMode: Indicates whether to report
neighbor relationships with GERAN cells. If this
option is selected, the eNodeB reports neighbor
relationships with GERAN cells to the U2000, and the
neighbor relationship optimization is subject to
manual confirmation on the U2000. If this option is
deselected, the eNodeB automatically processes the
neighbor relationships with GERAN cells.
GUI Value Range:
EutranCtrlOptMode(EutranCtrlOptMode),
UtranCtrlOptMode(UtranCtrlOptMode),
GeranCtrlOptMode(GeranCtrlOptMode)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: EutranCtrlOptMode,
UtranCtrlOptMode, GeranCtrlOptMode
Default Value: EutranCtrlOptMode:On,
UtranCtrlOptMode:On, GeranCtrlOptMode:On

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

172

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ENodeB
AlgoSwi
tch

HoSigna
lingOpt
Switch

MOD
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H

LBFD-0
0201802
/
TDLBF
D-00201
802

Coverag
e Based
Interfrequenc
y
Handov
er

Meaning: Indicates whether to enable handover


signaling optimization.
ReduceInvalidA1A2RptSigSwitch: Indicates whether
to optimize the sequence in delivering A1/A2
measurement configurations during coverage- or
frequency-priority-based handovers. If this switch is
on: (1) In coverage-based handovers, the eNodeB
delivers A2 measurement configurations to UEs first,
and then delivers A1 measurement configurations to
UEs after receiving event A2 reports, reducing
signaling overheads in reporting unnecessary event
A1. (2) In frequency-priority-based handovers, the
eNodeB delivers A1 measurement configurations to
UEs first, and then delivers A2 measurement
configurations to UEs after receiving event A1 report,
reducing signaling overheads in reporting unnecessary
event A2. MultiQciHoExecOptSwitch: Indicates
whether the handover decision is triggered based on
the admission result of all QCIs in SPID-based
handovers to HPLMN and frequency-priority-based
handovers. If this switch is on, the handover decision
is triggered only when all QCIs are successfully
admitted. If this switch is off, the handover decision is
triggered when any of the QCIs is successfully
admitted. ReduceInvalidFreqPriHoSwitch: Indicates
whether to avoid repeated switches between the
frequency-priority-based intra-eNodeB handover
algorithm and the load-based intra-eNodeB handover
algorithm. If this switch is on, the eNodeB evaluates
whether to perform a frequency-priority-based intraeNodeB handover based on the settings of
InterFreqMlbSwitch of the MlbAlgoSwitch parameter
and the load status on the target cell. If the target cell
is heavily loaded, the eNodeB does not trigger the
handover. If this switch is off, the eNodeB evaluates
whether to perform a frequency-priority-based intraeNodeB handover without checking the settings of
InterFreqMlbSwitch of the MlbAlgoSwitch parameter
on the target cell. AddA2MeasIfQciAdjSwitch:
Indicates whether an eNodeB delivers inter-frequency
or inter-RAT A2-related measurement configuration to
the UE when the QCI of services running on the UE
changes in a coverage-based handover. If this switch
is on, the eNodeB performs the following each time
the QCI is changed: (1) Updates the delivered
handover-related parameters; (2) Determines whether
inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement
configurations need to be delivered; (3) Delivers the

LST
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
01019 /
TDLOF
D-00101
9
LOFD-0
01020 /
TDLOF
D-00102
0

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

PS InterRAT
Mobility
between
EUTRAN
and
UTRAN
PS InterRAT
Mobility
between
EUTRAN
and
GERAN

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

173

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

15 Parameters

Description

configurations if they are required and have not been


delivered before, or updates the configurations if they
have been delivered and the current event A2
thresholds for inter-frequency or inter-RAT
measurements are less than or equal to the event A2
threshold for blind handling. If this switch is off, the
eNodeB only determines whether delivered handoverrelated parameters need to be updated each time the
QCI is changed. InterFreqHoA2OptSwitch: Indicates
whether to deliver A2-related measurement
configurations to UEs that do not support interfrequency measurements. A2-related measurement
configurations are not delivered to such UEs when
this switch is on. This switch is off by default.
McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich: Indicates the
maximum number of neighboring cells contained in
the measurement configuration delivered to a UE for
measurements when ANR with UTRAN is enabled. If
this switch is off, the maximum number is specified
according to 3GPP TS36.331 earlier than V10.12.0
and is equal to the minCellperMeasObjectRAT
parameter value. If this switch is on, the maximum
number is specified according to 3GPP TS36.331
V10.12.0 and later versions and is equal to the
minCellperMeasObjectRAT parameter value minus 1.
For details about the minCellperMeasObjectRAT
parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.331.
GUI Value Range:
ReduceInvalidA1A2RptSigSwitch(ReduceInvalidA1
A2RptSigSwitch), MultiQciHoExecOptSwitch(MultiQciHoExecOptSwitch),
ReduceInvalidFreqPriHoSwitch(ReduceInvalidFreqPriHoSwitch),
AddA2MeasIfQciAdjSwitch(AddA2MeasIfQciAdjSw
itch),
InterFreqHoA2OptSwitch(InterFreqHoA2OptSwitch),
McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich(McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ReduceInvalidA1A2RptSigSwitch,
MultiQciHoExecOptSwitch, ReduceInvalidFreqPriHoSwitch, AddA2MeasIfQciAdjSwitch,
InterFreqHoA2OptSwitch, McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich
Default Value: ReduceInvalidA1A2RptSigSwitch:Off,
MultiQciHoExecOptSwitch:Off, ReduceInvalidFreq-

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

174

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

15 Parameters

Description

PriHoSwitch:Off, AddA2MeasIfQciAdjSwitch:Off,
InterFreqHoA2OptSwitch:Off,
McUtranNcellNumOptSwtich:Off

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

175

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

GlobalP
rocSwitc
h

Protocol
MsgOpt
Switch

MOD
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
01023

SRVCC
Handov
er to
GERAN

Meaning:

LST
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H

TDLOF
D-00102
3

SRVCC
Handov
er to
GERAN

Indicates whether to optimize protocol messages sent


by the eNodeB. This parameter includes the following
options:
RrcSetupOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the
optimization of RRCConnectionSetup messages is
enabled. In this case, IEs with protocol-defined default
values are no longer included in the
RRCConnectionSetup message. For details about the
protocol-defined default settings, see 3GPP TS
36.331.
IucsRrcRecfgMcCombSwitch: If this option is
selected, the eNodeB includes the radio resource
configuration and measurement configuration for a
UE in one RRCConnectionReconfiguration message
during initial access.
RcrpRrcRecfgMcCombSwitch: If this option is
selected, the eNodeB includes the radio resource
configuration and measurement configuration for a
UE in one RRCConnectionReconfiguration message
during RRC connection reestablishment. The option
will not take effect on the interaction of RRC
connection reestablishment and other signaling
procedures.
RrcRecfgMcOptSwitch: If this option is selected, the
cell measurement configurations with the CIO of 0
(indicated by cellIndividualOffset) are no longer
included in the measurement configurations delivered
to UEs.
IdleCsfbRedirectOptSwitch: If this option is selected
and the preferred CSFB policy for UEs in idle mode is
redirection, the eNodeB no longer activates security
mode or performs RRC connection reconfiguration,
but sends a redirection message.
UlNasBufferSwitch: If this option is selected, the
eNodeB buffers uplink NAS messages sent by the UE
before the UE-associated logical S1 connection is
available and sends these messages after the UEassociated logical S1 connection is available. If this
option is deselected, the eNodeB releases this UE after
the procedures finish.
IratMeasCfgTransSwitch: If this option is selected, the
Handover Required message that the eNodeB sends to

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

176

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

15 Parameters

Description

a BSC contains the IE IRAT Measurement


Configuration.
GeranAnrMcOptSwitch: This option controls whether
measurement configuration optimization takes effect
when ANR with GERAN is enabled. If this option is
deselected, the optimization does not take effect. That
is, when an eNodeB delivers measurement
configuration to UEs to perform CGI reading for ANR
with GERAN, the carrierFreqs IE can contain multiple
GERAN frequencies. If this option is selected, the
optimization takes effect, and the carrierFreqs IE
contains only one GERAN frequency.
InactDiscardSwitch: This option controls whether to
terminate the ongoing signaling flow when the UE
inactivity timer expires. If this option is deselected,
the ongoing flow is terminated and the eNodeB
directly releases the UE. If this option is selected, the
ongoing flow is not terminated and the timer is
restarted.
GUI Value Range: RrcSetupOptSwitch,
IucsRrcRecfgMcCombSwitch,
RcrpRrcRecfgMcCombSwitch,
RrcRecfgMcOptSwitch, IdleCsfbRedirectOptSwitch,
UlNasBufferSwitch, IratMeasCfgTransSwitch,
GeranAnrMcOptSwitch, InactDiscardSwitch
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RrcSetupOptSwitch,
IucsRrcRecfgMcCombSwitch,
RcrpRrcRecfgMcCombSwitch,
RrcRecfgMcOptSwitch, IdleCsfbRedirectOptSwitch,
UlNasBufferSwitch, IratMeasCfgTransSwitch,
GeranAnrMcOptSwitch, InactDiscardSwitch
Default Value: RrcSetupOptSwitch:Off,
IucsRrcRecfgMcCombSwitch:Off,
RcrpRrcRecfgMcCombSwitch:Off,
RrcRecfgMcOptSwitch:Off, IdleCsfbRedirectOptSwitch:Off, UlNasBufferSwitch:Off,
IratMeasCfgTransSwitch:Off,
GeranAnrMcOptSwitch:Off, InactDiscardSwitch:Off

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

177

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

NoHoSe
tMode

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates whether the eNodeB directly sets


the No handover indicator parameter to
FORBID_HO_ENUM for an intra-RAT neighboring
cell if the neighboring cell meets the requirements on
the number of handover attempts from the local cell to
the neighboring cell and the handover success rate
within a specified measurement period. When this
parameter is set to NO_CHECK, the eNodeB directly
sets the No handover indicator parameter to
FORBID_HO_ENUM for this neighboring cell. When
this parameter is set to PCI_CHECK, the eNodeB first
instructs the UE to read the CGI of the neighboring
cell with the aim to detect unknown neighboring cells
with the same PCI and then determines whether to set
the No handover indicator parameter to
FORBID_HO_ENUM for this neighboring cell.

LST
ANR

GUI Value Range: NO_CHECK(NO_CHECK),


PCI_CHECK(PCI_CHECK)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NO_CHECK, PCI_CHECK
Default Value: NO_CHECK(NO_CHECK)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

178

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

EventAn
rWithVo
ipMode

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02002/
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning:

LST
ANR

Indicates whether the eNodeB selects UEs that are


performing VoLTE services to perform ANR-related
measurements. This parameter includes the following
options:
UTRAN_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE: An
eNodeB can select UEs with bearers with a QCI of 1
to perform measurements for event-triggered ANR
with UTRAN only if this option is selected.
GERAN_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE: An
eNodeB can select UEs with bearers with a QCI of 1
to perform measurements for event-triggered ANR
with GERAN only if this option is selected.
CDMA_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE: An
eNodeB can select UEs with bearers with a QCI of 1
to perform measurements for event-triggered ANR
with CDMA2000 only if this option is selected.
GUI Value Range:
UTRAN_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE,
GERAN_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE,
CDMA_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
UTRAN_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE,
GERAN_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE,
CDMA_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE
Default Value:
UTRAN_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE:On,
GERAN_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE:On,
CDMA_EVENT_ANR_WITH_VOIP_MODE:On

ANR

UtranEv
entAnrC
giTimer

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002/
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the length of the timer of CGI


reading for event-triggered ANR with UTRAN.
GUI Value Range: 2~16
Unit: 0.5s
Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: 4

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

179

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

GeranEv
entAnrC
giTimer

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02002/
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the length of the timer of CGI


reading for event-triggered ANR with GERAN.

LST
ANR

GUI Value Range: 2~16


Unit: 0.5s
Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: 8

ANR

UtranEv
entAnr
Mode

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning:
Indicates the policy based on which inter-RAT eventtriggered ANR with UTRAN adds a neighbor
relationship to an NRT.
If this parameter is set to
BASED_NCL(BASED_NCL), this type of ANR adds
neighbor relationships to NRTs based on NCLs.
If this parameter is set to
NOT_BASED_NCL(NOT_BASED_NCL), this type
of ANR adds neighbor relationships to NRTs based on
CGIs reported by UEs.
GUI Value Range: BASED_NCL(BASED_NCL),
NOT_BASED_NCL(NOT_BASED_NCL)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BASED_NCL,
NOT_BASED_NCL
Default Value: BASED_NCL(BASED_NCL)

ANR

GeranEv
entAnr
Mode

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning:
Indicates the policy based on which inter-RAT eventtriggered ANR with GERAN adds a neighbor
relationship to an NRT.
If this parameter is set to
BASED_NCL(BASED_NCL), this type of ANR adds
neighbor relationships to NRTs based on NCLs.
If this parameter is set to
NOT_BASED_NCL(NOT_BASED_NCL), this type
of ANR adds neighbor relationships to NRTs based on
CGIs reported by UEs.
GUI Value Range: BASED_NCL(BASED_NCL),
NOT_BASED_NCL(NOT_BASED_NCL)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BASED_NCL,
NOT_BASED_NCL
Default Value: BASED_NCL(BASED_NCL)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

180

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

CellAlg
oSwitch

NCellCl
assMgtS
w

MOD
CELLA
LGOSW
ITCH

LOFD-0
81225/
TDLOF
D-08122
5

Neighbo
r cell
Classific
ation
Manage
ment

Meaning:

LST
CELLA
LGOSW
ITCH

Indicates neighboring cell classification management.


This parameter consists of the following switches:
INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW: If this switch is
on, IntraRatEventAnrSwitch is on, and the ANR
indicator is set to ALLOWED for this frequency, the
neighboring cell classification label is automatically
marked for a neighboring cell based on the handover
times within a specified period of time.
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW: If this switch is
on, IntraRatEventAnrSwitch is on, the ANR indicator
is set to ALLOWED for this frequency, and the
NCellClassLabel parameter value is EXTENDED,
target cells for handovers must be determined based
on E-UTRAN cell global identifier (ECGI) reading.
NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW: If this
switch is on, PCI conflict detection and reporting are
not performed on the neighboring cells whose
NCellClassLabel parameter value is EXTENDED.
GUI Value Range:
INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW(INTRA_RAT_N
CELL_CLASS_SW),
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW(NCELL_CLAS
S_HO_POLICY_SW),
NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW(NCELL_CL
ASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW,
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW,
NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW
Default Value:
INTRA_RAT_NCELL_CLASS_SW:Off,
NCELL_CLASS_HO_POLICY_SW:Off,
NCELL_CLASS_PCI_CONFLICT_SW:Off

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

181

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

NCellCl
assMgt

StatPeri
odForNc
ellClass

MOD
NCELL
CLASS
MGT

LOFD-0
81225/
TDLOF
D-08122
5

Neighbo
r cell
Classific
ation
Manage
ment

Meaning: Indicates the length of the measurement


period for neighboring cell classification management.
Within a specified measurement period, if the number
of handovers from the source cell to a neighboring cell
reaches the HoAttemptThd, the neighboring cell is
labeled as FORMAL. Within four consecutive
specified measurement periods, if the number cannot
reach the HoAttemptThd, the neighboring cell is
labeled as EXTENDED.

LST
NCELL
CLASS
MGT

GUI Value Range: 1~50400


Unit: min
Actual Value Range: 1~50400
Default Value: 1440
NCellCl
assMgt

HoAtte
mptThd

MOD
NCELL
CLASS
MGT
LST
NCELL
CLASS
MGT

LOFD-0
81225/
TDLOF
D-08122
5

Neighbo
r cell
Classific
ation
Manage
ment

Meaning: Indicates the handover number threshold for


neighboring cell classification management. Within a
specified measurement period, if the number of
handovers from the source cell to a neighboring cell
reaches this threshold, the neighboring cell is labeled
as FORMAL. Within four consecutive specified
measurement periods, if the number cannot reach this
threshold, the neighboring cell is labeled as
EXTENDED.
GUI Value Range: 0~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~10000
Default Value: 20

EutranIn
traFreq
NCell

NCellCl
assLabel

ADD
EUTRA
NINTR
AFREQ
NCELL
MOD
EUTRA
NINTR
AFREQ
NCELL
LST
EUTRA
NINTR
AFREQ
NCELL

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

LOFD-0
81225/
TDLOF
D-08122
5

Neighbo
r cell
Classific
ation
Manage
ment

Meaning: Indicates the neighboring cell classification


label. The parameter values FORMAL and
EXTENDED represent different neighboring cell
management policies. If the number of handovers to a
neighboring cell reaches a predefined threshold, the
parameter is set to FORMAL for this neighboring cell;
otherwise, the parameter is set to EXTENDED for this
neighboring cell.
GUI Value Range: FORMAL(FORMAL),
EXTENDED(EXTENDED)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FORMAL, EXTENDED
Default Value: FORMAL(FORMAL)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

182

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ENodeB
AlgoSwi
tch

PciConfl
ictAlmS
witch

MOD
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
02007 /
TDLOF
D-00200
7

PCI
Collisio
n
Detectio
n&
SelfOptimiz
ation

Meaning: Indicates whether to display PCI conflict


alarms in the alarm console. Consider that this
parameter is set to on. If
COLLISION_DETECT_SWITCH of the
PciConflictDetectSwitch parameter in the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO is on and PCI collision
occurs, PCI collision alarms are displayed in the alarm
console. If CONFUSION_DETECT_SWITCH of the
PciConflictDetectSwitch parameter in the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch MO is on and PCI confusion
occurs, PCI confusion alarms are displayed in the
alarm console. If the PciConflictAlmSwitch parameter
is set to off, PCI conflict alarms are not displayed in
the alarm console.

LST
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H

GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(Off)
NCellPl
mnList

PlmnLis
tType

ADD
NCELL
PLMNL
IST
MOD
NCELL
PLMNL
IST
LST
NCELL
PLMNL
IST

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the type of a PLMN list. If this


parameter is set to BLACK_LIST(BLACK_LIST),
the cell corresponding to a black-listed PLMN cannot
be configured as a neighboring cell or an external cell
by ANR. If this parameter is set to
GREY_LIST(GREY_LIST), the cell corresponding to
a gray-listed PLMN can be added as a neighboring
cell and an external cell by ANR, and the ANR marks
a PLMN gray list label on the neighboring cell. If this
parameter is set to WHITE_LIST(WHITE_LIST), the
cell corresponding to a white-listed PLMN can be
added as a neighboring cell and an external cell by
ANR, and the ANR marks a PLMN white list label on
the neighboring cell. This parameter is allowed to be
set to only two values for all E-UTRAN, UTRAN, or
GERAN cells whose PLMNs are in the PLMN list.
The other parameter value is set for the E-UTRAN,
UTRAN, or GERAN cells whose PLMNs are not in
the PLMN list by default.
GUI Value Range: BLACK_LIST(BLACK_LIST),
GREY_LIST(GREY_LIST),
WHITE_LIST(WHITE_LIST)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BLACK_LIST, GREY_LIST,
WHITE_LIST
Default Value: BLACK_LIST(BLACK_LIST)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

183

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

NCellPl
mnList

RatType

ADD
NCELL
PLMNL
IST

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the RAT of the neighboring cell


corresponding to the PLMN.

LST
NCELL
PLMNL
IST

GUI Value Range: EUTRAN(EUTRAN),


UTRAN(UTRAN), GERAN(GERAN)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: EUTRAN, UTRAN, GERAN
Default Value: None

MOD
NCELL
PLMNL
IST
RMV
NCELL
PLMNL
IST

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

184

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

NrtDel
Mode

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning:

LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Indicates the mode of automatically removing


neighbor relationships by ANR. If event-triggered
ANR and automatic neighbor relationship removal for
an RAT are enabled, the following switches of the
RAT take effect.
EUTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL: If this
check box is selected, the eNodeB periodically detects
for neighboring E-UTRAN cells to which no UEs are
handed over from the local cell and removes the
neighbor relationships with the cells from NRTs.
UTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL: If this check
box is selected, the eNodeB periodically detects for
neighboring UTRAN cells to which no UEs are
handed over from the local cell and removes the
neighbor relationships with the cells from the NRT.
GERAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL: If this check
box is selected, the eNodeB periodically detects for
neighboring GERAN cells to which no UEs are
handed over from the local cell and removes the
neighbor relationships with the cells from the NRT.
UTRAN_DELERRORNCELL: If this check box is
selected, the eNodeB periodically detects for
inappropriate neighboring UTRAN cells for which the
incoming handover success rate is lower than the
specified threshold and removes the external cell
entries of the cells and neighbor relationships with the
cells from the NCL and NRT, respectively.
GERAN_DELERRORNCELL: If this check box is
selected, the eNodeB periodically detects for
inappropriate neighboring GERAN cells for which the
incoming handover success rate is lower than the
specified threshold and removes the external cell
entries and neighbor relationships with the cells from
the NCL and NRT, respectively.
EUTRAN_DELCELLERRORNCELL: If this check
box is selected, the eNodeB periodically detects for
inappropriate neighboring E-UERAN cells for which
the cell-specific incoming handover success rate is
lower than the specified threshold and then removes
the corresponding external cell entries and neighbor
relationships with the cells from the NRT.
If event-triggered ANR and automatic neighbor
relationship removal for an RAT are enabled, the

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

185

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

15 Parameters

Description

mechanism of inappropriate neighboring E-UERAN


cell configuration removal automatically takes effect.
With this mechanism, the eNodeB periodically detects
for inappropriate neighboring E-UERAN cells of
which the cell-specific incoming handover success
rate is lower than the specified threshold and then
removes the corresponding external cell entries and
neighbor relationships with the cells from the NCL
and NRT, respectively.
If event-triggered ANR and automatic neighbor
relationship removal for an RAT are enabled, the
mechanism of inappropriate neighboring cell
configuration removal and the mechanism of
redundant neighboring cell configuration removal are
automatically triggered if new external cells or
neighbor relationships need to be added when the
number of external cells or neighbor relationships of
an RAT reaches the upper limit.
GUI Value Range:
EUTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL(EUTRAN_
DELREDUNDANCENCELL),
UTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL(UTRAN_DE
LREDUNDANCENCELL),
GERAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL(GERAN_DE
LREDUNDANCENCELL),
UTRAN_DELERRORNCELL(UTRAN_DELERRO
RNCELL),
GERAN_DELERRORNCELL(GERAN_DELERRO
RNCELL),
EUTRAN_DELCELLERRORNCELL(EUTRAN_DE
LCELLERRORNCELL)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
EUTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL,
UTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL,
GERAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL,
UTRAN_DELERRORNCELL,
GERAN_DELERRORNCELL,
EUTRAN_DELCELLERRORNCELL
Default Value:
EUTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL:Off,
UTRAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL:Off,
GERAN_DELREDUNDANCENCELL:Off,
UTRAN_DELERRORNCELL:Off,
GERAN_DELERRORNCELL:Off,
EUTRAN_DELCELLERRORNCELL:Off

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

186

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

Cell

IntraFre
qAnrInd

ADD
CELL

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates whether to enable ANR on intrafrequency neighboring cells and external cells. The
value ALLOWED indicates that this type of ANR is
allowed. The value NOT_ALLOWED indicates that
this type of ANR is not allowed.

MOD
CELL
LST
CELL

GUI Value Range:


NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED),
ALLOWED(ALLOWED)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NOT_ALLOWED, ALLOWED
Default Value: ALLOWED(ALLOWED)

EutranIn
terNFre
q

AnrInd

ADD
EUTRA
NINTE
RNFRE
Q

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

MOD
EUTRA
NINTE
RNFRE
Q

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

GUI Value Range:


NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED),
ALLOWED(ALLOWED)

LST
EUTRA
NINTE
RNFRE
Q
GeranNf
reqGrou
p

AnrInd

ADD
GERAN
NFREQ
GROUP
MOD
GERAN
NFREQ
GROUP
LST
GERAN
NFREQ
GROUP

Meaning: Indicates whether information about interfrequency neighboring cells and external cells
configured on the frequency associated with the
serving cell can be maintained by ANR. If this
parameter is set to ALLOWED, the information can
be maintained by ANR. If this parameter is set to
NOT_ALLOWED, the information cannot be
maintained by ANR.

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NOT_ALLOWED, ALLOWED
Default Value: ALLOWED(ALLOWED)
LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates whether information about


external cells and neighbor relationships with these
cells on frequencies in the neighboring GERAN
frequency group can be maintained by ANR. If this
parameter is set to ALLOWED, the information can
be maintained by ANR. If this parameter is set to
NOT_ALLOWED, the information cannot be
maintained by ANR.
GUI Value Range:
NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED),
ALLOWED(ALLOWED)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NOT_ALLOWED, ALLOWED
Default Value: ALLOWED(ALLOWED)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

187

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

UtranNF
req

AnrInd

ADD
UTRAN
NFREQ

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates whether information about


neighboring UTRAN cells and external UTRAN cells
configured on the frequency associated with the
serving cell can be maintained by ANR. If this
parameter is set to ALLOWED, the information can
be maintained by ANR. If this parameter is set to
NOT_ALLOWED, the information cannot be
maintained by ANR.

MOD
UTRAN
NFREQ
LST
UTRAN
NFREQ

GUI Value Range:


NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED),
ALLOWED(ALLOWED)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NOT_ALLOWED, ALLOWED
Default Value: ALLOWED(ALLOWED)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

188

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

Cell

FreqPrio
rityForA
nr

ADD
CELL

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning:

MOD
CELL
LST
CELL

Indicates a frequency priority for removing a neighbor


relationship from an NRT. When the NRT reaches its
capacity, the neighbor relationship with a cell working
on the lowest priority frequency is preferentially
removed. A smaller parameter value indicates a lower
priority.
If all intra-RAT frequencies are assigned the same
priority 0, neighbor relationships are removed from
the NRT not based on the priority but based on the
number of handovers. If the number of handovers to a
cell is the smallest, the neighbor relationship with this
cell is preferentially removed.
If all intra-RAT frequencies are assigned the same
non-zero priority, neighbor relationships are removed
also based on the number of handovers. If there are
removable neighboring cells working on the same
frequency as the new neighboring cell to be added, the
neighbor relationship with a cell that has the smallest
number of handovers is preferentially removed;
otherwise, the frequency on which the new
neighboring cell works is not considered during the
removal.
If all intra-RAT frequencies are not assigned the same
priority, neighbor relationships are removed from the
NRT in ascending order of the priority and then the
number of handovers.
GUI Value Range: 0~31
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~31
Default Value: 0

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

189

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

EutranIn
terNFre
q

FreqPrio
rityForA
nr

ADD
EUTRA
NINTE
RNFRE
Q

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning:

MOD
EUTRA
NINTE
RNFRE
Q
LST
EUTRA
NINTE
RNFRE
Q

Indicates the priority of an E-UTRAN frequency for


neighbor relationship removal when the number of
intra-RAT neighbor relationships reaches its
maximum and the neighbor relationships with some
E-UTRAN cells on several frequencies can be
removed. A smaller parameter value indicates a lower
frequency priority.
If all values of this parameter for all E-UTRAN
frequencies are 0, the eNodeB does not remove
neighboring relationships based on E-UTRAN
frequency priorities and removes the candidate
neighbor relationship with the cell to which the
number of UEs handed over from the local cell is the
smallest.
Consider that all values of this parameter for all EUTRAN frequencies are the same non-zero value. If
the frequency serving the cell whose neighbor
relationship is to be added has neighboring cells
whose neighbor relationships can be removed, the
eNodeB removes the neighbor relationship with the
cell that operates on this frequency and to which the
number of UEs handed over from the local cell is the
smallest. If the frequency does not have neighboring
cells whose neighbor relationships can be removed,
the eNodeB does not remove neighboring
relationships based on E-UTRAN frequency priorities
and removes the candidate neighbor relationship with
the cell to which the number of UEs handed over from
the local cell is the smallest.
If not all values of this parameter for all E-UTRAN
frequencies are the same, the eNodeB removes the
candidate neighbor relationship with the cell that
operates on a frequency and to which the number of
UEs handed over from the local cell is the smallest
based on frequency priories in ascending order.
GUI Value Range: 0~31
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~31
Default Value: 0

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

190

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

UtranNF
req

FreqPrio
rityForA
nr

ADD
UTRAN
NFREQ

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning:

MOD
UTRAN
NFREQ
LST
UTRAN
NFREQ

Indicates whether to prioritize frequencies if


neighboring UTRAN cells whose neighbor
relationships can be removed operate on different
UTRAN frequencies when ANR removes UTRAN
neighbor relationships from the NRT in which the
number of neighbor relationships reaches the
maximum. A smaller parameter value indicates a
lower frequency priority and a higher probability of
neighbor relationships with neighboring UTRAN cells
operating on the frequency being removed.
If all values of this parameter for all UTRAN
frequencies are 0, the eNodeB does not remove
neighboring relationships based on UTRAN frequency
priorities and removes the candidate neighbor
relationship with the cell to which the number of UEs
handed over from the local cell is the smallest.
Consider that all values of this parameter for all
UTRAN frequencies are the same non-zero value. If
the frequency serving the cell whose neighbor
relationship is to be added has neighboring cells
whose neighbor relationships can be removed, the
eNodeB removes the neighbor relationship with the
cell that operates on this frequency and to which the
number of UEs handed over from the local cell is the
smallest. If the frequency does not have neighboring
cells whose neighbor relationships can be removed,
the eNodeB does not remove neighboring
relationships based on UTRAN frequency priorities
and removes the candidate neighbor relationship with
the cell to which the number of UEs handed over from
the local cell is the smallest.
If not all values of this parameter for all UTRAN
frequencies are the same, the eNodeB removes the
candidate UTRAN neighbor relationship with the cell
that operates on a frequency and to which the number
of UEs handed over from the local cell is the smallest
based on frequency priories in ascending order.
GUI Value Range: 0~31
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~31
Default Value: 0

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

191

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

GeranNf
reqGrou
p

FreqPrio
rityForA
nr

ADD
GERAN
NFREQ
GROUP

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning:

MOD
GERAN
NFREQ
GROUP
LST
GERAN
NFREQ
GROUP

Indicates the priority of a GERAN frequency for


neighbor relationship removal when the number of
inter-RAT neighbor relationships with GERAN
reaches its maximum and the neighobr relationships
with some GERAN cells on several frequencies can
be removed. A smaller parameter value indicates a
lower frequency priority and a higher probability of
neighbor relationships with neighboring GERAN cells
operating on the frequency being removed.
If all values of this parameter for all GERAN
frequencies are 0, the eNodeB does not remove
neighboring relationships based on GERAN frequency
priorities and removes the candidate neighbor
relationship with the cell to which the number of UEs
handed over from the local cell is the smallest.
Consider that all values of this parameter for all
GERAN frequencies are the same non-zero value. If
the frequency serving the cell whose neighbor
relationship is to be added has neighboring cells
whose neighbor relationships can be removed, the
eNodeB removes the neighbor relationship with the
cell that operates on this frequency and to which the
number of UEs handed over from the local cell is the
smallest. If the frequency does not have neighboring
cells whose neighbor relationships can be removed,
the eNodeB does not remove neighboring
relationships based on GERAN frequency priorities
and removes the candidate neighbor relationship with
the cell to which the number of UEs handed over from
the local cell is the smallest.
If not all values of this parameter for all GERAN
frequencies are the same, the eNodeB removes the
candidate GERAN neighbor relationship with the cell
that operates on a frequency and to which the number
of UEs handed over from the local cell is the smallest
based on frequency priories in ascending order.
GUI Value Range: 0~31
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~31
Default Value: 0

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

192

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

UtranNc
ellHoFo
rNRTDe
lThd

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning:

LST
ANR

Indicates a threshold for removing a neighbor


relationship from a UTRAN NRT. When the NRT
reaches its capacity and ANR needs to add a new
neighbor relationship to the NRT, ANR removes an
old neighbor relationship with a cell from the NRT if
the number of handovers to this cell is less than the
threshold.
If this parameter is set to 0, ANR removes the
neighbor relationship with a cell from an NRT not
based on the number of handovers to this cell but
based on the number of measurement reports on this
cell.
If this parameter is set to another value, ANR can
remove the neighbor relationship with a cell from an
NRT if the number of handovers to this cell is less
than the threshold.
GUI Value Range: 0~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~10000
Default Value: 0

ANR

GeranN
cellHoF
orNRTD
elThd

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning:
Indicates a threshold for removing a neighbor
relationship from a GERAN NRT. When the NRT
reaches its capacity and ANR needs to add a new
neighbor relationship to the NRT, ANR removes an
old neighbor relationship with a cell from the NRT if
the number of handovers to this cell is less than the
threshold.
If this parameter is set to 0, ANR removes the
neighbor relationship with a cell from an NRT not
based on the number of handovers to this cell but
based on the number of measurement reports on this
cell.
If this parameter is set to another value, ANR can
remove the neighbor relationship with a cell from an
NRT if the number of handovers to this cell is less
than the threshold.
GUI Value Range: 0~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~10000
Default Value: 0

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

193

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

SmartPr
eallocati
onMode

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR);

Meaning: Indicates whether smart preallocation takes


effect during ANR-triggered cell global identification
(CGI) reading. Consider that SmartPreAllocationSwitch of the UlSchSwitch parameter is on. Setting this
parameter to DISABLE indicates that smart
preallocation does not take effect. Setting this
parameter to ENABLE indicates that smart
preallocation takes effect.

LST
ANR

GUI Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
Default Value: ENABLE
Drx

DrxInact
ivityTim
erForAn
r

MOD
DRX
LST
DRX

LBFD-0
02017 /
TDLBF
D-00201
7

DRX

Meaning: Indicates the length of the discontinuous


reception (DRX) inactivity timer for automatic
neighbor relation (ANR). If ANR is enabled, this
parameter takes effect regardless whether the DRX
feature is enabled. This parameter applies only to the
LTE FDD system.
GUI Value Range: PSF1(1 PDCCH subframe),
PSF2(2 PDCCH subframes), PSF3(3 PDCCH
subframes), PSF4(4 PDCCH subframes), PSF5(5
PDCCH subframes), PSF6(6 PDCCH subframes),
PSF8(8 PDCCH subframes), PSF10(10 PDCCH
subframes), PSF20(20 PDCCH subframes), PSF30(30
PDCCH subframes), PSF40(40 PDCCH subframes),
PSF50(50 PDCCH subframes), PSF60(60 PDCCH
subframes), PSF80(80 PDCCH subframes),
PSF100(100 PDCCH subframes), PSF200(200
PDCCH subframes), PSF300(300 PDCCH
subframes), PSF500(500 PDCCH subframes),
PSF750(750 PDCCH subframes), PSF1280(1280
PDCCH subframes), PSF1920(1920 PDCCH
subframes), PSF2560(2560 PDCCH subframes)
Unit: subframe
Actual Value Range: PSF1, PSF2, PSF3, PSF4, PSF5,
PSF6, PSF8, PSF10, PSF20, PSF30, PSF40, PSF50,
PSF60, PSF80, PSF100, PSF200, PSF300, PSF500,
PSF750, PSF1280, PSF1920, PSF2560
Default Value: PSF200(200 PDCCH subframes)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

194

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

AnrCont
rolledHo
Strategy

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
01022 /
TDLOF
D-00102
2

SRVCC
to
UTRAN
SRVCC
to
GERAN
CS
Fallback
to
UTRAN
CS
Fallback
to
GERAN
CS
Fallback
to
CDMA2
000
1xRTT
PS InterRAT
Mobility
between
EUTRAN
and
UTRAN
PS InterRAT
Mobility
between
EUTRAN
and
GERAN
PS InterRAT
Mobility
between
EUTRAN
and
CDMA2
000
IntraLTE

Meaning: Indicates whether the eNodeB can initiate


handovers to a newly detected neighboring cell, with
which the neighbor relationship is to be processed by
the OSS. When the OptMode parameter in the ANR
MO is set to CONTROLLED, the eNodeB reports the
newly detected neighboring cell to the OSS for
manual process. If this parameter is set to
PERMIT_HO, the eNodeB can initiate handovers to
the newly detected neighboring cell before the
corresponding neighbor relationship is manually
processed. If this parameter is set to FORBID_HO,
the eNodeB cannot initiate handovers to the newly
detected neighboring cell before the corresponding
neighbor relationship is manually processed.

LST
ANR

LOFD-0
01023 /
TDLOF
D-00102
3
LOFD-0
01033 /
TDLOF
D-00103
3
LOFD-0
01034 /
TDLOF
D-00103
4
LOFD-0
01035 /
TDLOF
D-00103
5
LOFD-0
01019 /
TDLOF
D-00101
9
LOFD-0
01020 /
TDLOF
D-00102
0
LOFD-0
01021 /
TDLOF
D-00102
1
LOFD-0
01032 /
TDLOF
D-00103
2

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

GUI Value Range: PERMIT_HO(PERMIT_HO),


FORBID_HO(FORBID_HO)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PERMIT_HO, FORBID_HO
Default Value: PERMIT_HO(PERMIT_HO)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

195

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

LOFD-0
01044 /
TDLOF
D-00104
4

Load
Balancin
g

LOFD-0
01045 /
TDLOF
D-00104
5
LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1
LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

15 Parameters

Description

InterRAT
Load
Sharing
to
UTRAN
InterRAT
Load
Sharing
to
GERAN
Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)
InterRAT
ANR

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

196

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

GlobalP
rocSwitc
h

VoipWit
hGapMo
de

MOD
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Meaning:

LST
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

LOFD-0
02007 /
TDLOF
D-00200
7
MRFD231808

InterRAT
ANR
PCI
Collisio
n
Detectio
n&
SelfOptimiz
ation
GSM
and LTE
Buffer
Zone
Optimiz
ation(LT
E)

Indicates whether VoIP UEs are allowed to enter the


periodical measurement gap and whether they can exit
the gap if VoIP services are initiated during the gap. A
VoIP UE can enter the periodical measurement gap
during GSM and LTE buffer zone optimization or
periodic inter-frequency/RAT measurements in cell
tracing. If a UE enters the measurement gap and then
VoIP services are initiated for this UE, fast ANR,
active PCI conflict detection, GSM and LTE buffer
zone optimization, or periodic inter-frequency/RAT
measurements in cell tracing can trigger the UE's
exiting from the gap.
If this parameter is set to ENBALE, VoIP UEs are
allowed to enter the periodic measurement gap during
GSM and LTE buffer zone optimization and periodic
inter-frequency/RAT measurement in cell tracing. The
parameter setting does not affect the entering of the
gap during fast ANR and active PCI conflict detection
for VoIP UEs.
If this parameter is set to DISABLE, VoIP UEs are
prohibited to enter the periodic measurement gap and
the UEs entering the gap and initiating VoIP services
cannot exit the gap.
GUI Value Range: DISABLE(disable),
ENABLE(enable)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
Default Value: ENABLE(enable)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

197

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

PeriodF
orNCell
Ranking

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02002/
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR;

Meaning: Indicates the period for automatic


optimization on neighboring measurement priorities.
The neighboring measurement priorities are arranged
based on the number of times that each neighboring
cell is measured within the optimization period.
Suggestions on neighboring cell measurement priority
arrangement are exported after the optimization
period. The period is one week by default.
Neighboring cell selection in handovers cannot be
performed based on the arranged neighboring cell
measurement priorities within the time after the
optimization period ends but before the arranged
neighboring cell measurement priorities are obtained.

LST
ANR

LOFD-0
01022/
TDLOF
D-00102
2
LOFD-0
01033/
TDLOF
D-00103
3
LOFD-0
01052/
TDLOF
D-00105
2
LOFD-0
01053/
TDLOF
D-00105
3
LOFD-0
01019/
TDLOF
D-00101
9
LOFD-0
01043/
TDLOF
D-00104
3
LOFD-0
01072/
TDLOF
D-00107
2

SRVCC
to
UTRAN
;
CS
Fallback
to
UTRAN
;
Flash
CS
Fallback
to
UTRAN
;

GUI Value Range: 10~50400


Unit: min
Actual Value Range: 10~50400
Default Value: 10080

Flash
CS
Fallback
to
GERAN
;
PS InterRAT
Mobility
between
EUTRAN
and
UTRAN
;
Service
based
interRAT
handove
r to
UTRAN
;
Distance
based
interRAT
handove
r to

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

198

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

15 Parameters

Description

UTRAN
;
Cell

IntraFre
qRanSh
aringInd

ADD
CELL
MOD
CELL
LST
CELL

LOFD-0
02001/
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates whether an intra-frequency


neighboring cell is a shared neighboring cell. If this
parameter is set to BOOLEAN_TRUE, the serving
frequency is a shared frequency, and the shared
operator information must be checked on the OSS
before all intra-frequency neighboring cells are added.
If this parameter is set to BOOLEAN_FALSE, the
serving frequency is not a shared frequency, and the
shared operator information does not need to be
checked on the OSS before all intra-frequency
neighboring cells are added.
GUI Value Range: BOOLEAN_FALSE(False),
BOOLEAN_TRUE(True)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BOOLEAN_FALSE,
BOOLEAN_TRUE
Default Value: BOOLEAN_TRUE(True)

EutranIn
terNFre
q

InterFre
qRanSh
aringInd

ADD
EUTRA
NINTE
RNFRE
Q
MOD
EUTRA
NINTE
RNFRE
Q
LST
EUTRA
NINTE
RNFRE
Q

LOFD-0
02001/
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates whether an intra-RAT interfrequency neighboring cell is a shared neighboring


cell. If this parameter is set to BOOLEAN_TRUE, the
neighboring E-UTRAN frequency is a shared
frequency, and the shared operator information must
be checked on the OSS before all inter-frequency
neighboring cells are added. If this parameter is set to
BOOLEAN_FALSE, the neighboring E-UTRAN
frequency is not a shared frequency, and the shared
operator information does not need to be checked on
the OSS before all inter-frequency neighboring cells
are added.
GUI Value Range: BOOLEAN_FALSE(False),
BOOLEAN_TRUE(True)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BOOLEAN_FALSE,
BOOLEAN_TRUE
Default Value: BOOLEAN_TRUE(True)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

199

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

GeranNf
reqGrou
p

GeranRa
nSharin
gInd

ADD
GERAN
NFREQ
GROUP

LOFD-0
02002/
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates whether a neighboring GERAN


cell on the GERAN frequency is a shared neighboring
GERAN cell. If this parameter is set to
BOOLEAN_TRUE, the GERAN frequency is a
shared frequency, and the shared operator information
must be checked on the OSS before all neighboring
GERAN cells are added. If this parameter is set to
BOOLEAN_FALSE, the GERAN frequency is not a
shared frequency, and the shared operator information
does not need to be checked on the OSS before all
neighboring GERAN cells are added.

MOD
GERAN
NFREQ
GROUP
LST
GERAN
NFREQ
GROUP

GUI Value Range: BOOLEAN_FALSE(False),


BOOLEAN_TRUE(True)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BOOLEAN_FALSE,
BOOLEAN_TRUE
Default Value: BOOLEAN_TRUE(True)

UtranNF
req

UtranRa
nSharin
gInd

ADD
UTRAN
NFREQ
MOD
UTRAN
NFREQ
LST
UTRAN
NFREQ

LOFD-0
02002/
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates whether a neighboring UTRAN


cell on the UTRAN frequency is a shared neighboring
UTRAN cell. If this parameter is set to
BOOLEAN_TRUE, the UTRAN frequency is a
shared frequency, and the shared operator information
must be checked on the OSS before all neighboring
UTRAN cells are added. If this parameter is set to
BOOLEAN_FALSE, the UTRAN frequency is not a
shared frequency, and the shared operator information
does not need to be checked on the OSS before all
neighboring UTRAN cells are added.
GUI Value Range: BOOLEAN_FALSE(False),
BOOLEAN_TRUE(True)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BOOLEAN_FALSE,
BOOLEAN_TRUE
Default Value: BOOLEAN_TRUE(True)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

200

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

Drx

LongDr
xCycleF
orAnr

MOD
DRX

LBFD-0
02017 /
TDLBF
D-00201
7

DRX

Meaning: Indicates the long DRX cycle for intra-RAT


ANR. If intra-RAT ANR is enabled, this parameter is
valid regardless of whether DRX is enabled. If a long
DRX cycle is configured for ANR measurement, it is
recommended that this parameter be set to a value
equal to or greater than 256 ms to ensure that the UE
can successfully obtain the CGI of a cell. However, if
this parameter is set to a large value, the delay of
obtaining the CGI is large, and therefore the system
delay increases.

LST
DRX

GUI Value Range: SF128(128 subframes), SF160(160


subframes), SF256(256 subframes), SF320(320
subframes), SF512(512 subframes), SF640(640
subframes), SF1024(1024 subframes), SF1280(1280
subframes), SF2048(2048 subframes), SF2560(2560
subframes)
Unit: subframe
Actual Value Range: SF128, SF160, SF256, SF320,
SF512, SF640, SF1024, SF1280, SF2048, SF2560
Default Value: SF320(320 subframes)
Drx

LongDR
XCyclef
orIRatA
nr

MOD
DRX
LST
DRX

LBFD-0
02017 /
TDLBF
D-00201
7

DRX

Meaning: Indicates the long DRX cycle for inter-RAT


ANR. If inter-RAT ANR is enabled, this parameter is
valid regardless of whether DRX is enabled. If there
are multiple inter-RAT systems, and all of them
require inter-RAT ANR measurements, it is
recommended that this parameter be set to the
maximum value of the long DRX cycle configured for
inter-RAT ANR measurements. Otherwise, the
success rate for inter-RAT ANR measurements may
be affected.
GUI Value Range: SF128(128 subframes), SF160(160
subframes), SF256(256 subframes), SF320(320
subframes), SF512(512 subframes), SF640(640
subframes), SF1024(1024 subframes), SF1280(1280
subframes), SF2048(2048 subframes), SF2560(2560
subframes)
Unit: subframe
Actual Value Range: SF128, SF160, SF256, SF320,
SF512, SF640, SF1024, SF1280, SF2048, SF2560
Default Value: SF1280(1280 subframes)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

201

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

EutranE
xternalC
ell

CtrlMod
e

ADD
EUTRA
NEXTE
RNALC
ELL

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the control policy on ANR-related


MOs, which can be defined by the user or be based on
the automatic neighbor relation (ANR) algorithm.
When this parameter is set to MANUAL_MODE, the
ANR-related MOs can be modified or removed by
only the user. A failure message is displayed when the
user adds an existing MO. When this parameter is set
to AUTO_MODE, the ANR-related MOs can be
modified or removed by the user or based on the ANR
algorithm. The MO removal is successful even if the
MO does not exist. An MO can be added both by the
user and based on the ANR algorithm. If an existing
MO is to be added, the MO is modified when the user
performs the addition, but it cannot be added based on
the ANR algorithm. When the ANR-related MOs are
automatically added based on the ANR algorithm, this
parameter is set to AUTO_MODE by default. When
the ANR-related MOs are added by the user, this
parameter can be set to AUTO_MODE or
MANUAL_MODE.

MOD
EUTRA
NEXTE
RNALC
ELL
LST
EUTRA
NEXTE
RNALC
ELL

GUI Value Range: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode),


MANUAL_MODE(Manual Mode)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AUTO_MODE,
MANUAL_MODE
Default Value: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

202

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

EutranIn
traFreq
NCell

CtrlMod
e

ADD
EUTRA
NINTR
AFREQ
NCELL

LBFD-0
0201804
/
TDLBF
D-00201
804

Distance
Based
Interfrequenc
y
Handov
er

Meaning: Indicates the control policy on ANR-related


MOs, which can be defined by the user or be based on
the automatic neighbor relation (ANR) algorithm.
When this parameter is set to MANUAL_MODE, the
ANR-related MOs can be modified or removed by
only the user. A failure message is displayed when the
user adds an existing MO. When this parameter is set
to AUTO_MODE, the ANR-related MOs can be
modified or removed by the user or based on the ANR
algorithm. The MO removal is successful even if the
MO does not exist. An MO can be added both by the
user and based on the ANR algorithm. If an existing
MO is to be added, the MO is modified when the user
performs the addition, but it cannot be added based on
the ANR algorithm. When the ANR-related MOs are
automatically added based on the ANR algorithm, this
parameter is set to AUTO_MODE by default. When
the ANR-related MOs are added by the user, this
parameter can be set to AUTO_MODE or
MANUAL_MODE.

MOD
EUTRA
NINTR
AFREQ
NCELL
LST
EUTRA
NINTR
AFREQ
NCELL

GUI Value Range: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode),


MANUAL_MODE(Manual Mode)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AUTO_MODE,
MANUAL_MODE
Default Value: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

203

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

EutranIn
terFreq
NCell

CtrlMod
e

ADD
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL

LOFD-0
02001

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the control policy on ANR-related


MOs, which can be defined by the user or be based on
the automatic neighbor relation (ANR) algorithm.
When this parameter is set to MANUAL_MODE, the
ANR-related MOs can be modified or removed by
only the user. A failure message is displayed when the
user adds an existing MO. When this parameter is set
to AUTO_MODE, the ANR-related MOs can be
modified or removed by the user or based on the ANR
algorithm. The MO removal is successful even if the
MO does not exist. An MO can be added both by the
user and based on the ANR algorithm. If an existing
MO is to be added, the MO is modified when the user
performs the addition, but it cannot be added based on
the ANR algorithm. When the ANR-related MOs are
automatically added based on the ANR algorithm, this
parameter is set to AUTO_MODE by default. When
the ANR-related MOs are added by the user, this
parameter can be set to AUTO_MODE or
MANUAL_MODE.

MOD
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL
LST
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL

GUI Value Range: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode),


MANUAL_MODE(Manual Mode)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AUTO_MODE,
MANUAL_MODE
Default Value: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

204

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

UtranEx
ternalCe
ll

CtrlMod
e

ADD
UTRAN
EXTER
NALCE
LL

LOFD-0
02002 /
LOFD-0
02002

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the control policy on ANR-related


MOs, which can be defined by the user or be based on
the automatic neighbor relation (ANR) algorithm.
When this parameter is set to MANUAL_MODE, the
ANR-related MOs can be modified or removed by
only the user. A failure message is displayed when the
user adds an existing MO. When this parameter is set
to AUTO_MODE, the ANR-related MOs can be
modified or removed by the user or based on the ANR
algorithm. The MO removal is successful even if the
MO does not exist. An MO can be added both by the
user and based on the ANR algorithm. If an existing
MO is to be added, the MO is modified when the user
performs the addition, but it cannot be added based on
the ANR algorithm. When the ANR-related MOs are
automatically added based on the ANR algorithm, this
parameter is set to AUTO_MODE by default. When
the ANR-related MOs are added by the user, this
parameter can be set to AUTO_MODE or
MANUAL_MODE.

MOD
UTRAN
EXTER
NALCE
LL
LST
UTRAN
EXTER
NALCE
LL

GUI Value Range: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode),


MANUAL_MODE(Manual Mode)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AUTO_MODE,
MANUAL_MODE
Default Value: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

205

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

UtranN
Cell

CtrlMod
e

ADD
UTRAN
NCELL

LOFD-0
02002

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the control policy on ANR-related


MOs, which can be defined by the user or be based on
the automatic neighbor relation (ANR) algorithm.
When this parameter is set to MANUAL_MODE, the
ANR-related MOs can be modified or removed by
only the user. A failure message is displayed when the
user adds an existing MO. When this parameter is set
to AUTO_MODE, the ANR-related MOs can be
modified or removed by the user or based on the ANR
algorithm. The MO removal is successful even if the
MO does not exist. An MO can be added both by the
user and based on the ANR algorithm. If an existing
MO is to be added, the MO is modified when the user
performs the addition, but it cannot be added based on
the ANR algorithm. When the ANR-related MOs are
automatically added based on the ANR algorithm, this
parameter is set to AUTO_MODE by default. When
the ANR-related MOs are added by the user, this
parameter can be set to AUTO_MODE or
MANUAL_MODE.

MOD
UTRAN
NCELL
LST
UTRAN
NCELL

GUI Value Range: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode),


MANUAL_MODE(Manual Mode)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AUTO_MODE,
MANUAL_MODE
Default Value: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

206

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

GeranEx
ternalCe
ll

CtrlMod
e

ADD
GERAN
EXTER
NALCE
LL

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the control policy on ANR-related


MOs, which can be defined by the user or be based on
the automatic neighbor relation (ANR) algorithm.
When this parameter is set to MANUAL_MODE, the
ANR-related MOs can be modified or removed by
only the user. A failure message is displayed when the
user adds an existing MO. When this parameter is set
to AUTO_MODE, the ANR-related MOs can be
modified or removed by the user or based on the ANR
algorithm. The MO removal is successful even if the
MO does not exist. An MO can be added both by the
user and based on the ANR algorithm. If an existing
MO is to be added, the MO is modified when the user
performs the addition, but it cannot be added based on
the ANR algorithm. When the ANR-related MOs are
automatically added based on the ANR algorithm, this
parameter is set to AUTO_MODE by default. When
the ANR-related MOs are added by the user, this
parameter can be set to AUTO_MODE or
MANUAL_MODE.

MOD
GERAN
EXTER
NALCE
LL
LST
GERAN
EXTER
NALCE
LL

GUI Value Range: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode),


MANUAL_MODE(Manual Mode)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AUTO_MODE,
MANUAL_MODE
Default Value: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

207

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

GeranN
cell

CtrlMod
e

ADD
GERAN
NCELL

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the control policy on ANR-related


MOs, which can be defined by the user or be based on
the automatic neighbor relation (ANR) algorithm.
When this parameter is set to MANUAL_MODE, the
ANR-related MOs can be modified or removed by
only the user. A failure message is displayed when the
user adds an existing MO. When this parameter is set
to AUTO_MODE, the ANR-related MOs can be
modified or removed by the user or based on the ANR
algorithm. The MO removal is successful even if the
MO does not exist. An MO can be added both by the
user and based on the ANR algorithm. If an existing
MO is to be added, the MO is modified when the user
performs the addition, but it cannot be added based on
the ANR algorithm. When the ANR-related MOs are
automatically added based on the ANR algorithm, this
parameter is set to AUTO_MODE by default. When
the ANR-related MOs are added by the user, this
parameter can be set to AUTO_MODE or
MANUAL_MODE.

MOD
GERAN
NCELL
LST
GERAN
NCELL

GUI Value Range: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode),


MANUAL_MODE(Manual Mode)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: AUTO_MODE,
MANUAL_MODE
Default Value: AUTO_MODE(Auto Mode)
ANR

OptMod
e

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1
LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)
InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the mode for optimizing neighbor


relationships. If this parameter is set to FREE(FREE),
the eNodeB automatically optimizes neighbor
relationships using ANR. If this parameter is set to
CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED), the eNodeB
reports the neighbor relationships to be optimized to
the U2000 and the optimization is subject to manual
confirmation. Options EutranCtrlOptMode,
UtranCtrlOptMode, and GeranCtrlOptMode of the
OptModeStrategy parameter control whether to report
neighbor relationships with E-UTRAN cells, UTRAN
cells, and GERAN cells, respectively. No options are
designed to control whether to report neighbor
relationships with CDMA2000 cells.
GUI Value Range: FREE(FREE),
CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FREE, CONTROLLED
Default Value: FREE(FREE)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

208

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

BlindNc
ellOpt

OptMod
e

MOD
BLIND
NCELL
OPT

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the mode for optimizing


neighboring cells for blind handovers. If this
parameter is set to FREE, the eNodeB automatically
changes the priorities of neighboring cells in blind
handovers. If this parameter is set to CONTROLLED,
the eNodeB only reports the configuration of and
optimization on neighboring cells for blind handovers
to the U2000, and the U2000 delivers the
configuration of and optimization on the neighboring
cell after users confirm the configuration and
optimization.

LST
BLIND
NCELL
OPT

GUI Value Range: FREE(FREE),


CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FREE, CONTROLLED
Default Value: CONTROLLED(CONTROLLED)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

209

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ENodeB
AlgoSwi
tch

AnrSwit
ch

MOD
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

LST
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates whether to enable Automatic


Neighbor Relation (ANR). This parameter includes
the following switches: IntraRatEventAnrSwitch: If
this switch is on, intra-RAT event-triggered ANR is
enabled to construct and optimize intra-RAT neighbor
relationships by triggering intra-RAT coverage-based
handover events. IntraRatFastAnrSwitch: If this
switch is on, intra-RAT fast ANR is enabled to
construct and optimize intra-RAT neighbor
relationships based on periodic intra-RAT
measurements. IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch: If this
switch is on, IntraRatEventAnrSwitch is on, and
NoRmvFlag of an intra-RAT neighboring cell is set to
PERMIT_RMV_ENUM, automatic removal of the
intra-RAT neighbor relationship is allowed. If
IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch is off, automatic removal
of the intra-RAT neighbor relationship is not allowed.
UtranEventAnrSwitch: If this switch is on, eventtriggered ANR with UTRAN is enabled to construct
and optimize inter-RAT neighbor relationships with
UTRAN cells by triggering events for inter-RAT
coverage-based handovers to UTRAN.
GeranEventAnrSwitch: If this switch is on, eventtriggered ANR with GERAN is enabled to construct
and optimize inter-RAT neighbor relationships with
GERAN cells by triggering events for inter-RAT
coverage-based handovers to GERAN.
UtranFastAnrSwitch: If this switch is on, fast ANR
with UTRAN is enabled to construct and optimize
inter-RAT neighbor relationships with UTRAN cells
based on periodic UE measurements on UTRAN. The
eNodeB does not deliver information about external
UTRAN cells in the measurement configuration to
UEs and the UEs measure only neighboring cells
contained in the measurement configuration.
Therefore, if you want external UTRAN cells added
by fast ANR with UTRAN to be measured in
handovers, you are advised to turn on
UtranEventAnrSwitch as well. GeranFastAnrSwitch:
If this switch is on, fast ANR with GERAN is enabled
to construct and optimize inter-RAT neighbor
relationships with GERAN cells based on periodic
inter-RAT measurements on GERAN.
CdmaFastAnrSwitch: If this switch is on, fast ANR
with CDMA2000 is enabled to construct and optimize
inter-RAT neighbor relationships with CDMA2000
cells based on periodic inter-RAT measurements on
CDMA2000 networks. UtranAutonrtDeleteSwitch: If

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

InterRAT
ANR

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

210

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

15 Parameters

Description

this switch is on, UtranEventAnrSwitch is on, and


NoRmvFlag of a neighboring UTRAN cell is set to
PERMIT_RMV_ENUM, automatic removal of the
inter-RAT neighbor relationship with UTRAN cells is
allowed. If UtranAutonrtDeleteSwitch is off,
automatic removal of the inter-RAT neighbor
relationship with UTRAN cells is not allowed.
GeranAutonrtDeleteSwitch: If this switch is on,
GeranEventAnrSwitch is on, and NoRmvFlag of a
neighboring GERAN cell is set to
PERMIT_RMV_ENUM, automatic removal of the
inter-RAT neighbor relationship with GERAN cells is
allowed. If GeranAutonrtDeleteSwitch is off,
automatic removal of the inter-RAT neighbor
relationship with GERAN cells is not allowed.
CdmaAutonrtDeleteSwitch: If this switch is on,
CdmaEventAnrSwitch is on, and NoRmvFlag of a
neighboring CDMA2000 cell is set to
PERMIT_RMV_ENUM, automatic removal of the
inter-RAT neighbor relationship with CDMA2000
cells is allowed. If CdmaAutonrtDeleteSwitch is off,
automatic removal of the inter-RAT neighbor
relationship with CDMA2000 cells is not allowed.
ExtendIntraRatAnrSwitch: Indicates whether cells
with unknown physical cell identifiers (PCIs) can be
configured as external cells of the eNodeB by using
the eCoordinator. If this switch is on, cells with
unknown PCIs can be configured as external cells of
the eNodeB by using the eCoordinator in any of the
following scenarios: (1) When unknown PCIs are
detected by triggering handover events,
IntraRatEventAnrSwitch is off or the UE is incapable
of reporting cell global identifications (CGIs). (2)
When unknown PCIs are detected by performing
periodic intra-RAT measurements based on fast ANR,
the UE is incapable of reporting CGIs. If this switch is
off, cells with unknown PCIs cannot be configured as
external cells of the eNodeB by using the
eCoordinator. CdmaEventAnrSwitch: If this switch is
on, event-triggered ANR with CDMA2000 is enabled
to construct and optimize inter-RAT neighbor
relationships with CDMA2000 cells by triggering
events for inter-RAT handovers to CDMA2000.
MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch: Indicates whether to
enable the MLB-based event-triggered ANR. When
this switch is on and IntraRatEventAnrSwitch is on,
inter-frequency MLB can be triggered to construct and
optimize inter-frequency neighbor relationships with

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

211

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

15 Parameters

Description

intra-RAT cells. When this switch is on and


UtranEventAnrSwitch is on, MLB to UTRAN can be
triggered to construct and optimize inter-RAT
neighbor relationships with UTRAN cells. When this
switch is on and GeranEventAnrSwitch is on, MLB to
GERAN can be triggered to construct and optimize
inter-RAT neighbor relationships with GERAN cells.
When this switch is off, the neighbor relationship
construction and optimization based on MLB is
disabled. IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch: Indicates
whether to automatically set the NoHoFlag parameter
of an intra-RAT neighboring cell to
FORBID_HO_ENUM. If IntraRatEventAnrSwitch
and IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch are both on, the
NoHoFlag parameter of a neighboring cell can be
automatically set. If IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch is
off, the NoHoFlag parameter of a neighboring cell
cannot be automatically set. To maintain service
quality, it is recommended that the neighboring cell
whose NoHoFlag is set to FORBID_HO_ENUM be
monitored when IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch is on.
This switch takes effect only when the OptMode
parameter is set to FREE. IntraRatDoubleThdAnrSwitch: If this switch is on and IntraRatEventAnrSwitch is on, intra-RAT neighbor relationships can be
constructed and optimized based on intra-RAT ANR
measurement events. The probability to trigger intraRAT ANR measurement can be configured to be
higher than or equal to that of the measurement for
intra-RAT coverage-based handovers. If
IntraRatDoubleThdAnrSwitch is off, intra-RAT
neighbor relationships cannot be constructed or
optimized based on intra-RAT ANR measurement
events. In the current version, this switch applies only
to LTE TDD cells. ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch: If
this switch is on and IntraRatEventAnrSwitch is on,
service-based inter-frequency handovers can trigger
ANR to add and optimize neighbor relationships with
inter-frequency neighboring cells. If this switch is on
and UtranEventAnrSwitch is on, service-based
handovers can trigger ANR to add and optimize
neighbor relationships with neighboring UTRAN
cells. ServiceReqEventAnrSwitch: If this switch is on
and IntraRatEventAnrSwitch is on, service-based
inter-frequency handovers can trigger ANR to add and
optimize neighbor relationships with inter-frequency
neighboring cells. IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch:
Indicates whether to enable intra-RAT enhanced-

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

212

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

15 Parameters

Description

event-triggered ANR and controls whether to enable


event-triggered ANR algorithms, excluding coveragebased handovers, MLB-based handovers, servicebased handovers, and service-request-based
handovers. If this switch is on, IntraRatEventAnrSwitch is on, and the ANR Indicator parameter is set to
ALLOWED for the frequency, intra-RAT intra- and
inter-frequency neighbor relationships can be
constructed and optimized based on related handovers.
If IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch is off, intra-RAT
intra- and inter-frequency neighbor relationships
cannot be constructed and optimized based on related
handovers.
GUI Value Range: IntraRatEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEventAnrSwitch), IntraRatFastAnrSwitch(IntraRatFastAnrSwitch), IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch(IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch),
UtranEventAnrSwitch(UtranEventAnrSwitch),
GeranEventAnrSwitch(GeranEventAnrSwitch),
UtranFastAnrSwitch(UtranFastAnrSwitch),
GeranFastAnrSwitch(GeranFastAnrSwitch),
CdmaFastAnrSwitch(CdmaFastAnrSwitch),
UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch), GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch),
CdmaAutoNrtDeleteSwitch(CdmaAutoNrtDeleteSwitch), ExtendIntraRatAnrSwitch(ExtendIntraRatAnrSwitch),
CdmaEventAnrSwitch(CdmaEventAnrSwitch),
MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch(MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch), IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch(IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch),
IntraRatDoubleThdAnrSwitch(IntraRatDoubleThdAnrSwitch), ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch(ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch),
ServiceReqEventAnrSwitch(ServiceReqEventAnrSwitch), IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch(IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: IntraRatEventAnrSwitch,
IntraRatFastAnrSwitch, IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch,
UtranEventAnrSwitch, GeranEventAnrSwitch,
UtranFastAnrSwitch, GeranFastAnrSwitch,
CdmaFastAnrSwitch, UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch,
GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch, CdmaAutoNrtDeleteSwitch, ExtendIntraRatAnrSwitch,
CdmaEventAnrSwitch, MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch,
IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch, IntraRatDoubleThIssue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

213

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

15 Parameters

Description

dAnrSwitch, ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch,
ServiceReqEventAnrSwitch, IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch
Default Value: IntraRatEventAnrSwitch:Off,
IntraRatFastAnrSwitch:Off, IntraRatAnrAutoDelSwitch:On, UtranEventAnrSwitch:Off,
GeranEventAnrSwitch:Off, UtranFastAnrSwitch:Off,
GeranFastAnrSwitch:Off, CdmaFastAnrSwitch:Off,
UtranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch:On, GeranAutoNrtDeleteSwitch:On, CdmaAutoNrtDeleteSwitch:On,
ExtendIntraRatAnrSwitch:Off,
CdmaEventAnrSwitch:Off, MlbBasedEventAnrSwitch:Off, IntraRatNoHoSetAnrSwitch:Off,
IntraRatDoubleThdAnrSwitch:Off,
ServiceBasedEventAnrSwitch:Off,
ServiceReqEventAnrSwitch:Off, IntraRatEnhancedEventAnrSwitch:Off
ANR

CaUeCh
oseMod
e

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning:
Indicates the policy based on which the eNodeB
selects UEs to perform cell global identification (CGI)
reading for ANR.
If this parameter is set to CA_UE_CAP(CA UE
Capability), the eNodeB does not select the CA UEs
that support the CA bands in the CA band
combinations supported by the eNodeB.
If this parameter is set to
CA_UE_CARRIER_NUM(CA UE Carrier Number),
the eNodeB does not select the CA UEs that are each
served by more than one carrier.
If this parameter is set to ANR_UE_CAP(ANR UE
Capability), the eNodeB does not select the UEs that
do not support ANR, that is, the eNodeB does not
select the UEs that do not support CGI reading.
GUI Value Range: CA_UE_CAP(CA UE Capability),
CA_UE_CARRIER_NUM(CA UE Carrier Number),
ANR_UE_CAP(ANR UE Capability)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CA_UE_CAP,
CA_UE_CARRIER_NUM, ANR_UE_CAP
Default Value: CA_UE_CAP(CA UE Capability)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

214

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

EventAn
rMode

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning:

LST
ANR

Indicates the policy based on which intra-RAT eventtriggered ANR adds a neighbor relationship to an
NRT.
If this parameter is set to BASED_NCL, intra-RAT
event-triggered ANR can add a neighbor relationship
to an NRT based on the NCL.
If this parameter is set to NOT_BASED_NCL, intraRAT event-triggered ANR adds a neighbor
relationship to an NRT based on the CGI reported
from the UE but not based on the NCL.
GUI Value Range: BASED_NCL(BASED_NCL),
NOT_BASED_NCL(NOT_BASED_NCL)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BASED_NCL,
NOT_BASED_NCL
Default Value: BASED_NCL(BASED_NCL)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

215

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

Statistic
PeriodF
orNRTD
el

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning:

LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Indicates the length of a measurement period within


which the eNodeB determines whether to remove the
neighbor relationship with a neighboring cell based on
the number of handovers from the local cell to the
neighboring cell and the number of measurement
reports that include the neighboring cell when the
number of neighbor relationships in the NRT has
reached the maximum and a new neighbor
relationship needs to be added to the NRT by ANR.
This parameter is also used for the determination of
external cell removal from a neighboring cell list
(NCL). Within four consecutive measurement periods,
if the neighbor relationship corresponding to an
external cell is not added to the NRT, and the local
eNodeB is not configured with an X2 interface with
the peer eNodeB that serves this external cell, this
external cell is removed from the NCL.
This parameter is also used for the determination of
removing redundant neighbor relationships from the
NRT. If no UEs are handed over to a neighboring cell
from the local cell within four consecutive
measurement periods, the neighbor relationship with
this neighboring cell is removed from the NRT.
GUI Value Range: 1~50400
Unit: min
Actual Value Range: 1~50400
Default Value: 10080

ANR

Statistic
Period

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the length of a measurement


period. Based on the handover success rate collected
within a measurement period, ANR determines
whether to remove a neighbor relationship with a
neighboring cell from the NRT or set the NoHoFlag
parameter for the neighboring cell to
FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho).
GUI Value Range: 1~10080
Unit: min
Actual Value Range: 1~10080
Default Value: 1440

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

216

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

NcellHo
StatNum

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the total number of handovers to a


neighboring cell above which ANR determines
whether to remove the neighbor relationship with this
cell from the NRT or set the NoHoFlag parameter for
this cell to FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho) on the
basis of the handover success rate.

LST
ANR

GUI Value Range: 1~10000


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~10000
Default Value: 200
ANR

DelCell
Thd

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the threshold for removing a


neighbor relationship with a cell by ANR based on the
handover success rate. The threshold is the percentage
of the number of successful handovers to the total
number of handovers from the local cell to the
neighboring cell. For example, an external cell is
configured as a neighboring cell for all cells under an
eNodeB, this neighboring cell permits automatic
removal of the neighboring relationship by ANR and
the ctrlmode is Auto_Mode. If the success rate of
handovers from each cell under the eNodeB to this
neighboring cell is lower than or equal to this
threshold after a measurement period, the
corresponding external cell and the neighbor
relationship with this cell are automatically removed.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 0

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

217

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

Statistic
NumFor
NRTDel

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning:

LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Indicates the threshold of the total number of


handovers from the local cell to all neighboring cells,
above which the eNodeB determines whether to
remove neighbor relationships from an NRT when the
number of neighbor relationships has reached the
maximum or whether to periodically remove
redundant neighbor relationships from the NRT.
Consider that the number of neighbor relationships in
the NRT has reached its maximum, and a new
neighbor relationship needs to be added by ANR. If
the total number of handovers (of all types) from the
local cell to all neighboring cells in the last
measurement period specified by the StatisticPeriodForNRTDel parameter reaches this parameter value,
the eNodeB removes a neighbor relationship from the
NRT.
In periodic redundant neighbor relationship removal,
the eNodeB removes redundant neighbor relationships
if the total number of handovers (of all types) from the
local cell to all neighboring cells reaches this
parameter value within four consecutive measurement
periods. The measurement period is specified by the
StatisticPeriodForNRTDel parameter.
GUI Value Range: 1~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~10000
Default Value: 200

ANR

FastAnr
CheckPe
riod

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1
LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the fast ANR checking timer.


When the timer is expired, the eNodeB automatically
checks whether to disable fast ANR.

InterRAT
ANR

Actual Value Range: 1~10080

GUI Value Range: 1~10080


Unit: min
Default Value: 60

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

218

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

FastAnrI
ntraRat
MeasUe
Num

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the maximum allowed number of


UEs that perform intra-RAT measurements for fast
ANR. After the number of UEs performing intra-RAT
measurements for fast ANR reaches the maximum
number, intra-RAT measurements for fast ANR will
not be performed on other UEs.

LST
ANR

GUI Value Range: 1~200


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~200
Default Value: 5
ANR

FastAnrI
nterRat
MeasUe
Num

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the maximum allowed number of


UEs that perform inter-RAT measurements for fast
ANR. After the number of UEs performing inter-RAT
measurements for fast ANR reaches the maximum
number, inter-RAT measurements for fast ANR will
not be performed on other UEs.
GUI Value Range: 1~200
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~200
Default Value: 5

ANR

FastAnr
RprtInte
rval

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1
LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)
InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the interval at which periodic


measurement reports are sent for fast ANR.
GUI Value Range: 120ms, 240ms, 480ms, 640ms,
1024ms, 2048ms, 5120ms, 10240ms, 1min, 6min,
12min, 30min, 60min
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 120ms, 240ms, 480ms, 640ms,
1024ms, 2048ms, 5120ms, 10240ms, 1min, 6min,
12min, 30min, 60min
Default Value: 5120ms

ANR

FastAnr
RprtAm
ount

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1
LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the number of periodic


measurement reports sent for fast ANR.

InterRAT
ANR

Actual Value Range: r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64,
Infinity

GUI Value Range: r1(1), r2(2), r4(4), r8(8), r16(16),


r32(32), r64(64), Infinity(Infinity)
Unit: None

Default Value: r4(4)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

219

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

FastAnr
RsrpThd

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the reference signal received


power (RSRP) threshold for intra-RAT fast ANR. If
the signal quality in a neighboring E-UTRAN cell
reported by the UE is lower than the threshold, the cell
is not automatically added as an external cell of the
eNodeB.

LST
ANR

GUI Value Range: -130~-70


Unit: dBm
Actual Value Range: -130~-70
Default Value: -102
ANR

FastAnr
RscpTh
d

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the received signal code power


(RSCP) threshold for fast ANR with UTRAN. If the
signal quality in a neighboring UTRAN cell reported
by the UE is lower than the threshold, the cell is not
automatically added as an external cell of the eNodeB.
GUI Value Range: -120~-25
Unit: dBm
Actual Value Range: -120~-25
Default Value: -106

ANR

FastAnr
RssiThd

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the received signal strength


indicator (RSSI) threshold for fast ANR with
GERAN. If the signal quality in a neighboring
GERAN cell reported by the UE is lower than the
threshold, the cell is not automatically added as an
external cell of the eNodeB.
GUI Value Range: -110~-48
Unit: dBm
Actual Value Range: -110~-48
Default Value: -103

ANR

FastAnrI
ntraRat
UeNum
Thd

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the threshold above which the


eNodeB enters the monitoring state for intra-RAT fast
ANR. The threshold is expressed as the number of
UEs that have performed measurements for intra-RAT
fast ANR.
GUI Value Range: 1~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~10000
Default Value: 20

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

220

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

FastAnrI
nterRat
UeNum
Thd

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the threshold above which the


eNodeB enters the monitoring state for inter-RAT fast
ANR. The threshold is expressed as the number of
UEs that have performed measurements for inter-RAT
fast ANR.

LST
ANR

GUI Value Range: 1~10000


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~10000
Default Value: 20
ANR

FastAnr
Mode

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1
LOFD-0
02002/
TDLOF
D-00200
2

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning:

InterRAT
ANR

If this parameter is set to NCL_MODE(NCL Mode),


fast ANR only adds a detected cell that meets certain
conditions to an NCL.

Indicates the policy based on which fast ANR adds a


detected cell to an NCL and adds the neighbor
relationship with the detected cell to an NRT of the
source cell.

If this parameter is set to NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL


and NRT Mode), fast ANR adds a detected cell that
meets certain conditions to an NCL and then adds the
neighboring relationship with the detected cell that is
in the NCL to the NRT of the source cell.
If this parameter is set to NRT_MODE(NRT_MODE),
fast ANR adds a detected cell that meets certain
conditions and with which the neighbor relationship is
not in an NRT of the source cell to an NCL and adds
the neighbor relationship with the detected cell to an
NRT of the source cell based on CGI reading.
Neighboring relationships with cells that meet certain
conditions and are in an NCL cannot be directly added
to the NRT.
GUI Value Range: NCL_MODE(NCL Mode),
NCL_NRT_MODE(NCL and NRT Mode),
NRT_MODE(NRT_MODE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NCL_MODE,
NCL_NRT_MODE, NRT_MODE
Default Value: NCL_MODE(NCL Mode)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

221

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ANR

NoHoSe
tThd

MOD
ANR

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates the threshold based on which


intra-RAT ANR automatically sets the NoHoFlag of a
neighboring cell to FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho)
when the handover success rate is equal to or less than
the NoHoSetThd parameter value. The threshold is the
percentage of the number of successful handovers to
the total number of handovers from the local cell to
the neighboring cell. If the handover success rate is
equal to or less than the threshold within a
measurement period specified by the StatisticPeriod
parameter, intra-RAT ANR automatically sets the
NoHoFlag of the neighboring cell to
FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho).

LST
ANR

GUI Value Range: 0~100


Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 40
ENodeB
AlgoSwi
tch

BlindNc
ellOptS
witch

MOD
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
02002/
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

GUI Value Range: GeranBlindNcellOptSwitch,


UtranBlindNcellOptSwitch

LST
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H
BlindNc
ellOpt

Statistic
Period

MOD
BLIND
NCELL
OPT
LST
BLIND
NCELL
OPT

Meaning: Indicates the switch used to enable or


disable neighboring GERAN or UTRAN cell
optimization for blind handovers.

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: GeranBlindNcellOptSwitch,
UtranBlindNcellOptSwitch
Default Value: GeranBlindNcellOptSwitch:Off,
UtranBlindNcellOptSwitch:Off
LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the statistic period for blind


neighboring cell optimization. Information about
CSFB-triggered measurement-based handovers or
CSFB-triggered blind handovers is collected within
the statistic period, and suggestions on blind
neighboring cell optimization are exported after the
statistic period. The statistic period is seven days by
default.
GUI Value Range: 1~50400
Unit: min
Actual Value Range: 1~50400
Default Value: 10080

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

222

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

UtranNF
req

Continu
Coverag
eIndicati
on

ADD
UTRAN
NFREQ

None

None

Meaning: Indicates whether the coverage area of a


UTRAN frequency is continuous. The parameter
value CONTINUOUS indicates that the coverage area
is continuous. The parameter value
NON_CONTINUOUS indicates that the coverage
area is non-continuous. Only neighboring UTRAN
cells working at the UTRAN frequency that has
continuous coverage are considered in the
determination of candidate cells for blind CSFB to
UTRAN.

MOD
UTRAN
NFREQ
LST
UTRAN
NFREQ

GUI Value Range:


NON_CONTINUOUS(NON_CONTINUOUS),
CONTINUOUS(CONTINUOUS)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NON_CONTINUOUS,
CONTINUOUS
Default Value:
NON_CONTINUOUS(NON_CONTINUOUS)
GeranNf
reqGrou
p

Continu
Coverag
eIndicati
on

ADD
GERAN
NFREQ
GROUP
MOD
GERAN
NFREQ
GROUP
LST
GERAN
NFREQ
GROUP

None

None

Meaning: Indicates whether the coverage area of a


GERAN frequency group is continuous. The
parameter value CONTINUOUS indicates that the
coverage area is continuous. The parameter value
NON_CONTINUOUS indicates that the coverage
area is non-continuous. Only neighboring GERAN
cells working at the GERAN frequency group that has
continuous coverage are considered in the
determination of candidate cells for blind CSFB to
GERAN.
GUI Value Range:
NON_CONTINUOUS(NON_CONTINUOUS),
CONTINUOUS(CONTINUOUS)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NON_CONTINUOUS,
CONTINUOUS
Default Value:
NON_CONTINUOUS(NON_CONTINUOUS)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

223

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

BlindNc
ellOpt

Sample
NumTh
d

MOD
BLIND
NCELL
OPT

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the sampling number threshold of


handovers from the E-UTRAN cell to neighboring
cells. During the planning of neighboring cells for
blind handovers, if the number of CSFB-triggered
measurement-based handover attempts from the EUTRAN cell to neighboring cells working at a
frequency (or frequency group) within a measurement
period is greater than this parameter value,
neighboring cells working at the frequency (or
frequency group) can be selected as candidate cells in
blind handovers. In blind neighboring cell
optimization, if the number of CSFB-triggered blind
handover attempts from the E-UTRAN cell to a
neighboring cell that has been selected as a candidate
cell in blind handovers within a measurement period
is greater than this parameter value, this neighboring
cell can remain as a candidate cell in blind handovers.

LST
BLIND
NCELL
OPT

GUI Value Range: 1~1000000


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~1000000
Default Value: 200
BlindNc
ellOpt

CsfbHo
Attemp
RatioTh
d

MOD
BLIND
NCELL
OPT
LST
BLIND
NCELL
OPT

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the CSFB-triggered measurementbased handover attempt threshold for determining
whether a neighboring cell can be selected as a
candidate cell in blind handovers. In a measurement
period, the ratio of the CSFB-triggered measurementbased handover attempts from the E-UTRAN cell to a
neighboring cell to all CSFB-triggered measurementbased handover attempts from the E-UTRAN cell to
all neighboring cells working on the corresponding
frequency (or frequency group) is measured. If the
ratio is greater than or equal to this threshold, the
neighboring cell can be selected as a candidate cell in
blind handovers.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 98

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

224

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

BlindNc
ellOpt

HoSucc
RateThd

MOD
BLIND
NCELL
OPT

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the handover success rate


threshold for determining whether a neighboring cell
can be selected as a candidate cell in blind handovers.
If the success rate of measurement-based handovers
for a UE from the E-UTRAN cell to a neighboring
cell is greater than or equal to this parameter value
within a measurement period, the neighboring cell can
be selected as a candidate cell in blind handovers.

LST
BLIND
NCELL
OPT

GUI Value Range: 0~100


Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 98
BlindNc
ellOpt

BlindHo
SuccRat
eThd

MOD
BLIND
NCELL
OPT
LST
BLIND
NCELL
OPT

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the blind handover success rate


threshold for determining whether a neighboring cell
selected as a candidate cell in blind handovers can
remain as a candidate cell in blind handovers. If the
blind handover success rate of handing over a UE
from the E-UTRAN cell to the neighboring cell that
has been selected as a candidate cell in blind
handovers is less than or equal to this parameter value
within a measurement period, the neighboring cell
cannot remain as a candidate cell in blind handovers.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 98

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

225

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

UtranN
Cell

NCellM
easPriori
ty

ADD
UTRAN
NCELL

LOFD-0
02002/
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the measurement priority of the


neighboring UTRAN cell. A larger value indicates a
higher priority. The measurement priorities can be
periodically and automatically arranged based on the
number of times that each neighboring UTRAN cell is
measured. The neighboring UTRAN cells for UTRAN
measurement control, UTRAN flash blind
redirections, and UTRAN flash-CSFB-based
redirections can be selected based on the measurement
priorities of neighboring UTRAN cells.

LST
UTRAN
NCELL

LOFD-0
01022/
TDLOF
D-00102
2

CS
Fallback
to
UTRAN

LOFD-0
01033/
TDLOF
D-00103
3

Flash
CS
Fallback
to
UTRAN

LOFD-0
01052/
TDLOF
D-00105
2

PS InterRAT
Mobility
between
EUTRAN
and
UTRAN

LOFD-0
01019/
TDLOF
D-00101
9
LOFD-0
01043/
TDLOF
D-00104
3
LOFD-0
01072/
TDLOF
D-00107
2

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

SRVCC
to
UTRAN

GUI Value Range: 0~128


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~128
Default Value: 0

Service
based
interRAT
handove
r to
UTRAN
Distance
based
interRAT
handove
r to
UTRAN

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

226

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

GeranN
cell

NCellM
easPriori
ty

ADD
GERAN
NCELL

LOFD-0
02002/
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates the measurement priority of the


neighboring GERAN cell. A larger value indicates a
higher priority. The measurement priorities can be
periodically and automatically arranged based on the
number of times that each neighboring GERAN cell is
measured. The neighboring GERAN cells for GERAN
flash blind redirections or GERAN flash-CSFB-based
redirections can be selected based on the measurement
priorities of neighboring GERAN cells.

LST
GERAN
NCELL

LOFD-0
01053/
TDLOF
D-00105
3

Flash
CS
Fallback
to
GERAN
;

GUI Value Range: 0~64


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~64
Default Value: 0

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

227

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ENodeB
AlgoSwi
tch

NCellRa
nkingSw
itch

MOD
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
02002/
TDLOF
D-00200
2

InterRAT
ANR

LST
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
01022/
TDLOF
D-00102
2

Meaning: Indicates whether to enable neighboring cell


ranking. This parameter consists of the following
switches: GERAN_SWITCH: Indicates whether the
eNodeB prioritizes measurement priorities of
neighboring GERAN cells based on the number of
each neighboring GERAN cell is measured within a
period of time. The eNodeB prioritizes measurement
priorities only when this switch is on.
UTRAN_SWITCH: Indicates whether the eNodeB
prioritizes measurement priorities of neighboring
UTRAN cells based on the number of each
neighboring UTRAN cell is measured within a period
of time. The eNodeB prioritizes measurement
priorities of neighboring UTRAN cells based on the
number of each neighboring UTRAN cell is measured
within a period of time only when this switch is on.

CS
Fallback
to
UTRAN

LOFD-0
01033/
TDLOF
D-00103
3

Flash
CS
Fallback
to
UTRAN

LOFD-0
01052/
TDLOF
D-00105
2

Flash
CS
Fallback
to
GERAN

GUI Value Range: GERAN_SWITCH(GREAN


Neighboring Cell Ranking Switch),
UTRAN_SWITCH(UTRAN Neighboring Cell
Ranking Switch)

LOFD-0
01053/
TDLOF
D-00105
3

PS InterRAT
Mobility
between
EUTRAN
and
UTRAN

Actual Value Range: GERAN_SWITCH,


UTRAN_SWITCH

LOFD-0
01019/
TDLOF
D-00101
9
LOFD-0
01043/
TDLOF
D-00104
3
LOFD-0
01072/
TDLOF
D-00107
2

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

SRVCC
to
UTRAN

Unit: None

Default Value: GERAN_SWITCH:Off,


UTRAN_SWITCH:Off

Service
based
interRAT
handove
r to
UTRAN
Distance
based
interRAT
handove
r to
UTRAN

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

228

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ENodeB
AlgoSwi
tch

RanShar
ingAnrS
witch

MOD
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Meaning:

LST
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

LOFD-0
01036 /
TDLOF
D-00103
6
LOFD-0
01037 /
TDLOF
D-00103
7
LOFD-0
70206

InterRAT
ANR
RAN
Sharing
with
Commo
n
Carrier
RAN
Sharing
with
Dedicate
d
Carrier
Hybrid
RAN
Sharing

Indicates the ANR algorithm switch in RAN sharing


mode. Related switches are described as follows:
NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch: If this switch is on,
some neighboring eNodeBs provide cells that work in
RAN sharing mode and broadcast their PLMN lists in
a round robin (RR) manner. In this situation, if
IntraRatEventAnrSwitch or IntraRatFastAnrSwitch is
on for the local eNodeB, the local eNodeB will ask the
U2000 for the actual cell global identifier (CGI) and
PLMN list for a cell broadcasting PLMNs in an RR
manner after the UE reports the CGI of the cell during
ANR measurements. If both NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch and NBSLTERANSharingSwitch are on,
NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch overrides
NBSLTERANSharingSwitch.
NBSLTERANSharingSwitch: If this switch is on,
some neighboring eNodeBs provide cells that work in
RAN sharing mode. In this situation, if
IntraRatEventAnrSwitch or IntraRatFastAnrSwitch is
on for the local eNodeB, the local eNodeB will ask the
U2000 for the PLMN list for a cell after the UE
reports the CGI of the cell during ANR measurements.
If the UE has reported the PLMNlist, the local
eNodeB will not ask the U2000 for the PLMN list.
NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch: If this switch is on,
some neighboring NodeBs provide cells that work in
UTRAN sharing mode. In this situation, if
UtranEventAnrSwitch or UtranFastAnrSwitch is on
for the local eNodeB, the local eNodeB will ask the
U2000 for the PLMN list for a cell after the UE
reports the CGI of the cell during ANR measurements.
If the UE has reported the PLMNlist, the local
eNodeB will not ask the U2000 for the PLMN list.
NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch: If this switch is on,
some neighboring BTSs provide cells that work in
GERAN sharing mode. In this situation, if
GeranEventAnrSwitch or GeranFastAnrSwitch is on
for the local eNodeB, the local eNodeB will ask the
U2000 for the PLMN list for a cell after the UE
reports the CGI of the cell during ANR measurements.
GUI Value Range: NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch(NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch),
NBSLTERANSharingSwitch(NBSLTERANSharingSwitch), NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch(NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch),

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

229

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

15 Parameters

Description

NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch(NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch,
NBSLTERANSharingSwitch, NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch, NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch
Default Value: NBSLTEPLMNRoundSwitch:Off,
NBSLTERANSharingSwitch:Off,
NBSUTRANRANSharingSwitch:Off,
NBSGERANRANSharingSwitch:Off
GlobalP
rocSwitc
h

X2Base
dUptEN
odeBCf
gSwitch

MOD
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H
LST
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning:
Indicates whether the eNodeB automatically updates
the configuration of neighboring cells based on the
messages received over the X2 interface. The
messages include X2 SETUP REQUEST, X2 SETUP
RESPONSE, and ENB CONFIGURATION UPDATE.
Turn off the switch if the eNodeB configuration data
on a network is to be modified by using the
interlocking modification function on the CME and
modifications to the parameters of a neighboring
eNodeB will be updated on the local eNodeB through
messages over the X2 interface. These parameters
include eNodeBId, CellId, LocalCellId, CnOperator,
CnOperatorTa, CellOp, PhyCellId, and DlEarfcn. This
prevents the configuration data from being lost or
abnormal during the automatic update.
This switch must be turned on if the interlocking
modification function on the CME is not used and the
eNodeB configuration data on a network is to be
modified by using the automatic eNodeB
configuration update over the X2 interface.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(Off)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

230

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

GlobalP
rocSwitc
h

X2Serve
dCellTy
pe

MOD
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the type of served cells, which is


contained in protocol-defined messages exchanged in
X2 Setup and eNB Configuration Update procedures.
If this parameter is set to ACTIVE_CELL(Active
Cell), the serving cells include all the activated cells.
If this parameter is set to
CONFIGURED_CELL(Configured Cell), the serving
cells include all the configured cells.

LST
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H

GUI Value Range: ACTIVE_CELL(Active Cell),


CONFIGURED_CELL(Configured Cell)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ACTIVE_CELL,
CONFIGURED_CELL
Default Value: ACTIVE_CELL(Active Cell)

eNodeB
Function

Cell

eNodeB
Id

CellId

ADD
ENODE
BFUNC
TION

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the eNodeB ID defined in the


service protocol interface, which uniquely identifies
an eNodeB within a PLMN. For details, see 3GPP TS
36.300.

MOD
ENODE
BFUNC
TION

GUI Value Range: 0~1048575

LST
ENODE
BFUNC
TION

Default Value: 0

ADD
CELL
MOD
CELL
LST
CELL

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~1048575

LBFD-0
02009 /
TDLBF
D-00200
9

Broadca
st of
system
informat
ion

Meaning: Indicates the ID of the E-UTRAN cell. The


combination of this parameter and the eNodeB ID
forms the E-UTRAN cell identity. The combination of
the E-UTRAN cell identity and the PLMN identity
forms the ECGI. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.413.
GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~255
Default Value: None

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

231

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

Cell

LocalCe
llId

ACT
CELL

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the local ID of the cell. It uniquely


identifies a cell within a BS.

ADD
CELL

GUI Value Range: 0~255

ADD
CELLB
AND

Actual Value Range: 0~255

Unit: None
Default Value: None

BLK
CELL
DEA
CELL
DSP
CELL
DSP
CELLP
HYTOP
O
DSP
CELLU
LCOMP
CLUST
ER
DSP
LIOPTR
ULE
DSP
PRIBBP
ADJUS
T
LST
CELL
LST
CELLB
AND
MOD
CELL
RMV
CELL
RMV
CELLB
AND
RMV
CELLN
RT
Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

232

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

15 Parameters

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ADD
CELL

LOFD-0
01051

Meaning: Indicates the physical cell ID. For details,


see 3GPP TS 36.331.

MOD
CELL

LBFD-0
02009 /
TDLBF
D-00200
9

Compac
t
Bandwi
dth

STR
CELLR
FLOOP
BACK
STR
CELLS
ELFTES
T
STR
LRTWP
RTTST
STR
PRIBBP
ADJUS
T
UBL
CELL
DSP
LRTWP
RTTST
DSP
PRIBBP
RESINF
O
Cell

PhyCellI
d

LST
CELL

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Broadca
st of
system
informat
ion

GUI Value Range: 0~503


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~503
Default Value: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

233

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

Cell

DlEarfc
n

ADD
CELL

LBFD-0
02009 /
TDLBF
D-00200
9

Broadca
st of
system
informat
ion

Meaning: Indicates the DL EARFCN of the cell. For


details, see the 3GPP TS 36.104.

LBFD-0
0201801
/
TDLBF
D-00201
801

Coverag
e Based
Intrafrequenc
y
Handov
er

Actual Value Range: 0~46589,54436~65535

MOD
CELL
LST
CELL

LBFD-0
0201803
/
TDLBF
D-00201
803
GlobalP
rocSwitc
h

X2Base
dDelNce
llCfgSw
itch

MOD
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H
LST
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

GUI Value Range: 0~46589,54436~65535


Unit: None
Default Value: None

Cell
Selectio
n and
Reselection
Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the eNodeB to


remove external cell and neighboring cell
configurations from neighboring cell lists (NCLs) and
neighboring relation tables (NRTs) based on the ENB
CONFIGURATION UPDATE message. If this
parameter is set to ON, this function is enabled. If this
parameter is set to OFF, this function is disabled. If
both the X2BasedUptENodeBCfgSwitch parameter
and this parameter are set to ON, the eNodeB removes
external cell and neighboring cell configurations from
NCLs and NRTs if the following conditions are met:
(1) The ENB CONFIGURATION UPDATE message
received over the X2 interface contains the IE "Served
Cells To Delete" (identified by the IE ID 27); (2) The
No Remove attribute for the neighbor relationship is
set to permit removals.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(Off)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

234

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

EutranIn
terFreq
NCell

NoRmv
Flag

ADD
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Meaning: Indicates whether to permit or prohibit


removal of the neighboring relationship by ANR.

MOD
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL

LOFD-0
02012 /
TDLOF
D-00201
2

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

LST
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL
GlobalP
rocSwitc
h

X2SonD
eleteMo
de

MOD
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H
LST
GLOBA
LPROC
SWITC
H

LOFD-0
02004 /
TDLOF
D-00200
4

Cell
Outage
Detectio
n and
Compen
sation

Selfconfigur
ation

GUI Value Range: PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit


ANR Remove), FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR
Remove)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PERMIT_RMV_ENUM,
FORBID_RMV_ENUM
Default Value: PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit ANR
Remove)

Meaning: Indicates the X2 automatic removal mode.


If this parameter is set to ALL_FREE_MODE(All free
mode), all enabled X2 automatic removal functions
work in free mode. In this mode, the eNodeB directly
removes the X2 interfaces that are determined to be
removed. If this parameter is set to
HUAWEI_FREE_OTHER_CONTROLLED(HW free
other controlled), some functions work in controlled
mode. These functions refer to those controlled by the
PeerReqBasedX2DelSwitch parameter, and
BASED_ON_X2FAULT(Based on X2 Fault) and
BASED_ON_X2USAGE_WITHOUT_NEGO(Based
on X2 Usage Without Negotiation) of the
X2SonDeleteSwitch parameter. In this mode, the X2
interfaces that need to be removed are reported to the
U2000, and then the operators determine whether to
remove the X2 interfaces.
GUI Value Range: ALL_FREE_MODE(All free
mode),
HUAWEI_FREE_OTHER_CONTROLLED(HW free
other controlled)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ALL_FREE_MODE,
HUAWEI_FREE_OTHER_CONTROLLED
Default Value: ALL_FREE_MODE(All free mode)

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

235

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

NCellPl
mnList

Mcc

ADD
NCELL
PLMNL
IST

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the listed mobile country code


(MCC) of a neighboring cell. An MCC is a string of
three decimal digits, each of which must be a digit
ranging from 0 to 9.

LST
NCELL
PLMNL
IST

GUI Value Range: 3 characters

MOD
NCELL
PLMNL
IST

Default Value: None

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 000~999

RMV
NCELL
PLMNL
IST
NCellPl
mnList

Mnc

ADD
NCELL
PLMNL
IST

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the listed mobile network code


(MNC) of the listed PLMN of a neighboring cell. An
MNC is a string of two or three decimal digits, each of
which must be a digit ranging from 0 to 9.

LST
NCELL
PLMNL
IST

GUI Value Range: 2~3 characters

MOD
NCELL
PLMNL
IST

Default Value: None

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 00~99,000~999

RMV
NCELL
PLMNL
IST

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

236

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

EutranIn
terFreq
NCell

NCellCl
assLabel

ADD
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL

LOFD-0
81225/
TDLOF
D-08122
5

Neighbo
r cell
Classific
ation
Manage
ment

Meaning: Indicates the neighboring cell classification


label. The parameter values FORMAL and
EXTENDED represent different neighboring cell
management policies. If the number of handovers to a
neighboring cell reaches a predefined threshold, the
parameter is set to FORMAL for this neighboring cell;
otherwise, the parameter is set to EXTENDED for this
neighboring cell.

MOD
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL

GUI Value Range: FORMAL(FORMAL),


EXTENDED(EXTENDED)

LST
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL
ANR

NcellHo
ForNRT
DelThd

MOD
ANR
LST
ANR

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FORMAL, EXTENDED
Default Value: FORMAL(FORMAL)

LOFD-0
02001 /
TDLOF
D-00200
1

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning:
Indicates a threshold for removing a neighbor
relationship from an E-UTRAN NRT. When the NRT
reaches its capacity and ANR needs to add a new
neighbor relationship to the NRT, ANR removes an
old neighbor relationship with a cell from the NRT if
the number of handovers to this cell is less than the
threshold.
If this parameter is set to 0, ANR removes the
neighbor relationship with a cell from an NRT not
based on the number of handovers to this cell but
based on the number of measurement reports on this
cell.
If this parameter is set to another value, ANR can
remove the neighbor relationship with a cell from an
NRT if the number of handovers to this cell is less
than the threshold.
GUI Value Range: 0~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~10000
Default Value: 0

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

237

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

EutranIn
traFreq
NCell

NoHoFl
ag

ADD
EUTRA
NINTR
AFREQ
NCELL

LBFD-0
0201801
/
TDLBF
D-00201
801

Coverag
e Based
Intrafrequenc
y
Handov
er

Meaning: Indicates whether handovers of UEs to the


neighboring cell are prohibited.

MOD
EUTRA
NINTR
AFREQ
NCELL

GUI Value Range: PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho),


FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PERMIT_HO_ENUM,
FORBID_HO_ENUM
Default Value: PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho)

LST
EUTRA
NINTR
AFREQ
NCELL
EutranIn
traFreq
NCell

NoRmv
Flag

ADD
EUTRA
NINTR
AFREQ
NCELL
MOD
EUTRA
NINTR
AFREQ
NCELL
LST
EUTRA
NINTR
AFREQ
NCELL

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

LOFD-0
02001

Automat
ic
Neighbo
ur
Relation
(ANR)

Meaning: Indicates whether to permit or prohibit


removal of the neighboring relationship by ANR.
GUI Value Range: PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit
ANR Remove), FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR
Remove)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PERMIT_RMV_ENUM,
FORBID_RMV_ENUM
Default Value: PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit ANR
Remove)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

238

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

EutranIn
terFreq
NCell

NoHoFl
ag

ADD
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL

LBFD-0
0201802
/
TDLBF
D-00201
802

Coverag
e Based
Interfrequenc
y
Handov
er

Meaning: Indicates whether handovers of UEs to the


neighboring cell are prohibited.

MOD
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL
LST
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL

LBFD-0
0201804
/
TDLBF
D-00201
804
LBFD-0
0201805
/
TDLBF
D-00201
805
LOFD-0
02012 /
TDLOF
D-00201
2

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Distance
Based
Interfrequenc
y
Handov
er

GUI Value Range: PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho),


FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PERMIT_HO_ENUM,
FORBID_HO_ENUM
Default Value: PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho)

Service
Based
Interfrequenc
y
Handov
er
Cell
Outage
Detectio
n and
Compen
sation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

239

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

IntraFre
qBlkCel
l

LocalCe
llId

ADD
INTRA
FREQB
LKCEL
L

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the cell ID of the local cell. It


uniquely identifies a cell within an eNodeB.
GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~255

LST
INTRA
FREQB
LKCEL
L

Default Value: None

MOD
INTRA
FREQB
LKCEL
L
RMV
INTRA
FREQB
LKCEL
L
IntraFre
qBlkCel
l

PhyCellI
d

ADD
INTRA
FREQB
LKCEL
L

LBFD-0
02009 /
TDLBF
D-00200
9

Broadca
st of
system
informat
ion

LST
INTRA
FREQB
LKCEL
L

LBFD-0
0201801
/
TDLBF
D-00201
801

Coverag
e Based
Intrafrequenc
y
Handov
er

MOD
INTRA
FREQB
LKCEL
L

Meaning: Indicates the starting physical cell ID of the


intra-frequency blacklisted cell. For details, see 3GPP
TS 36.331.
GUI Value Range: 0~503
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~503
Default Value: None

RMV
INTRA
FREQB
LKCEL
L

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

240

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

InterFre
qBlkCel
l

LocalCe
llId

ADD
INTERF
REQBL
KCELL

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the cell ID of the local cell. It


uniquely identifies a cell within an eNodeB.
GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: None

LST
INTERF
REQBL
KCELL

Actual Value Range: 0~255


Default Value: None

MOD
INTERF
REQBL
KCELL
RMV
INTERF
REQBL
KCELL
InterFre
qBlkCel
l

DlEarfc
n

ADD
INTERF
REQBL
KCELL
LST
INTERF
REQBL
KCELL
MOD
INTERF
REQBL
KCELL

LBFD-0
0201803
/
TDLBF
D-00201
803
LBFD-0
0201802
/
TDLBF
D-00201
802

Cell
Selectio
n and
Reselect
ion
Coverag
e Based
Interfrequenc
y
Handov
er

Meaning: Indicates the DL EARFCN of the interfrequency blacklisted cell. For details, see 3GPP TS
36.104.
GUI Value Range: 0~46589,54436~65535
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~46589,54436~65535
Default Value: None

RMV
INTERF
REQBL
KCELL

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

241

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

InterFre
qBlkCel
l

PhyCellI
d

ADD
INTERF
REQBL
KCELL

LBFD-0
0201802
/
TDLBF
D-00201
802

Coverag
e Based
Interfrequenc
y
Handov
er

Meaning: Indicates the starting physical cell ID of the


inter-frequency blacklisted cell. For details, see 3GPP
TS 36.331.

Distance
Based
Interfrequenc
y
Handov
er

Default Value: None

LST
INTERF
REQBL
KCELL
MOD
INTERF
REQBL
KCELL

CSFallB
ackPolic
yCfg

CsfbHo
PolicyCf
g

LBFD-0
0201804
/
TDLBF
D-00201
804

RMV
INTERF
REQBL
KCELL

LBFD-0
0201805
/
TDLBF
D-00201
805

MOD
CSFAL
LBACK
POLIC
YCFG

LOFD-0
01033 /
TDLOF
D-00103
3

LST
CSFAL
LBACK
POLIC
YCFG

LOFD-0
01034 /
TDLOF
D-00103
4
LOFD-0
01088 /
TDLOF
D-00108
8
LOFD-0
01089 /
TDLOF
D-00108
9

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

GUI Value Range: 0~503


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~503

Service
Based
Interfrequenc
y
Handov
er
CS
Fallback
to
UTRAN
CS
Fallback
to
GERAN
CS
Fallback
Steering
to
UTRAN

Meaning: Indicates the CSFB policy for a UE in


connected mode. If the CSFB steering function is
disabled, this parameter also applies to UEs in idle
mode. The policy can be PS handover, CCO, or
redirection.
GUI Value Range: REDIRECTION, CCO_HO,
PS_HO
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: REDIRECTION, CCO_HO,
PS_HO
Default Value: REDIRECTION:On, CCO_HO:On,
PS_HO:On

CS
Fallback
Steering
to
GERAN

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

242

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

15 Parameters

MO

Parame
ter ID

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

UtranN
Cell

NoHoFl
ag

ADD
UTRAN
NCELL

LOFD-0
01019 /
TDLOF
D-00101
9

PS InterRAT
Mobility
between
EUTRAN
and
UTRAN

Meaning: Indicates whether to allow handover of UEs


to the neighboring cell that is determined by the
neighboring relation.

MOD
UTRAN
NCELL
LST
UTRAN
NCELL
UtranN
Cell

NoRmv
Flag

ADD
UTRAN
NCELL
MOD
UTRAN
NCELL

NoHoFl
ag

ADD
GERAN
NCELL
MOD
GERAN
NCELL

LOFD-0
02002 /
TDLOF
D-00200
2

NoRmv
Flag

ADD
GERAN
NCELL
MOD
GERAN
NCELL
LST
GERAN
NCELL

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Actual Value Range: PERMIT_HO_ENUM,


FORBID_HO_ENUM

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates whether to permit or prohibit


removal of the neighboring relationship by ANR.
GUI Value Range: PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit
ANR Remove), FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR
Remove)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PERMIT_RMV_ENUM,
FORBID_RMV_ENUM
Default Value: PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit ANR
Remove)

LOFD-0
01020 /
TDLOF
D-00102
0

LST
GERAN
NCELL
GeranN
cell

Unit: None

Default Value: PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho)

LST
UTRAN
NCELL

GeranN
cell

GUI Value Range: PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho),


FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho)

PS InterRAT
Mobility
between
EUTRAN
and
GERAN

Meaning: Indicates whether handovers of UEs to the


neighboring cell are prohibited.
GUI Value Range: PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho),
FORBID_HO_ENUM(Forbid Ho)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PERMIT_HO_ENUM,
FORBID_HO_ENUM
Default Value: PERMIT_HO_ENUM(Permit Ho)

LOFD-0
02002

InterRAT
ANR

Meaning: Indicates whether to permit or prohibit


removal of the neighboring relationship by ANR.
GUI Value Range: PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit
ANR Remove), FORBID_RMV_ENUM(Forbid ANR
Remove)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PERMIT_RMV_ENUM,
FORBID_RMV_ENUM
Default Value: PERMIT_RMV_ENUM(Permit ANR
Remove)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

243

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

16 Counters

16

Counters

Table 16-1 Counters


Counter ID

Counter Name

Counter
Description

Feature ID

Feature Name

1526726995

L.HHO.IntraeNB.In
traFreq.PrepAttOut

Number of intraeNodeB intrafrequency outgoing


handover attempts
in a cell

Multi-mode: None

Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover

GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201801

Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover

TDLBFD-0020180
1
1526726996

L.HHO.IntraeNB.In
traFreq.ExecAttOut

Number of intraeNodeB intrafrequency outgoing


handovers
executions in a cell

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201801

Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover
Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover

TDLBFD-0020180
1
1526726997

L.HHO.IntraeNB.In
traFreq.ExecSuccO
ut

Number of
successful intraeNodeB intrafrequency outgoing
handovers in a cell

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201801

Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover
Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover

TDLBFD-0020180
1

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

244

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

16 Counters

Counter ID

Counter Name

Counter
Description

Feature ID

Feature Name

1526726998

L.HHO.IntraeNB.In
terFreq.PrepAttOut

Number of intraeNodeB interfrequency outgoing


handover attempts
in a cell

Multi-mode: None

Coverage Based
Inter-frequency
Handover

GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201802

Coverage Based
Inter-frequency
Handover

TDLBFD-0020180
2
1526726999

L.HHO.IntraeNB.In
terFreq.ExecAttOut

Number of intraeNodeB interfrequency outgoing


handovers
executions in a cell

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201802

Coverage Based
Inter-frequency
Handover
Coverage Based
Inter-frequency
Handover

TDLBFD-0020180
2
1526727000

L.HHO.IntraeNB.In
terFreq.ExecSuccO
ut

Number of
successful intraeNodeB interfrequency outgoing
handovers in a cell

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201802

Coverage Based
Inter-frequency
Handover
Coverage Based
Inter-frequency
Handover

TDLBFD-0020180
2
1526727001

L.HHO.IntereNB.In
traFreq.PrepAttOut

Number of intereNodeB intrafrequency outgoing


handover attempts
in a cell

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201801

Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover
Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover

TDLBFD-0020180
1
1526727002

L.HHO.IntereNB.In
traFreq.ExecAttOut

Number of intereNodeB intrafrequency outgoing


handovers
executions in a cell

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201801

Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover
Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover

TDLBFD-0020180
1

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

245

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

16 Counters

Counter ID

Counter Name

Counter
Description

Feature ID

Feature Name

1526727003

L.HHO.IntereNB.In
traFreq.ExecSuccO
ut

Number of
successful intereNodeB intrafrequency outgoing
handovers in a cell

Multi-mode: None

Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover

GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201801

Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover

TDLBFD-0020180
1
1526727004

L.HHO.IntereNB.In
terFreq.PrepAttOut

Number of intereNodeB interfrequency outgoing


handover attempts
in a cell

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201802

Coverage Based
Inter-frequency
Handover
Coverage Based
Inter-frequency
Handover

TDLBFD-0020180
2
1526727005

L.HHO.IntereNB.In
terFreq.ExecAttOut

Number of intereNodeB interfrequency outgoing


handovers
executions in a cell

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201802

Coverage Based
Inter-frequency
Handover
Coverage Based
Inter-frequency
Handover

TDLBFD-0020180
2
1526727006

L.HHO.IntereNB.In
terFreq.ExecSuccO
ut

Number of
successful intereNodeB interfrequency outgoing
handovers in a cell

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201802

Coverage Based
Inter-frequency
Handover
Coverage Based
Inter-frequency
Handover

TDLBFD-0020180
2
1526727546

L.ERAB.AbnormRel

Total number of
abnormal releases
of activated ERABs initiated by
the eNodeB

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002008

Radio Bearer
Management
Radio Bearer
Management

TDLBFD-002008

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

246

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

16 Counters

Counter ID

Counter Name

Counter
Description

Feature ID

Feature Name

1526727547

L.E-RAB.NormRel

Total number of
normal E-RAB
releases initiated by
the eNodeB in a
cell

Multi-mode: None

Radio Bearer
Management

GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002008

Radio Bearer
Management

TDLBFD-002008
1526728398

1526728399

1526728468

L.IntraFreqHO.No
NRT

L.InterFreqHO.No
NRT

L.IRATHO.E2W.N
oNRT

Number of intrafrequency handover


initiation failures
because the
adjacent cell is not
on the NRT of the
source cell

Number of interfrequency handover


initiation failures
because the target
cell is not
configured as a
neighboring cell for
the source cell

Number of interRAT initiation


failures from EUTRAN to
WCDMA network
because the
adjacent cell is not
on the NRT of the
source cell

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201801
TDLBFD-0020180
1

Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover
Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover

LOFD-002001

Automatic
Neighbour Relation
(ANR)

LOFD-002002

Inter-RAT ANR

Multi-mode: None

Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover

GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-00201801
TDLBFD-0020180
1

Coverage Based
Intra-frequency
Handover

LOFD-002001

Automatic
Neighbour Relation
(ANR)

LOFD-002002

Inter-RAT ANR

Multi-mode: None

PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
UTRAN

GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-001019
LOFD-002002
TDLOFD-001019
TDLBFD-002002
LOFD-001022
TDLOFD-001022

Inter-RAT ANR
PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
UTRAN
Transport Channel
Management
SRVCC to UTRAN
SRVCC to UTRAN

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

247

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

16 Counters

Counter ID

Counter Name

Counter
Description

Feature ID

Feature Name

1526728469

L.IRATHO.E2T.No
NRT

Number of interRAT initiation


failures from EUTRAN to TDSCDMA network
because the
adjacent cell is not
on the NRT of the
source cell

Multi-mode: None

PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
UTRAN

GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-001019
LOFD-002002
TDLOFD-001019
TDLBFD-002002
LOFD-001022
TDLOFD-001022

Inter-RAT ANR
PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
UTRAN
Transport Channel
Management
SRVCC to UTRAN
SRVCC to UTRAN

1526728470

L.IRATHO.E2G.No
NRT

Number of interRAT initiation


failures from EUTRAN to
GERAN because
the adjacent cell is
not on the NRT of
the source cell

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-001020
LOFD-002002
TDLOFD-001020
TDLBFD-002002
LOFD-001023
TDLOFD-001023

PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
GERAN
Inter-RAT ANR
PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
GERAN
Transport Channel
Management
SRVCC to GERAN
SRVCC to GERAN

1526728471

L.IRATHO.E21xRT
T.NoNRT

Number of interRAT initiation


failures from EUTRAN to
CDMA2000 1xRTT
network because
the adjacent cell is
not on the NRT of
the source cell

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-001021
LOFD-002002
TDLOFD-001021
TDLBFD-002002

PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
CDMA2000
Inter-RAT ANR
PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
CDMA2000
Transport Channel
Management

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

248

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

16 Counters

Counter ID

Counter Name

Counter
Description

Feature ID

Feature Name

1526728472

L.IRATHO.E2HRP
D.NoNRT

Number of interRAT initiation


failures from EUTRAN to
CDMA2000 HRPD
network because
the adjacent cell is
not on the NRT of
the source cell

Multi-mode: None

PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
CDMA2000

GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-001021
LOFD-002002
TDLOFD-001021
TDLBFD-002002

Inter-RAT ANR
PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
CDMA2000
Transport Channel
Management

1526730042

L.IRATHO.E2W.N
oNRT.PLMN

Number of interRAT handover


initiation failures
from E-UTRAN to
WCDMA network
because the
adjacent cell is not
on the NRT of the
source cell for a
specific operator

Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-001019
LOFD-002002
TDLOFD-001019
TDLBFD-002002
LOFD-001036
LOFD-001037
TDLOFD-001036
TDLOFD-001037
LOFD-070206
LOFD-001022
TDLOFD-001022

PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
UTRAN
Inter-RAT ANR
PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
UTRAN
Transport Channel
Management
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Dedicated Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Dedicated Carrier
Hybrid RAN
Sharing
SRVCC to UTRAN
SRVCC to UTRAN

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

249

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

16 Counters

Counter ID

Counter Name

Counter
Description

Feature ID

Feature Name

1526730043

L.IRATHO.E2G.No
NRT.PLMN

Number of interRAT handover


initiation failures
from E-UTRAN to
GERAN because
the adjacent cell is
not on the NRT of
the source cell for a
specific operator

Multi-mode: None

PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
GERAN

GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-001020
LOFD-002002
TDLOFD-001020
TDLBFD-002002
LOFD-001036
LOFD-001037
TDLOFD-001036
TDLOFD-001037
LOFD-070206
LOFD-001023
TDLOFD-001023

Inter-RAT ANR
PS Inter-RAT
Mobility between
E-UTRAN and
GERAN
Transport Channel
Management
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Dedicated Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Dedicated Carrier
Hybrid RAN
Sharing
SRVCC to GERAN
SRVCC to GERAN

1542455526

VS.UserPlaneHostI
P.TxPkts

Number of IP
packets transmitted
on the user-plane
local IP address

Multi-mode: None
GSM:
GBFD-118601
UMTS:
WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-002004

1542455527

VS.UserPlaneHostI
P.RxPkts

Number of IP
packets received on
the user-plane local
IP address

IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface
Self-configuration

TDLOFD-002004

Self-configuration

Multi-mode: None

IP Transmission
Introduction on
Abis Interface

GSM:
GBFD-118601
UMTS:
WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-002004
TDLOFD-002004

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

IP Transmission
Introduction on
Abis Interface

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface
Self-configuration
Self-configuration

250

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

16 Counters

Counter ID

Counter Name

Counter
Description

Feature ID

Feature Name

1542455528

VS.UserPlaneHostI
P.TxBytes

Number of bytes in
the IP Packets
transmitted on the
user-plane local IP
address

Multi-mode: None

IP Transmission
Introduction on
Abis Interface

GSM:
GBFD-118601
UMTS:
WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-002004

1542455529

VS.UserPlaneHostI
P.RxBytes

Number of bytes in
the IP Packets
received on the
user-plane local IP
address

VS.UserPlaneHostI
P.TxMaxSpeed

Maximum transmit
rate of IP Packets
on the user-plane
local IP address

Self-configuration

Multi-mode: None

IP Transmission
Introduction on
Abis Interface

GSM:
GBFD-118601
UMTS:
WRFD-050402

VS.UserPlaneHostI
P.TxMeanSpeed

Average transmit
rate of IP Packets
on the user-plane
local IP address

VS.UserPlaneHostI
P.RxMaxSpeed

Maximum receive
rate of IP Packets
on the user-plane
local IP address

Multi-mode: None

IP Transmission
Introduction on
Abis Interface

GSM:
GBFD-118601
UMTS:
WRFD-050402

IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface
Self-configuration

TDLOFD-002004

Self-configuration

Multi-mode: None

IP Transmission
Introduction on
Abis Interface

GSM:
GBFD-118601
UMTS:
WRFD-050402

IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface
Self-configuration

TDLOFD-002004

Self-configuration

Multi-mode: None

IP Transmission
Introduction on
Abis Interface

GSM:
GBFD-118601
UMTS:
WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-002004
TDLOFD-002004

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Self-configuration
Self-configuration

LTE:
LOFD-002004

1542455532

IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface

TDLOFD-002004

LTE:
LOFD-002004

1542455531

Self-configuration

TDLOFD-002004

LTE:
LOFD-002004

1542455530

IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface
Self-configuration
Self-configuration

251

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

16 Counters

Counter ID

Counter Name

Counter
Description

Feature ID

Feature Name

1542455533

VS.UserPlaneHostI
P.RxMeanSpeed

Average receive
rate of IP Packets
on the user-plane
local IP address

Multi-mode: None

IP Transmission
Introduction on
Abis Interface

GSM:
GBFD-118601
UMTS:
WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-002004
TDLOFD-002004

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface
Self-configuration
Self-configuration

252

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

17 Glossary

17

Glossary

For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

253

eRAN
ANR Management Feature Parameter Description

18

18 Reference Documents

Reference Documents

1.

3GPP TS 32.511: "Automatic Neighbor Relation (ANR) management; Concepts and


requirements"

2.

3GPP TS 36.300: "E-UTRAN Overall description"

3.

3GPP TS 36.331: "RRC Protocol specification"

4.

3GPP TS 36.413: "E-UTRAN S1 Application Protocol (S1AP)"

5.

DRX and Signaling Control Feature Parameter Description

6.

Intra-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description

7.

Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description

8.

S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description

9.

RAN Sharing Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2015-06-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

254